summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2011-11-06 23:24:43 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2011-11-06 23:24:43 +0000
commite678d3b58e25f99b6c7aa3e828add9502768371c (patch)
tree5ce7df892e6657936807337df43e08ea66cba374 /Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption
parent91348b19948d3b43f8e39cdd834970482dd5f062 (diff)
caption (6nov11)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@24525 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx59
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex4618
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex4273
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex6249
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx276
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx608
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps305
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps639
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx1548
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx23
13 files changed, 17796 insertions, 833 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx
index be0f7d433d7..fb3d58f932d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx
@@ -19,18 +19,18 @@
% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
%
% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty,
-% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex,
-% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{366}
+% \CheckSum{369}
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{bicaption.drv}[2011/09/03 v1.0 Adds a bilingual caption feature to the caption package]
+\ProvidesFile{bicaption.drv}[2011/10/30 v1.0 Adds a bilingual caption feature to the caption package]
\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up.
%\errorcontextlines=3
%
@@ -223,11 +223,10 @@
% \package{caption} package:
%
% \begin{Options}{language=}
-% \item[language=]
+% \item[lang=]
% \DescribeMacro{language=}
-% Sets the language of the caption,
-% e.g.
-% \begin{quote}|\use|\-|package|\-|[eng|\-|lish]{bi|\-|caption}|\end{quote}
+% Sets the language of the caption, e.g.
+% \begin{quote}|\use|\-|package|\-|[lang=eng|\-|lish]{bi|\-|caption}|\end{quote}
% will typeset the second caption of bilingual captions in English.
% (The language will be set with |\select|\-|language| internally,
% so the \package{babel} package must be loaded for using this option.)
@@ -540,8 +539,8 @@
% responsible for the types
% |figureX| ($=$ |figure| $+$ |X|), |tableX| ($=$ |table| $+$ |X|) etc.
%
-% Such a \meta{list type} can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|
-% offered by the \package{caption} package, but some document classes
+% Such a \meta{list type} can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+% offered by the \package{newfloat} package, but some document classes
% or other packages offer macros for defining new floating environment types
% (and their corresponding lists) as well.
%
@@ -556,11 +555,12 @@
% |% "english", and list type "figureEng" resp. "tableEng"|\\
% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=Eng]{bicaption}|\\
% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
% |% Define the new floating environment type "figureEng"|\\
-% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lof2]{figureEng}|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof2]{figureEng}|\\
% | [Figure][List of Figures]|\\
% |% Define the new floating environment type "tableEng"|\\
-% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lot2]{tableEng}|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot2]{tableEng}|\\
% | [Table][List of Tables]|\\
% ||\\
% |\begin{document}|\\
@@ -594,15 +594,16 @@
% ||\\
% |% We load the titletoc package for customizing lists|\\
% |% Note: Loading titletoc should be done prior defining|\\
-% |% additional floating environments with \DeclareCaptionType|\\
+% |% additional floating environments with \DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\\
% |\usepackage{titletoc}|\\
% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
% |% Define the new floating environment type "figure2"|\\
% |% Use the same file extension as for "figure" (.lof) here|\\
-% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lof]{figure2}|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof]{figure2}|\\
% |% Define the new floating environment type "table2"|\\
% |% Use the same file extension as for "table" (.lot) here|\\
-% |\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=lot]{table2}|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot]{table2}|\\
% ||\\
% |% We use the titletoc package for customizing "figure2"|\\
% |% which is appropriate for the second language captions|\\
@@ -714,7 +715,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2011/09/03 v1.0 Bilingual Captions (AR)]
+\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2011/10/30 v1.0a Bilingual Captions (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{caption}[2011/08/28] % needs v3.2c or newer
@@ -842,12 +843,15 @@
%
% Set the language for the first caption.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\bbl@main@language\@undefined
- \bicaption@WarningNoLine{Please load this package after the babel package}
-\else
+\ifcsname bbl@main@language\endcsname
\edef\@tempa{\noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\bbl@main@language}}
\@tempa
-\fi
+\else\ifcsname xpg@main@language\endcsname
+ \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\xpg@main@language}}
+ \@tempa
+\else
+ \bicaption@WarningNoLine{Please load this package after the babel package}
+\fi\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% We use |\caption@ProcessOptions| here to add the options to the `|bi-second|' option
% list instead of executing them immediately.
@@ -1114,18 +1118,19 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@listof}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2011/10/30}{Adapted to the newfloat package}
% Make commands like |\listoffigure2s| work.
+% (Is this a good idea or not!?)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bicaption@declarelist#1{\@namedef{listof#1}{\bicaption@listof#1}}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@declarelist[1]{%
+ \@namedef{listof#1}{\bicaption@listof#1}}
\@onlypreamble\bicaption@declarelist
-\def\bicaption@listof#1 {\@nameuse{listof#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\bicaption@declarelist{figure}}
-\caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\bicaption@declarelist{table}}
-\caption@For{typelist}{\bicaption@declarelist{#1}}
+\def\bicaption@listof#1 {\@nameuse{listof#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ForEachType{\bicaption@declarelist{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b0742d81db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4618 @@
+%
+% This is file `caption-deu.tex'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-deu.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 Das caption-Paket]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+
+\RequirePackage{fix-cm}
+\documentclass[german]{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{fixltx2e}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em
+\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother
+
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\selectlanguage{german}
+\input dehyphtex.tex
+\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}}
+
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
+\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}%
+
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
+
+\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
+
+% \ContinuedFloat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
+% \DeclareCaptionStyle
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
+ {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
+% Example 1
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
+\newlength\myindention
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
+% Example 2
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
+% Example 3
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}
+% Example 4
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
+
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\newenvironment{Annotation}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \smallskip
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Example}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
+ {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
+ {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
+ {\@example{}}}
+\def\@example#1{%
+ \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
+\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
+ \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\newenvironment{Expert}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \smallskip
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Expert*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \smallskip
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
+\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+
+\def\thispackage{das \package{caption}"=Paket}
+\def\Thispackage{Das \package{caption}"=Paket}
+
+\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Hinweis}
+\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{Neues Feature}}
+\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{Neue Beschreibung}}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{Siehe}}}
+\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{siehe}}}
+\makeatother
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\GetFileInfo{caption-deu.tex}
+\let\docdate\filedate
+\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+
+\title{Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen
+ mit Hilfe des caption-Paketes\texorpdfstring{\thanks{%
+ Dieses Paket hat die Versionsnummer \fileversion,
+ zuletzt ge"andert am \filedate.}}{}}
+\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+ \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}}
+\date{\docdate}
+\maketitle
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\Thispackage\ bietet einem Mittel und Wege, das Erscheinungsbild der Bild-
+und Tabellenbeschriftungen den eigenen Wünschen bzw.\ Vorgaben anzupassen.
+Hierbei wurde Wert auf die reibungslose Zusammenarbeit mit zahlreichen
+Dokumentenklassen und Paketen gelegt.
+\iffalse
+\par\smallskip
+\textit{Bitte beachten Sie:} Viele Dokumentenklassen bieten bereits
+Optionen und Befehle, um das Erscheinungsbild der Abbildungs- und
+Tabellenbeschriftungen individuell anzupassen.
+Wenn diese Möglichkeiten für Sie ausreichend sind, gibt es in der Regel
+keinen Grund, \thispackage\ zu benutzen. Und falls Sie lediglich an dem
+Befehl |\caption|\-|of| interessiert sind, ist in der Regel das Laden des
+kleinen aber feinen \package{capt-of}"=Paketes hierzu völlig ausreichend.
+\fi
+\end{abstract}
+
+\newcommand\exampletext{%
+ Die auf die Rotationsfrequenz des Innenzylinders normierten Eigenfrequenzen
+ der gefundenen Grundmoden der Taylor"=Str"omung f"ur \mbox{$\eta = 0.5$}. %\\
+ (Die azimutale Wellenzahl ist mit $m$ bezeichnet.)}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\section*{Einleitung}
+
+Mit |\caption| gesetzte Bildunterschriften und Tabellenüberschriften werden
+von den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen eher stiefmütterlich behandelt.
+In der Regel schlicht als ganz normaler Absatz gesetzt, ergibt sich keine
+signifikante optische Abgrenzung vom eigentlichen Text, wie z.B. hier:
+
+\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+Es sollte aber eine Möglichkeit geben, diesem Umstand abzuhelfen. Es wäre
+zum Beispiel nett, wenn man den Text der Unterschrift etwas kleiner gestalten,
+extra Ränder festlegen oder den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners dem der
+Kapitelüberschriften anpassen könnte. So in etwa:
+
+\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+
+Mit Hilfe dieses Paketes können Sie dies leicht bewerkstelligen; es sind viele
+vorgegebene Parameter einstellbar, Sie können aber auch eigene
+Gestaltungsmerkmale einfließen lassen.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+\small
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß \thispackage\ nur das Aussehen der Beschriftungen
+kontrolliert. Es kontrolliert \emph{nicht} den Ort der Beschriftung;
+dieser kann aber mit anderen Paketen wie etwa dem
+\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} variiert werden.
+\end{minipage}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\tableofcontents
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Verwendung des Paketes}
+\label{usage}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
+Durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage|\oarg{Optionen}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+in dem Vorspann des Dokumentes wird das \thispackage\ Paket eingebunden, die
+Optionen legen hierbei das Aussehen der Ãœber- und Unterschriften fest. So
+würde z.B.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
+ | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
+ %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+zu dem obrigen Ergebnis mit Rand, kleinerem Zeichensatz und fetter Bezeichnung
+führen.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+Eine Änderung der Parameter ist auch zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt jederzeit
+mit dem Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+möglich. So sind z.B. die Befehlssequenzen
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+und
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+in ihrer Wirkung identisch.
+
+Es ist zu beachten, daß sich die Verwendung von |\caption|\-|setup|
+innerhalb von Umgebungen nur auf die Umgebung selber auswirkt, nicht aber auf
+den Rest des Dokumentes.
+Möchte man also z.B. die automatische Zentrierung der Abbildungsunterschrift
+nur in einem konkreten Falle ausschalten, so kann dies mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+geschehen, ohne daß die restlichen Abbildungsunterschriften hiervon
+beeinträchtigt werden.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+Der optionale Parameter \meta{Typ} von |\caption|\-|setup| wird in
+\Ref{captionsetup} behandelt.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Optionen}
+\label{options}
+
+\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
+\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Formatierung}
+\label{formats}
+
+\DescribeMacro{format=}
+Eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftung besteht im wesentlichen aus drei
+Teilen: Dem Bezeichner (etwa "`Abbildung 3"'), dem Trenner
+(etwa "`:\textvisiblespace"') und dem eigentlichen Text.
+
+Mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+wird festgelegt, wie diese drei Teile zusammengesetzt werden.
+
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:%~\footnote{Es gibt
+%hier wie auch bei vielen anderen Optionen die Möglichkeit, auch eigene
+%Formate, Zeichensätze etc.\ zu definieren. Wie dies geht wird in Abschnitt
+%\Ref{declare} dargelegt.}
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+ Die Beschriftung wird als gewöhnlicher Absatz gesetzt.
+
+ \item[hang]
+ Der Text wird so gesetzt, daß er an dem Bezeichner "`hängt"', d.h.~der
+ Platz unter dem Bezeichner und dem Trenner bleibt leer.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format| definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ Ein Beispiel: Die Angabe der Option
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang|
+ \end{quote}
+ führt zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art
+ \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{indention=}
+Bei beiden Formaten (\texttt{plain} und \texttt{hang}) kann der Einzug der
+Beschriftung ab der zweiten Textzeile angepasst werden, dies geschieht mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |indention=|\meta{Einzug}\quad,
+\end{quote}
+wobei anstelle von \meta{Einzug} jedes beliebige feste Maß angegeben werden
+kann.
+
+Zwei Beispiele:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
+Mit der Option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelformat=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
+wird die Zusammensetzung des Bezeichners festgelegt.
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[default]
+ Der Bezeichner wird wie von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse vorgegeben gesetzt,
+ üblicherweise ist dies der Name und die Nummer, getrennt durch ein Leerzeichen
+ (wie \texttt{simple}).
+ (Dies ist das Standardverhalten.)
+
+ \item[empty]
+ Der Bezeichner ist leer.
+\iffalse
+ (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung mit
+ anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelsep=none} -- Sinn.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[simple]
+ Der Bezeichner ist aus dem Namen und der Nummer zusammengesetzt.
+
+ \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+ Der Bezeichner wird mit einer einzelnen (rechten) Klammer abgeschlossen.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ Die Nummer des Bezeichners wird in runde Klammern gesetzt.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ Ein Beispiel: Die Optionen
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
+ \end{quote}
+ führen zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art
+ \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+Manche Umgebungen, wie z.B.~die vom \package{algorithm2e}"=Paket angebotende
+|al|\-|go|\-|rithm|"=Umgebung, reagieren allergisch auf eine Änderung des
+Bezeichnerformats.
+\end{Note*}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
+Mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelsep=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+wird die Zusammensetzung des Trenners festgelegt.\footnote{%
+ Wenn der Bezeichner oder der Text der Beschriftung leer ist,
+ wird kein Trenner verwendet.}
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[none]
+ Der Trenner ist leer.
+\iffalse
+ (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung
+ mit anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelformat=empty} -- Sinn.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[colon]
+ Der Trenner besteht aus einem Doppelpunkt und einem Leerzeichen.
+
+ \item[period]
+ Der Trenner besteht aus einem Punkt und einem Leerzeichen.
+
+ \item[space]
+ Der Trenner besteht lediglich aus einem einzelnen Leerzeichen.
+
+ \item[quad]
+ Der Trenner besteht aus einem |\quad|.
+
+ \item[newline]
+ Als Trenner wird ein Zeilenumbruch (|\\|) verwendet.
+ Bitte beachten Sie, daß dieser Trenner nicht mit allen Formaten
+ (z.B.~|format=|\x|hang|) zusammenarbeitet; ggf. erhalten Sie
+ deswegen eine Fehlermeldung.
+
+ \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
+ Als Trenner wird ein Gedankenstrich (\verb*| -- |) verwendet.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Trenner können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Drei Beispiele:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=period|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+Mit der Option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |textformat=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+wird das Format des eigentlichen Textes festgelegt.
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ Es wird kein Text ausgegeben.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ Der Text wird nicht verändert.
+
+ \item[period]
+ Dem Text wird ein Punkt angehängt.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Textformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{Textausrichtung}
+\label{justification}
+
+\DescribeMacro{justification=}
+Mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |justification=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+wird die Ausrichtung des Textes festgelegt.
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[justified]
+ Der Text wird als Blocksatz gesetzt.
+
+ \item[centering]
+ Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt.
+
+% \item[Centering]
+% Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt. Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz
+% zu \texttt{centering} der Befehl |\Centering| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes
+% verwendet, der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.
+
+ \item[centerlast]
+ Lediglich die letzte Zeile des Absatzes wird zentriert gesetzt.
+
+ \item[centerfirst]
+ Lediglich die erste Zeile des Textes wird zentriert gesetzt.
+
+ \item[raggedright]
+ Der Text wird linksbündig gesetzt.
+
+\iffalse
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Der Text wird linksbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt.
+\else
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Der Text wird ebenfalls linksbündig gesetzt.
+ Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz zur Option |raggedright| der Befehl
+ |\RaggedRight| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes verwendet,
+ der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.\footnote{%
+ Ob das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket benötigt wird oder nicht,
+ wird zur Laufzeit ermittelt, d.h.~ggf.~ist ein weiterer \LaTeX"=Lauf
+ erforderlich, wenn diese Option erstmalig eingesetzt wird.}
+\fi
+
+ \item[raggedleft]
+ Der Text wird rechtsbündig gesetzt.
+
+% \item[RaggedLeft]
+% Der Text wird rechtsbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt.
+
+%\showhyphens{justification}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Ausrichtungen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Drei Beispiele:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\PageBreak
+\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}
+In den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen von \LaTeX\ (\class{article},
+\class{report} und \class{book}) sind die Ab\-bildungs- und
+Tabellenbeschriftungen so realisiert, daß sie automatisch zentriert werden,
+wenn sie lediglich aus einer einzigen Textzeile bestehen:
+
+\example*{}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
+
+\INFO
+Diesen Mechanismus übernimmt \thispackage\ und ignoriert damit
+in der Regel bei solch kurzen Beschriftungen die mit den Optionen
+|justification=| und |indention=| eingestellte Textausrichtung.
+Dieses Verhalten kann jedoch mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}
+\end{quote}
+reguliert werden.
+Setzt man für \meta{bool} entweder |false|, |no|, |off| oder |0| ein,
+so wird der automatische Zentrierungsmechnismus außer Kraft gesetzt.
+Die obrige, kurze Abbildungsunterschrift würde z.B.~nach Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=false|
+\end{quote}
+so aussehen:
+
+\begingroup
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
+\endgroup
+
+Setzt man für \meta{bool} hingegen |true|, |yes|, |on| oder |1| ein, so
+wird die automatische Zentrierung wieder eingeschaltet. (Standardmäßig
+ist sie eingeschaltet.)
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Zeichensätze}
+\label{fonts}
+
+\DescribeMacro{font=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
+\Thispackage\ kennt drei Zeichensätze: Denjenigen für die gesammte
+Beschriftung (|font|), denjenigen, der lediglich auf den Bezeichner und den
+Trenner angewandt wird (|label|\-|font|), sowie denjenigen, der lediglich auf
+den Text wirkt (|text|\-|font|).
+So lassen sich die unterschiedlichen Teile der Beschriftung individuell mit
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |font=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & ,\\
+ |labelfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & und\\
+ |textfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+anpassen.
+\pagebreak[3]
+
+Als \meta{Zeichensatzoptionen} sind Kombinationen aus folgenden (durch Komma
+getrennte) Optionen möglich:
+
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Sehr kleine Schrift}
+ \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Fußnotengröße}
+ \item[small] {\small Kleine Schrift}
+ \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normalgroße Schrift}
+ \item[large] {\large Große Schrift}
+ \item[Large] {\Large Größere Schrift}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normale Schriftart \& -serie \& -familie}
+
+ \item[up] {\upshape Upright Schriftart}
+ \item[it] {\itshape Italic Schriftart}
+ \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted Schriftart}
+ \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps Schriftart}
+
+ \item[md] {\mdseries Medium Schriftserie}
+ \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold Schriftserie}
+
+ \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman Schriftfamilie}
+ \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif Schriftfamilie}
+ \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter Schriftfamilie}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[singlespacing] Einfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[onehalfspacing] Eineinhalbfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[doublespacing] Doppelter Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
+ \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
+ {\small(Sofern das \package{color}- oder das \package{xcolor}"=Paket
+ geladen ist; für ein Beispiel siehe \Ref{declare})}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normal] Die Kombination aus den Optionen |normal|\-|color|,
+ |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| und |single|\-|spacing|
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Wird lediglich eine einzelne Zeichensatzoption ausgewählt, können die
+geschweiften Klammern entfallen, d.h.~die Optionen
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font={small}|
+%\end{quote}
+und
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font=small|
+%\end{quote}
+sind identisch.
+
+Drei Beispiele:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font=it,labelfont=bf|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{font+=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+Es ist auch möglich, Zeichensatzoptionen zu den bisher ausgewählten
+hinzuzufügen, so ist zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
+\end{quote}
+mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+identisch.
+\pagebreak[3]
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Ränder und Absätze}
+\label{margins}
+
+\DescribeMacro{margin=}
+\DescribeMacro{width=}
+Für die Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen kann \emph{entweder} ein extra
+Rand \emph{oder} eine feste Breite festgelegt werden:~\footnote{Nur feste Maße
+sind hier gestattet. Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, die Breite automatisch auf die
+Breite der Abbildung oder Tabelle zu begrenzen, schauen Sie sich bitte das
+\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} oder
+\package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} an.}
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |margin=| & \meta{Rand} & \emph{-- oder --}\\
+ |margin=| & |{|\meta{Linker Rand}|,|\meta{Rechter Rand}|}| & \emph{-- oder --}\\
+ |width=| & \meta{Breite} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Wird nur ein Wert für den Rand angegeben, so wird er für beide Ränder
+(links und rechts) verwendet, so ist z.B.~|margin=|\x|10pt| identisch mit
+|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+In zweiseitigen Dokumenten wird der linke und rechte Rand auf geraden Seiten
+vertauscht.
+\DescribeMacro{oneside}
+\DescribeMacro{twoside}
+Dies kann jedoch mit der zusätzlichen Option |oneside| abgeschaltet werden,
+z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+Wird hingegen eine \meta{Breite} angegeben, wird die Beschriftung zentriert,
+d.h.~der linke und rechte Rand sind in diesem Falle immer gleich groß.
+
+Drei Beispiele illustrieren dies:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin={1cm,0cm}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |width=.75\textwidth|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+Wird die Beschriftung neben der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle angebracht (z.B.~mit
+Hilfe der |SC|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes\cite{sidecap}),
+oder wird die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle innerhalb eines Absatzes gesetzt (z.B.~mit
+Hilfe der |wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{wrapfig}"=Paketes\cite{wrapfig}),
+dann wird der Rand am Anfang der Umgebung automatisch auf |0pt| zurückgesetzt.
+Soll hier ebenfalls ein extra Rand gesetzt werden, so kann dieser Rand entweder
+innerhalb der Umgebung neu gesetzt werden, oder aber global für bestimmte
+Umgebungen, z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Neben der Option |margin=| gibt es auch die Option |margin*=|, die nur dann
+einen Rand neu setzt, wenn keine Breite mit |width=| gesetzt wurde.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
+\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Weiterhin kann auch ein minimaler bzw.~maximaler Rand gesetzt werden.
+Dies kann z.B.~sinnvoll sein, um in schmaleren Umgebungen wie |minipage|s
+den Rand prozentual zu begrenzen.
+So begrenzen z.B.~die \SmF"=Dokumentenklassen den Rand auf
+|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Siehe \Ref{SMF})
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{parskip=}
+Diese Option wirkt auf Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftungen, die
+aus mehr als einem Absatz bestehen; sie legt den Abstand zwischen den
+Absätzen fest:
+\begin{quote}
+ |parskip=|\meta{Abstand zwischen Absätzen}
+\end{quote}
+Ein Beispiel hierzu:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
+ Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
+ Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
+ Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
+ so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
+Die Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |hangindent=|\meta{Einzug}
+\end{quote}
+legt einen Einzug für alle Zeilen außer der jeweils ersten des Absatzes fest.
+Besteht die Beschriftung lediglich aus einem einzelnen Absatz, so ist die
+Wirkung mit der Option |indention=|\meta{Einzug} identisch, bei mehreren
+Absätzen zeigt sich jedoch der Unterschied:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
+ Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
+ Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
+ Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
+ so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
+ Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
+ Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
+ Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
+ so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+Enthält die Beschriftung mehr als einen Absatz, muß über das optionale
+Argument von |\caption| bzw.~|\caption|\-|of| eine alternative Beschriftung
+für das Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis angegeben werden;
+ansonsten kommt es zu einer Fehlermeldung.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Stile}
+\label{style}
+
+\DescribeMacro{style=}
+Eine geeignete Kombination aus den bisher vorgestellten Optionen wird
+\textit{Stil} genannt; dies ist in etwa mit dem Seitenstil vergleichbar,
+den man mit |\page|\-|style| einstellen kann.
+
+Einen vordefinierten Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungsstil kann man mit der
+Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=|\meta{Stil}
+\end{quote}
+auswählen. \Thispackage\ vordefiniert zwei Stile: |base| und |default|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Der Stil |base| setzt alle bisher vorgestellten Optionen auf die Belegung
+zurück, die das Aussehen der Beschriftungen der Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen
+|article|, |report| und |book| repräsentiert. D.h.~die Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=base|
+\end{quote}
+entspricht den Optionen
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
+ |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
+ |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Aber |justification=centering,indention=0pt| wird automatisch
+gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Der Stil |default| hingegen folgt den Standardwerten der verwendeten
+Dokumentenklasse. Dieser Stil wird vorausgewählt und entspricht den
+Optionen
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
+ |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
+ |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Auch hier wird |justification=centering,indention=0pt| automatisch
+gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Wenn also eine der drei Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen verwendet wird,
+repräsentieren die Stile |base| und |default| (fast) die gleichen Einstellungen.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Eigene Stile können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style| definiert werden.
+\SeeUserDefined
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Abstände}
+\label{skips}
+
+\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Beschriftung und der Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle wird über die Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |skip=|\meta{Abstand}
+\end{quote}
+gesteuert.
+Die Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report}
+und \class{book} belegen diesen Abstand auf |skip=|\x|10pt| vor,
+andere Dokumentenklassen ggf.~auf einen anderen Wert.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{position=}
+Die von \LaTeX\ vorgegebene Implementierung von |\caption| birgt eine
+Design\-schwäche:
+Der |\caption| Befehl weiß dort nicht, ob er über oder unter der Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle steht, folglich weiß er auch nicht, wo er den Abstand zur
+Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle setzen soll.
+Während die Standard"=Implementierung den Abstand immer über die
+Beschriftung setzt (und inkonsequenterweise in |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen
+unter die Beschriftung), handhabt es dieses Paket etwas flexibler:
+Nach Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=top|\quad oder\quad |position=above|
+\end{quote}
+wird angenommen, daß die Beschrifung am \emph{Anfang} der Umgebung
+steht, der mit |skip=|\x\meta{Abstand} gesetzte Abstand also unter die
+Beschriftung gesetzt wird.
+(Bitte beachten Sie, daß |position=|\x|top| keineswegs bedeutet, daß
+die Beschriftung an den Anfang der Gleitumgebung gesetzt wird.
+Stattdessen wird die Beschriftung gewöhnlich dort gesetzt, wo der
+|\caption|"=Befehl platziert wird.)
+Hingegen nach
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=bottom|\quad oder\quad |position=below|
+\end{quote}
+wird angenommen, daß die Beschriftung am \emph{Ende} der Umgebung
+steht, der Abstand also über die Beschriftung gesetzt wird.
+Und letztendlich nach
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=auto|\quad {\small(welches die Vorbelegung ist)}
+\end{quote}
+versucht \thispackage\ sein bestes, um die tatsächliche Position der
+Beschrifung selbst zu bestimmen. Bitte beachten Sie, daß dies zwar in
+der Regel gelingt, unter seltenen Umständen aber falsche Resultate
+liefern könnte.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+Die Option |position| ist insbesondere in Verbindung mit dem optionalen
+Argument von |\caption|\-|setup| nützlich.
+\See{auch \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+So führt zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
+\end{quote}
+dazu, daß alle Tabellenbeschriftungen als \emph{Überschriften} angesehen
+werden (zumindest was den Abstand zur Tabelle angeht).
+Weil dies eine übliche Einstellung ist, bietet einem \thispackage\ auch
+die Optionen |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} und
+|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} als abkürzende Schreibweise.
+So ist z.B.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+identisch mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß die Optionen |skip=|, |position=|,
+|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| nicht immer einen Effekt haben.
+Da die Gleitumgebungen üblicherweise von den Dokumentenklassen bereitgestellt
+werden, kann es durchaus sein, daß diese ihre eigenen Abstandsregeln
+mitbringen.
+So befolgen z.B.~die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen die |skip=| Einstellung;
+Abbildungsbeschriftungen werden aber immer als Unterschriften behandelt,
+während die Tabellenbeschriftungen von dem Gebrauch der globalen
+Optionen |table|\-|captions|\-|above| bzw.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|
+abhängen.
+\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+Weiterhin kontrollieren manche Pakete, wie etwa das \package{float}-, das
+\package{floatrow}- und das \package{supertabular}"=Paket, die Position
+ihrer Abstände selber.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+Intern wird der Abstand zwischen Beschriftung und Inhalt durch die Länge
+|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| repräsentiert (welche die Implementation von
+\LaTeX\ immer über die Beschriftung setzt).
+Weiterhin gibt es eine zweite Länge, |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip|, die
+üblicherweise auf |0pt| vorbelegt ist und den Abstand auf der anderen
+Seite der Beschriftung regelt.
+Technisch gesprochen vertauscht also \thispackage\ die Bedeutungen dieser
+beiden Längen wenn |position=|\x|top| gesetzt ist.
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß diverse andere Pakete (wie etwa das \package{ftcap}-,
+das \package{nonfloat}- und das \package{topcap}"=Paket) den gleichen
+Kniff anwenden, so daß die Benutzung solcher Pakete zusammen mit der
+\package{caption}"=Option |position=| nicht unterstützt wird.
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Listen}
+\label{lists}
+
+\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Der Befehl |\caption| erzeugt normalerweise auch einen Eintrag in das
+Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis. Dies kann durch Angabe eines leeren
+optionalen Argumentes unterdrückt werden {\small(siehe \Ref{caption})},
+aber auch durch Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |list=no|\quad(oder |list=false| oder |list=off|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+ Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} diese
+ Option nicht unterstützt, stattdessen sind dort ggf.~die Zähler
+ \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} anzupassen.}
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Mit der Option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |listformat=|\meta{Listformat}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+kann beeinflußt werden, wie die Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellennummer im
+Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis erscheint.
+Es gibt fünf vordefinierte Listenformate:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ Es wird keine Nummer angegeben.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ Die Nummer wird (mit Zähler"=Prefix) angegeben.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ Die Nummer wird (mit Prefix) in Klammern angegeben.
+
+ \item[subsimple]
+ Wie |simple|, aber ohne Prefix. (Standard)
+
+ \item[subparens]
+ Wie |parens|, aber ohne Prefix.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Listenformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Das Präfix ($=$|\p@figure| bzw.~|\p@table|), welches in Verzeichnissen (wie
+dem Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis) und bei Referenzen der Nummer
+($=$|\the|\-|figure| bzw.~|\the|\-|table|) vorangestellt wird,
+ist normalerweise leer, so daß die Listenformate |simple| und |subsimple|
+indentische Ergebnisse abliefern; ebenso |parens| und |subparens|.
+Aber dies kann z.B. bei Unterabbildungen anders sein.\footnote{%
+ Unterabbildungen können z.B.~mit dem \package{subcaption}- oder
+ \package{subfig}"=Paket gestaltet werden.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Namen}
+\label{names}
+
+\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+Die Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |name=|\meta{name}
+\end{quote}
+ändert den Namen der \emph{aktuellen} Umgebung.
+Hiermit könnte man z.B.~den Bezeichner "`Abbildung"' in allen
+|wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebungen nach "`Abb."' ändern (während woanders
+nach-wie-vor "`Abbildung"' stehen würde):
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Abb.}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Typen}
+\label{types}
+
+\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+Der |\caption| Befehl kann verschiedene Gleitumgebungstypen beschriften,
+Abbildungen (|figure|) ebenso wie Tabellen (|table|).
+Außerhalb dieser Umgebungen führt die Verwendung von |\caption| jedoch zu
+einer Fehlermeldung, weil nicht klar ist, zu welchem Typ die Beschriftung
+gehören soll.
+In diesen Situationen kann man den Typ manuell mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |type=|\meta{Typ}
+\end{quote}
+festlegen, so daß |\caption| (und andere Befehle wie |\Continued|\-|Float|
+oder |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes,
+oder |\sub|\-|float| des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig})
+das gewünschte Ergebnis liefern können;
+z.B.~innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung wie |minipage|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+ | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante dieser Option, |type*=|\meta{Typ},
+die sich unterschiedlich verhält, wenn das
+\package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} geladen ist:
+Während |type=| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt (sofern |hypcap=|\x|true|
+gesetzt ist), tut dies |type*=| nicht.
+(Siehe auch \Ref{hyperref}\,)
+\end{Expert}
+\begin{Expert}
+\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Bitte definieren Sie das interne Makro |\@captype|
+nicht, wie in manchen Dokumentationen vorgeschlagen wird, selber um,
+sondern verwenden Sie stattdessen immer |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+Eigene Typen können mit
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| (angeboten vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket),
+ |\new|\-|float| (angeboten vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float}) oder
+ |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| (angeboten vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow}) definiert werden.
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Bitte verwenden Sie die Option |type=| nur \emph{innerhalb} von Boxen oder
+Umgebungen (wie |\par|\-|box| oder |mini|\-|page|), am besten solcher, wo
+kein Seitenumbruch innerhalb möglich ist, damit die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle
+und die Beschriftung nicht durch einen solchen getrennt werden kann.
+Weiterhin können einige unschöne Nebeneffekte auftreten, wenn |type=|
+außerhalb einer Box oder Umgebung verwendet wird; daher wird in solchen
+Fällen eine Warnung ausgegeben.\footnote{%
+Sie erhalten diese Warnung nur dann, wenn Sie \eTeX\ verwenden.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Befehle}
+
+\subsection{Setzen von Beschriftungen}
+\label{caption}
+\label{captionlistentry}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\caption}
+Der Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption|\oarg{Kurzform f"ur das Verzeichnis}\marg{Beschriftung}
+\end{quote}
+erzeugt eine Ãœber- bzw.~Unterschrift innerhalb einer gleitenden Umgebung
+wie |figure| oder |table|. Dies ist an sich nichts neues,
+hinzugekommen ist allerdings, daß kein Eintrag ins Abbildungs- oder
+Tabellenverzeichnis vorgenommen wird,
+wenn eine leere Kurzform angegeben wird, wie etwa hier:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption[]{Dies ist eine Abbildung, die nicht ins|\\
+ | Abbildungsverzeichnis aufgenommen wird}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Beachten Sie, daß die \meta{Beschriftung} ein \emph{wanderndes} Argument
+ist, solange keine \meta{Kurzform} angegeben ist. Ist hingegen eine
+\meta{Kurzform} angegeben, ist stattdessen diese wandernd.
+"`\emph{Wanderndes} Argument"' bedeutet, daß dieses Argument auch in die
+Datei geschrieben wird, die beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf das Abbildungs-
+bzw. Tabellenverzeichnis bereitstellt.
+\emph{Wandernde} Argumente dürfen keine \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle enthalten,
+alles muß hier \emph{robust} sein, ansonsten kann das Argument \emph{zerbrechen}
+und beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf seltsame Fehlermeldungen hervorrufen.
+Einige \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle können mit |\protect| vor dem
+\emph{Zerbrechen} geschützt werden; eigene Definitionen können mit
+|\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| anstelle von |\new|\-|command| definiert werden,
+um sie \emph{robust} zu machen.
+
+Ein Beispiel: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| wird Fehlermeldungen
+zur Folge haben, da |\phantom| \emph{zerbrechlich} ist.
+Daher muß in so einem Fall entweder die \meta{Kurzform} bemüht werden
+(z.B.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+oder aber ein |\protect| ergänzt werden, um |\phantom| vor dem \emph{zerbrechen} zu schützen:
+|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+
+Manchmal ist dies allerdings nicht ausreichend. Der Grund ist darin zu finden,
+daß der Ein-Zeilen-Test die \meta{Beschriftung} in eine horizontale Box setzt,
+um die Breite zu bestimmen.
+Manche Umgebungen mögen dies nicht besonders und quittieren es mit einer
+Fehlermeldung.
+Ein Beispiel:
+|\caption{Ein| |Schema.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+|\right.| |\]}|.
+Der Gebrauch des optionalen Argumentes \meta{Kurzform} mittels
+|\caption[Ein| |Schema]{|\ldots|}| ist hier nicht ausreichend, es kommt immer
+noch zu eine Fehlermeldung. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
+Hier schafft es daher Abhilfe, den Ein-Zeilen-Test mittels
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| direkt vor dem
+Betroffenen |\caption| Befehl auszuschalten.
+
+Mehr Informationen über \emph{wanderende} Argumente und \emph{zerbrechliche}
+\& \emph{robuste} Befehle finden sich in der gängigen \LaTeX"=Literatur, aber
+auch hier:
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/german/}
+und (in englischer Sprache) hier:
+\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\caption*}
+Das \package{longtable}"=Paket definiert zusätzlich zum Befehl |\caption| auch
+die Stern-Variante |\caption*|, die eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und ohne
+Eintrag ins Tabellenverzeichnis erzeugt. So erzeugt z.B. der Code
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}\\|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+diese Tabelle:\par
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
+ \caption*{Eine Tabelle}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+\Thispackage\ bietet diesen Mechanismus auch für Abbildungs- und
+Tabellenbeschriftungen in Gleitumgebungen wie z.B. |table| an:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof}
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
+Der Befehl |\caption| funktioniert in der Regel nur innerhalb von gleitenden
+Umgebungen, manchmal möchte man ihn jedoch auch außerhalb anwenden,
+etwa um eine Abbildung in eine nicht-gleitende Umgebung wie |mini|\-|page| zu
+setzen.\par
+Hierfür stellt \thispackage\ den Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionof|\marg{Umgebungstyp}\oarg{Kurzform}\marg{Langform}
+\end{quote}
+zur Verfügung. Die Angabe des Umgebungstypen ist hierbei notwendig, damit der
+gewünschte Bezeichner (wie z.B. "`Abbildung"' oder "`Tabelle"') gewählt wird
+und der Eintrag in das richtige Verzeichnis vorgenommen wird. Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+% |\captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ |\captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}|
+\end{quote}
+führt zu folgendem Ergebnis:
+\begin{Example}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+% \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}
+% \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+Analog zu |\caption*| gibt es auch den Befehl |\captionof*| für Beschriftungen
+ohne Bezeichner und ohne Verzeichniseintrag.
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Da |\caption|\-|of| intern die Option |type| verwendet, gelten hier die
+gleichen Einschränkungen wie für die Option |type|, d.h.~sowohl
+|\caption|\-|of| als auch |\caption|\-|of*| sollten nur \emph{innerhalb} von
+Boxen oder Umgebungen verwendet werden.
+\See{\Ref{types}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Unter gewissen Umständen kann es nützlich sein, lediglich einen Eintrag
+ins Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis vorzunehmen.
+Dies kann mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlistentry|\oarg{Umgebungstyp}\marg{Verzeichniseintrag}
+\end{quote}
+bewerkstelligt werden.
+
+Ein Beispiel: Es ist recht einfach, eine |long|\-|table| anzulegen, die die
+Beschriftungen \emph{über} dem Tabelleninhalt hat, und wo der Listeneintrag
+auf die erste Seite der Tabelle verweist:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+Aber da das \package{longtable}"=Paket keinen |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| Befehl
+anbietet, kann dies nicht so einfach auf Beschritungen \emph{unter} dem
+Tabelleninhalt übertragen werden.
+Stattdessen kann man aber |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| zum Einsatz bringen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfoot|\\
+ | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Ein weiteres Anwendungsbeispiel findet sich in \Ref{examples}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, die
+den Umgebungszähler nicht erhöht.
+(Innerhalb von |long|\-|table| Umgebungen erhöht allerdings
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| niemals den Tabellenzähler. Siehe auch
+\Ref{longtable}.)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß \meta{Verzeichniseintrag} ein \emph{wanderndes}
+Argument ist, hier also alles \emph{robust} sein muß.
+(Siehe auch Erklärung zu |\caption|)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\subsection{Anwenden von Optionen}
+\label{captionsetup}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+Den Befehl |\caption|\-|setup| haben wir ja schon im \Ref{usage} kennengelernt,
+uns dort allerdings die Bedeutung des optionalen Parameters
+\meta{Typ} aufgespart.
+Wir erinnern uns, die Syntax des Befehls lautet
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Wird hier ein \meta{Typ} angegeben, so werden die Optionen nicht
+unmittelbar umgesetzt, sondern werden lediglich vermerkt und kommen erst dann
+zum Einsatz, wenn eine Ãœber- bzw.\ Unterschrift innerhalb der passenden
+(gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt wird. So wirkt sich z.B. die Angabe
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+lediglich auf die Unterschriften aus, die innerhalb der Umgebung |figure|
+gesetzt werden.
+
+Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+liefert Abbildungs- und Tabellenunterschriften der Art:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+Wie man sieht, führt das |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| dazu,
+daß lediglich die Abbildungsunterschriften mit fettem Bezeichner und kursivem
+Text gesetzt werden; alle anderen Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften werden jedoch
+hiervon nicht beeinflusst.
+
+Als Umgebungstypen mit Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften gibt es in der Regel nur
+zwei: |figure| und |table|. Wie wir jedoch später sehen werden, kommen durch die
+Verwendung spezieller \LaTeX-Pakete (wie etwa das \package{floatrow},
+\package{longtable} oder \package{sidecap}"=Paket) ggf.~weitere Typen hinzu,
+deren Beschriftungen ebenfalls derart individuell angepasst werden können.
+\See{\Ref{declare} und \Ref{packages}}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante von |\caption|\-|setup|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup*|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+Während die Variante ohne Stern ggf.~zu Warnungen führt -- zum Beispiel wenn
+die \meta{Optionen} im Verlauf des Dokumentes nicht zum Einsatz kommen
+(wie z.B. |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| ohne folgende |table|) --
+ist dies bei der Stern"=Variante nicht der Fall.
+\iffalse
+Dies kann sich z.B. bei der Entwicklung von generischen Designvorlagen als
+hilfreich erweisen.
+\fi
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
+Um vermerkte, typbezogene Parameter aus dem Gedächnis von \LaTeX\ zu löschen,
+gibt es den Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{Option}\marg{Typ}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+|\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| würde z.B. die in dem obrigen Beispiel deklarierte
+Sonderbehandlung der Abbildungsunterschriften wieder aufheben:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Wird das optionale Argument \meta{Option} verwendet, werden nur die
+Einstellungen entfernt, die diese \meta{Option} betreffen.\footnote{%
+Es kann hier nur \emph{eine} Option angegeben werden; sollen mehrere
+Einstellungen entfernt werden, muß hierzu
+\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}
+mehrmals angewandt werden.}
+Während in dem obrigen Beispiel nicht nur die Optionen
+|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
+für Abbildungen aufgehoben werden (sondern alle Einstellungen, die
+die Abbildungsbeschriftungen betreffen), würde der folgende Code
+nur die Einstellung |labelfont=bf| entfernen und alle anderen
+Einstellungen für Abbildungen intakt lassen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Expert}
+Analog zu |\caption|\-|setup*| gibt es hier ebenfalls eine Stern"=Variante
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|, die eventuell auftretende Warnungen unterdrückt,
+etwa wenn die angegebene \meta{Option} gar nicht für den angegebenen \meta{Typ}
+eingestellt war.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
+Für Debug"=Zwecke wird der Befehl
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{Typ}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+bereitgestellt. Er erzeugt einen Eintrag in der Log"=Datei und zeigt dort
+die für den angegebenen \meta{Typ} eingestellten Optionen an.
+So gibt einem zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+die Info:
+\begin{quote}\small
+ |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
+ |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Fortlaufende Gleitumgebungen}
+\label{ContinuedFloat}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}
+Manchmal möchte man Abbildungen oder Tabellen aufteilen, jedoch ohne den einzelnen
+Teilen eine eigene Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer zu geben. Hierfür stellt
+\thispackage\ den Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\ContinuedFloat|
+\end{quote}
+zur Verfügung, der gleich als erstes innerhalb der nächsten (Gleit-)Umgebung(en)
+angewandt werden sollte.
+Er verhindert, daß die Zählung fortgeführt wird; eine Abbildung oder Tabelle,
+die ein |\Continued|\-|Float| enthält, bekommt also die gleiche Nummer
+wie die vorherige Abbildung oder Tabelle. Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+ergibt als Ergebnis:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Zusätzlich führt der |\Continued|\-|Float| Befehl auch Einstellungen aus, die
+mit dem Typ "`|Continued|\-|Float|"' verknüpft sind. Dies kann zum Beispiel
+verwendet werden, um automatisch für fortgesetzte Abbildungen oder Tabellen
+auf ein anderes Bezeichner- oder Textformat umzuschalten, wie etwa hier:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued1}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\See{\Ref{declare} für die Erläuterung des Befehls
+ \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+
+\medskip
+
+Weiterhin existiert auch ein \LaTeX"=Zähler namens |Continued|\-|Float|,
+der auch für eigene Zwecke eingesetzt werden kann.
+Für gewöhnliche (gleitende) Umgebungen ist er auf Null gesetzt, auf Eins
+in der ersten fortgeführten Umgebung, Zwei in der nächsten und so weiter.
+Jedes |\Continued|\-|Float| erhöht also diesen Zähler um Eins, während
+eine Gleitumgebung ohne |\Continued|\-|Float| den Zähler auf Null zurücksetzt.
+Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued2}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde "`\autoref{continued2}"' ergeben,
+da lediglich das Format der Tabellenbeschriftung geändert wurde.
+Sollen Referenzen ebenfalls diesen Zähler enthalten, so kann stattdessen der
+Befehl |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| passend umdefiniert werden.
+Dieser Befehl wird automatisch bei der Anwendung von |\Continued|\-|Float|
+dem Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler angehängt und hat normalerweise einen
+leeren Inhalt.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued3}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde nun "`\autoref{continued3}"' ergeben.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
+Angenommen man möchte gerne die erste Abbildung oder Tabelle einer
+fortlaufenden Serie mit einer Beschriftung der Art "`Abbildung 7a"' und
+nicht mit "`Abbildung 7"' beschriften. (Und die zweite entsprechend mit
+"`Abbildung 7b"' statt "`Abbildung 7a"'.)
+Dies ist auch möglich, indem man die Stern"=Variante |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+anwendet.
+Diese führt genau wie |\ContinuedFloat| auch die mit "`|Continued|\-|Float|"'
+verknüpften Optionen aus und erhöht den \LaTeX"=Zähler |Continued|\-|Float|,
+markiert aber die erste Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle einer fortlaufenden Serie:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat*
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\Note{Leider ist \cs{ContinuedFloat*} nicht verfügbar, wenn das
+ \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} geladen ist.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{Eine Anmerkung zur longtable-Umgebung}
+Möchten Sie hingegen bei fortgeführten |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen einen
+anderen Bezeichner (nach einem Seitenumbruch), so kann dies \emph{nicht}
+mit |\Continued|\-|Float| bewerkstelligt werden, aber mit Hilfe der vom
+\package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bereitgestellten Befehle
+|\end|\-|first|\-|head| und |\end|\-|head|; in etwa so:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ | \caption[]{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Eigene Erweiterungen}
+\label{declare}
+
+Wem die vorhandenen Formate, Trenner, Textausrichtungen, Zeichensätze und Stile
+nicht ausreichen, der hat die Möglichkeit, sich eigene zu definieren. Hierzu
+gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die in der Prämbel des Dokumentes (das ist der
+Teil zwischen |\document|\-|class| und |\begin{document}|) zum Einsatz kommen.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
+Eigene Formate können mit dem Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1, \#2 und \#3}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+Für \#1 wird später der Bezeichner, für \#2 der Trenner
+und für \#3 der Text eingesetzt. So ist z.B. das Standardformat |plain|,
+welches die Beschriftung als gewöhnlichen Absatz formatiert,
+in diesem Paket so vordefiniert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, die den
+Code nicht in \TeX s horizontalem Modus, sondern im vertikalen Modus setzt,
+aber die |indention=| Option nicht unterstützt.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
+Ähnlich können auch eigene Bezeichnerformate definiert werden:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2}
+\end{quote}
+Bei den Bezeichnerformaten wird hierbei für \#1 der Name (also z.B.
+"`Abbildung"'), für \#2 die Nummer (also z.B. "`12"') eingesetzt.
+Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
+Bei der Definition von eigenen Bezeichnerformaten gibt es eine Besonderheit zu
+beachten: Wird das Bezeichnerformat auch in Verbindung mit dem
+\package{subcaption} oder \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} verwendet,
+so kann der Bezeichnername (also \#1) auch leer sein.
+Um dies flexibel handhaben zu können, stellt \thispackage\ die Befehle
+\begin{quote}
+ |\bothIfFirst|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}\quad und\\
+ |\bothIfSecond|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}
+\end{quote}
+zur Verfügung.
+|\bothIfFirst| testet, ob das erste Argument nicht leer ist,
+|\bothIfSecond|, ob das zweite Argument nicht leer ist.
+Nur wenn dies der Fall ist, werden beide Argumente ausgegeben,
+ansonsten werden beide unterdrückt.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+So ist z.B. das Standard"=Bezeichnerformat |simple| nicht, wie man
+naiverweise annehmen könnte, als
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|
+\end{quote}
+definiert, weil dies zu einem störendem führenden Leerzeichen führen würde,
+sollte \#1 leer sein. Stattdessen kommt folgende Definition zum Einsatz,
+die sowohl mit |\caption| als auch mit |\sub|\-|caption| bzw.~|\sub|\-|float|
+harmoniert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
+ | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+d.h.~das Leerzeichen kommt nur dann zum Einsatz, wenn \#1 nicht leer ist.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+Ebenso können eigene Textformate definitiert werden:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1}
+\end{quote}
+An die Stelle von \#1 wird später der Beschriftungstext eingesetzt.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
+Eigene Trenner werden mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
+\end{quote}
+definiert. Auch hier wieder als einfaches Beispiel eine Definition innerhalb
+des \package{caption}"=Paketes selber:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+die den Code ohne den mit |label|\-|font=| eingestellten Zeichensatz setzt.
+Auf diese Art sind z.B. die Trenner |quad|, |new|\-|line| und |en|\-|dash|
+vordefiniert.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
+Eigene Textausrichtungen können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+Der \meta{Code} wird dann der Beschriftung vorangestellt,
+so führt z.B. die Verwendung der bereits vordefinierten Ausrichtung
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|
+\end{quote}
+dazu, daß alle Zeilen der Beschriftung linksbündig ausgegeben werden.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
+Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+So sind z.B. die Optionen |small| und |bf| folgendermaßen vordefiniert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad und\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\iffalse
+Die Zeilenabstände ließen sich z.B.~über das \package{setspace}"=Paket
+regeln:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
+ \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} \cs{singlespacing} kann hier nicht benutzt werden,
+ da es ein \cs{vskip} Kommando enthält.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+\fi
+Ein Beispiel, welches Farbe ins Spiel bringt:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+Aber da \thispackage\ schon die pfiffige Definition
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
+\end{quote}
+beinhaltet, kann man das selbe Resultat auch einfach mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
+ | textfont={color=green}}|
+\end{quote}
+erreichen.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
+Eigene Stile werden folgendermaßen definiert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{Name}\oarg{zusätzliche Optionen}\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+Stile sind einfach eine Ansammlung von geeigneten Einstellungen, die unter
+einem eigenen Namen zusammengefasst werden und mit der Paketoption
+|style=|\meta{Name} zum Leben erweckt werden können.
+
+Hierbei ist zu beachten, daß die so definierten Stile immer auf dem Stil |base|
+basieren (siehe auch \Ref{style}), es brauchen also nur davon abweichende
+Optionen angegeben werden.
+
+Sind \meta{zusätzliche Optionen} angegeben, so kommen diese automatisch
+zusätzlich zum Einsatz, sofern die Beschreibung in eine einzelne Zeile passt
+und diese Abfrage nicht mit |single|\-|line|\-|check=off| ausgeschaltet wurde.
+
+Als Beispiel muß mal wieder eine einfache Definition innerhalb dieses Paketes
+herhalten: Der Stil |base| ist vordefiniert als
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
+ | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Etwas spannenderes:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
+ | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
+ | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{quote}
+liefert einem Beschriftungen wie diese hier:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
+ \caption{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
+ \caption{Eine sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr
+ sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr
+ sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr lange Beschriftung.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Eigene Listenformate können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+Im Laufe des Dokumentes wird \#1 dann mit dem Bezeichner-Präfix
+(z.B.~|\p@figure|), und \#2 mit der Referenznummer (z.B.~|\thefigure|) ersetzt.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Weiterführende Beispiele}
+\label{examples}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 1}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Möchte man die Bezeichnung (inkl. Trenner wie Doppelpunkt) vom Text mit einem
+Zeilenumbruch getrennt haben, so ließe sich das (auch) so bewerkstelligen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
+\end{quote}
+Wählt man anschließend dieses Format mit |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| aus,
+so erhält man Beschriftungen der Art:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Auch einen Einzug könnte man diesem Format mit auf den Weg geben:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+führt zu Beschriftungen wie:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Aber Sie möchten den Einzug nur auf die erste Zeile des Texts anwenden?
+Kein Problem, so würde z.B.~die Definition
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
+\end{quote}
+zu Beschriftungen dieser Art führen:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Zu der Länge |\myindention| hätten Sie gerne eine Option, so daß man diesen
+Einzug auch z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}| setzen kann?
+Auch dies läßt sich bewerkstelligen, z.B.~folgendermaßen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
+ | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 2}
+
+Die Beschriftungen sollen wie folgt aussehen:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+\pagebreak[2]
+Dies ließe sich beispielsweise wie folgt realisieren:
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
+ | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
+ | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 3}
+
+Der Bezeichner soll in den linken Rand verlagert werden,
+so daß die komplette Absatzbreite der Beschriftung selber zugute kommt:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
+\end{quote}
+Das Ergebnis wären Beschriftungen wie diese:
+\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\medskip
+
+Soll der Einzug in den Rand eine feste Größe sein (z.B.~$2.5$\,cm),
+so könnte hierfür eine Kombination aus |\llap| und |\makebox| angewandt werden,
+zum Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
+ | {\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 4}
+
+Dieses Beispiel setzt eine Abbildung neben eine Tabelle, aber verwendet eine
+einzige, kombinierte Beschriftung für beide. Dies wird durch eine Kombination
+aus |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| und |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+realisiert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
+ | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | \centering|\\
+ | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
+ | \qquad|\\
+ | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
+ \qquad
+ \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+ \captionlistentry[table]{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung}
+ \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+ \caption{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung~\footnotemark}
+\end{minipage}
+\footnotetext{Das Katzenbild wurde den Beispielen zum \LaTeX"=Begleiter\cite{TLC2}
+ entnommen, die Erlaubnis hierzu wurde eingeholt.}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+(Beachten Sie, daß |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler
+ erhöht.)
+
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Dokumentenklassen \& Babel-Unterstützung}
+\label{classes}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Dieser Teil der Dokumentation wird Ihnen einen Überblick über diejenigen
+Dokumentenklassen geben, an welche \thispackage\ angepasst ist:
+Welche Möglichkeiten zur Beschriftungsgestaltung sie bereits verfügen,
+mit welchen Seiteneffekten Sie rechnen müssen, wenn Sie dieses Paket verwenden,
+und mit welchen Standardwerten die Optionen belegt werden.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Die Standardwerte namens "`default"' hängen von der verwendeten
+Dokumentenklasse ab; sie repräsentieren quasi das Aussehen, wie es vom Autor
+der Klasse vorgesehen war.
+So kann z.B.~die Einstellung |format=|\x|default| je nach verwendeter Klasse
+unterschiedliche Aussehen der Beschriftungen hervorbringen.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+Sollten Sie Ihre Dokumentenklasse nicht in diesem Abschnitt finden, so haben Sie
+trotzdem oftmals keinen Grund zur Sorge: Viele Dokumentenklassen (wie z.B.~die
+\class{octavo} Klasse) sind von einer der Standardklassen \class{article},
+\class{report} oder \class{book} abgeleitet und verhalten sich bezüglich der
+Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen gleich.
+\Thispackage\ überprüft automatisch die Kompatibilität zur Dokumentenklasse und
+gibt Ihnen die Warnung
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+aus, wenn es eine Unverträglichkeit entdeckt.
+Wenn Sie keine solche Warnung erhalten, ist alles bestens, falls aber doch,
+wird der Einsatz des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen und
+insbesondere nicht unterstützt.
+\endgroup
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Sollten Sie trotz der angemahnten Inkompatibilität \thispackage{}
+nutzen wollen, sollten Sie gründlich auf Seiteneffekte achten; gewöhnlich
+ändert sich alleine durch das Einbinden des \package{caption}"=Paketes
+ohne Optionen bereits das von der Dokumentenklasse vorgegebene Aussehen der
+Beschriftungen.
+Wenn dies für Sie in Ordnung ist, sollten Sie als erstes die Option
+|style=|\x|base| mittels |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| oder
+|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| angeben, um \thispackage\ in einen
+wohldefinierten Grundstatus zu versetzen.
+Anschließend können Sie anfangen, mit zusätzlichen Optionen erste
+Anpassungen vorzunehmen und dabei die Daumen gedrückt zu halten.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\newcommand*\Option{Option}
+\newcommand*\defaultvalue{Standard-Belegung (\texttt{default})}
+\newcommand*\uses{\textit{verwendet}}
+\newcommand*\settings{\textit{Einstellungen}}
+\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{keiner}}
+
+\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report und book}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+Dies gilt auch für von \class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}
+abgeleitete Dokumentenklassen.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc und amsbook}
+\label{AMS}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
+|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+|\@caption|\-|font| wird von den \AmS\ Dokumentenklassen auf |\normal|\-|font|
+vorbelegt, und |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| auf |\sc|\-|shape|.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Weiterhin wird der Rand für mehrzeilige Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen
+auf |\caption|\-|indent| gesetzt, bei einzeiligen Beschriftungen wird lediglich
+die Hälfte davon verwendet. (|\caption|\-|indent| wird von den \AmS\ Klassen
+auf |3pc| vorbelegt.)
+Möchten Sie einen einheitlichen Rand, so fügen Sie bitte
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+in Ihren Dokumentenvorspann ein, nachdem Sie \thispackage\ geladen haben.
+
+Zusätzlich werden automatisch die Optionen |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
+gesetzt. Dies können Sie überschreiben, indem Sie beim Laden des
+\package{caption}"=Paketes einfach andere Werte für
+|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| angeben.
+
+\subsection{beamer}
+\label{beamer}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{nicht nummeriert} \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
+|font=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption|"' \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption name|"' \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
+Die Zeichensatz- und Farbeinstellungen können mit
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{Optionen} und
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{Optionen} vorgenommen werden.
+Dies wird auch mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket noch funktionieren,
+zumindest solange Sie keinen anderen Zeichensatz mit
+|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| oder
+|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| einstellen.\par
+Weiterhin bietet die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verschiedene "`Templates"' für
+die Beschriftungen an, diese können mit
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]|
+ausgewählt werden.
+Da \thispackage\ diesen Mechanismus ersetzt, haben
+|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{Template Code}
+und
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]|
+keine Funktion mehr, wenn \thispackage\ verwendet wird.
+(Au"snahme: Die Auswahl des Templates |default|, |num|\-|bered| oder
+|caption| |name| |own| |line| wird automatisch erkannt und auf dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+entsprechende Optionen umgesetzt, sofern diese nicht explizit durch den Anwender
+mit anderen Einstellungen "uberschrieben worden sind.)
+
+\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt und scrbook}
+\label{KOMA}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit ``autodot'' Feature}\\
+|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle}
+Die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen bietet sehr viele Möglichkeiten, das Design
+der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen. Für eine Übersicht schauen
+Sie bitte in die sehr gute \KOMAScript"=Dokumentation, Abschnitt "`Tabellen
+und Abbildungen"'.
+
+\subsubsection*{Seiteneffekte}
+Das optionale Argument von |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| wird nicht vom
+\package{caption}"=Paket unterstützt und daher ignoriert.
+Weiterhin überschreiben die \KOMAScript"=Optionen |table|\-|caption|\-|above|
+\& |table|\-|caption|\-|below| sowie die dazugehörigen Befehle
+|\caption|\-|above| \& |\caption|\-|below| die mit |position=| getätigten
+Einstellungen.
+
+\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport und boek}
+\label{NTG}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
+|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| und |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| können entweder
+direkt oder indirekt über |\Caption|\-|Fonts| definiert werden.
+Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer
+Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen
+|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| festgelegt wird.
+
+\subsection{\SmF: smfart und smfbook}
+\label{SMF}
+
+Da die \SmF\ Dokumentenklassen von den \AmS\ Klassen abgeleitet wurden,
+gelten hier dieselben Standardbelegungen wie dort.
+
+Zusätzlich ist der Rand auf den zehnten Teil von |\line|\-|width| limiert.
+Mögen Sie diese Limitierung nicht, kann sie mit der Option
+|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| oder |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| ausgeschaltet werden.
+
+\subsection{thesis}
+\label{thesis}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |hang| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit kurzem Namen}\\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
+Der Zeichensatz des Bezeichners kann hier mit |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+derjenige des Textes mit |\caption|\-|body|\-|font| gesetzt werden.
+Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer
+Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen
+|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| gesetzt wird.
+
+\subsection{Babel-Option frenchb}
+\label{frenchb}
+
+Wird die Option \package{frenchb} des \package{babel}"=Paketes mit einer
+der drei Standardklassen (oder einer davon abgeleiteten) verwendet,
+dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| vorbelegt
+und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse überschrieben.
+In diesem Falle wird eine Umdefinition von |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+auch weiterhin funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit
+der Option |label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird.
+
+\INFO*
+Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{babel}"=Paket.
+
+\subsection{Pakete frenchle und frenchpro}
+\label{frenchpro}
+
+Wird das \package{frenchle}- oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket verwendet,
+dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| plus
+\cs{space} vorbelegt und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse
+überschrieben.
+Eine Umdefinition von |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| wird auch weiterhin
+funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit der Option
+|label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird.
+
+Weiterhin wird |text|\-|font=| auf |text|\-|font=|\x|it| vorbelegt,
+um das Standardverhalten des \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paketes
+bzgl.~des Beschriftungstext"=Zeichensatzes zu emulieren.
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß der Befehl |\caption|\-|font| auch intern vom
+\package{caption}"=Paket verwendet wird, und zwar auf eine andere Art und Weise
+als das \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paket ihn verwendet;
+daher sollten Sie ihn nicht (mehr) verwenden.
+
+Der Befehl |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{oder} table} wird
+weiterhin seinen Dienst tun, aber nur solange Sie kein anderes Bezeichnerformat
+mit |label|\-|format=| auswählen.
+
+\INFO*
+Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{frenchle}
+oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Unterstützung anderer Pakete}
+\label{packages}
+\label{compatibility}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ ist an folgende Pakete, die ebenfalls Abbildungs- oder
+Tabellenbeschriftungen anbieten, angepasst:
+\begin{quote}
+ \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
+ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
+ \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
+ \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
+ \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
+ \package{wrapfig} und \package{xtab}
+\end{quote}
+
+Weiterhin arbeitet das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow},
+das \package{subcaption}"=Paket (welches Bestandteil der
+\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie ist), sowie das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig}
+aktiv mit diesem Paket zusammen und verwenden dessen |\caption|\-|setup|"=Schnittstelle.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+Definiert ein anderes Paket (oder eine Dokumentenklasse), welches \thispackage{}
+nicht kennt, ebenfalls den Befehl |\caption| um, so wird diese Umdefinition
+bevorzugt, um maximale Kompatibilität zu gewährleisten und Konflikte
+zu vermeiden.
+Wird solch eine potentielle Inkompatiblität erkannt, wird diese Warnung
+ausgegeben:~\footnote{%
+ Diese Warnung kann durch Angabe der Option \texttt{compatibility=true}
+ beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet werden.}
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+\endgroup
+
+Als Folge stehen diese Ausstattungsmerkmale des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht
+zur Verfügung:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item die Optionen |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| und |listformat=|
+ \item |\caption*| (um eine Beschrifung ohne Bezeichner zu setzen)
+ \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (um den Eintrag ins Verzeichnis zu unterbinden)
+ \item |\caption{}| (um eine leere Beschriftung ohne Trenner zu setzen)
+ \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+ \item korrekt ausgerichtete Beschriftungen in Umgebungen wie \texttt{wide} und
+ \texttt{addmargin}, die die Seitenränder verändern
+ \item das sog.~\textsf{hypcap}"=Feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ \item Setzen von Unter-Beschriftungen \See{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
+Dieser Kompatibilitäts"=Modus kann durch die Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |compatibility=false|
+\end{quote}
+beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes ausgeschaltet werden.
+Aber bitte beachten Sie, daß die Anwendung dieser Option weder empfohlen noch
+unterstützt wird, da hierdurch unerwünschte Nebeneffekte oder Fehler auftreten
+können. (Aus diesem Grunde wird hier ebenfalls eine Warnung ausgegeben.)
+
+\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\else\par\fi
+ \nopagebreak
+ \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
+ \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{algorithms}
+\label{algorithms}
+\packagedescription{%
+Die \package{algorithms}"=Paketfamilie\cite{algorithms} bietet zwei Umgebungen
+an: Die Umgebung \texttt{algorithmic} bietet eine Möglichkeit, Algorithmen
+zu beschreiben, und die Umgebung \texttt{algorithm} bietet eine passende
+Gleitumgebung an.}
+
+Da die \texttt{algorithm}"=Umgebung intern mittels |\new|\-|float| realisiert
+ist, welches vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt wird,
+schauen Sie bitte in \Ref{float} nach.
+
+\iffalse
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{algorithm2e}
+\label{algorithm2e}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
+writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
+
+Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
+interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
+\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
+the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
+
+So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
+you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
+floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
+and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
+
+As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
+for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
+ |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
+ |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
+ |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
+ |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
+ |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
+ | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
+ | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
+ | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
+floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
+(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
+and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
+in its body, just like you would do when you use the
+\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
+
+You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ \ldots\\
+ |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
+ |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
+ |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
+ |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |% Example usage:|\\
+ |\begin{algorithm}|\\
+ |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
+ |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
+ | \SetVline|\\
+ | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
+ | a line\;|\\
+ | }{|\\
+ | another line\;|\\
+ | }|\\
+ |\end{algorithmic}|
+\end{quote}
+Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
+other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+please see \Ref{float}.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
+\end{Annotation}
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{float}
+\label{float}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bietet den Befehl \cs{restylefloat} an,
+der bestehende Gleitumgebungen zu einem neuen Design verhilft, ferner
+\cs{newfloat} um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren.
+Weiterhin wird die Platzierungs-Option "`\texttt{H}"' angeboten, die bei
+Gleitumgebungen das Gleiten unterbindet.}
+
+Bei Gleitumgebungen, die mit \cs{newfloat} oder \cs{restylefloat} definiert
+wurden, hat die Option |po|\-|si|\-|tion=| keinen Effekt auf die Beschriftung,
+da die Platzierung und die Abstände von dem gewählten Gleitumgebungs"=Stil
+festgelegt werden.
+
+Ein Beschriftungs"=Stil und Beschriftungs"=Optionen mit demselben Namen
+wie der Gleitumgebungs"=Stil werden zusätzlich zu den normalen Optionen
+ausgewählt.
+Mit diesem Mechanismus emuliert \thispackage\ das Aussehen der Beschriftungen
+vom Stil "`|ruled|"': Es definiert den Beschriftungs"=Stil
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
+ | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+Um dies zu ändern, müssen Sie entweder einen eigenen Stil namens "`|ruled|"'
+definieren, oder aber mit |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{Optionen} zusätzliche
+Optionen angeben.%,
+%z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
+
+Dieser Mechanismus wird ebenso benutzt, um den Abstand zwischen einer
+Gleitumgebung vom Stil "`|boxed|"' und seiner Beschriftung individuell
+festzulegen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
+\end{quote}
+Um dies zu ändern, geben Sie einfach mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{Wert}|}|
+einen anderen Wert an.
+Oder wenn Sie stattdessen die globale Einstellung der Option |skip=| verwenden
+wollen, können Sie die individuelle Abstandseinstellung mit
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}| entfernen.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Es kann immer nur \emph{eine} Beschriftung innerhalb der Gleitumgebungen
+gesetzt werden, die mit |\new|\-|float| oder |\re|\-|style|\-|float|
+definiert werden; außerdem verhalten sich diese Gleitumgebungen auch in
+anderen Belangen nicht exakt wie die Umgebungen |figure| und |table|.
+Als Konsequenz arbeiten viele Pakete nicht sehr gut mit diesen zusammen.
+Weiterhin hat das \package{float}"=Paket einige Fallstricke und Schwächen,
+weswegen ich als Alternative das \package{newfloat}"=Paket
+anbiete, um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren, die sich wie |figure|
+und |table| verhalten sollen.
+Und für die Definition von mächtigeren Gleitumgebungen bzw.~der
+stilistischen Umgestaltung von vorhandenen Gleitumgebungen empfehle ich als
+Alternative den Befehl |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| des
+moderneren \package{floatrow}"=Paketes\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Note}
+
+\iffalse
+Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
+the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
+wrong.
+And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
+in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
+correctly afterwards.
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{floatflt}
+\label{floatflt}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{floatflt}"=Paket\cite{floatflt} bietet Umgebungen zum Setzen von
+Abbildungen und Tabellen an, die nicht die Gesamtbreite der Seite einnehmen,
+sondern stattdessen vom Text umflossen werden.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Optionen für die Umgebungen |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| und
+|float|\-|ing|\-|table| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+festgelegt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{fltpage}
+\label{fltpage}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{fltpage}"=Paket\cite{fltpage} bietet die Ausgliederung der
+Beschriftung für Abbildungen und Tabellen, die die gesamte Seitenhöhe
+einnehmen, an. Hierbei wird die Beschriftung ans Ende der vorherigen
+oder nächsten Seite verschoben.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Zwei Optionen regeln die Verweise auf die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable|:
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} oder \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, wird der Verzeichniseintrag auf die Beschriftung
+der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt
+der Abbildung.
+(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
+\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} oder \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, werden die mit \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}
+oder \cs{nameref} plazierten Referenzen auf die Beschriftung der Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt der Abbildung.
+(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
+\end{description}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hyperref}
+\label{hyperref}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} behandelt \LaTeX"=Querverweise
+derart, daß sie zusätzlich Hyperlinks im Dokument erzeugen.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Zwei Optionen regeln das Setzen von Hyperlinks:~\footnote{Diese Optionen sind
+nach dem \package{hypcap}"=Paket benannt, welches sie ersetzen.}
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} oder \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Auf |true| gesetzt, werden alle Hyperlink"=Anker -- wohin Einträge im
+Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis, sowie |\ref| und |\auto|\-|ref|
+verweisen -- an den Anfang der (gleitenden) Umgebungen wie Abbildung
+oder Tabelle plaziert.\par
+Auf |false| gesetzt zeigen hingegen alle Hyperlink"=Anker auf die
+Beschriftung.\par
+(Die Voreinstellung ist |hypcap=true|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{Abstand}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Da es nicht sehr ästhetisch wirkt, wenn der Hyperlink exakt auf den Beginn der
+Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle springt, kann ein vertikaler Abstand zwischen dem
+Hyperlink"=Anker und der (gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt werden, z.B.~entfernt
+|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| diesen Abstand.\par
+(Die Voreinstellung ist |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.)
+\end{description}
+
+Beide Optionen haben keine Auswirkung in den Umgebungen |lst|\-|listing|
+(vom \package{listings}"=Paket bereitgestellt), |long|\-|table| (vom
+\package{longtable}"=Paket bereitgestellt, |super|\-|tabular| (vom
+\package{supertabular}"=Paket bereitgestellt), und |x|\-|tabular| (vom
+\package{xtab}"=Paket bereitgestellt);
+innerhalb dieser Umgebungen werden Hyperlink"=Anker immer so gesetzt, als sei
+|hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| eingestellt.
+
+\pagebreak[3]Bitte beachten Sie:\nopagebreak
+\begin{description}
+\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{Typ}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{Typ}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
+\\[\smallskipamount]
+Ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket bekommen Sie hier identische Resultate.
+Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen und mit der Einstellung |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|
+versehen wird der Hyperlink"=Anker unterschiedlich gesetzt.
+So plaziert zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+den Anker bei der Beschriftung.
+(Und wenn |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| gesetzt ist, wird deswegen eine Warnung ausgegeben.)
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+hingegen plaziert den Anker an den Anfang der |mini|\-|page|,
+da die Anweisung |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| nicht nur den Typ der
+Beschriftung auf "`figure"' festlegt, sondern auch einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt.
+
+\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Wiederum bekommen Sie ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket identische Resultate.
+Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen liegen die Unterschiede in den Feinheiten:
+So wird z.B.~das optionale Argument von |\caption| auch in die |aux|-Datei
+geschrieben und vom |\name|\-|ref| Befehl verwendet.
+Wenn Sie also |\caption| mit leerem Argument angeben, wird ein auf diese
+Abbildung oder Tabelle angewandtes |\name|\-|ref| nicht das erwünschte,
+sondern stattdessen ein leeres Resultat zur Folge haben.
+Daher ist es besser, |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| zu verwenden,
+wenn Sie keinen Eintrag in dem Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis wünschen.
+\end{description}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hypcap}
+\label{hypcap}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{hyp\-cap}"=Paket\cite{hypcap} bietet eine Lösung zu dem Problem
+an, daß Hyperlinks auf Gleitumgebungen nicht auf die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle
+verweisen, sondern stattdessen auf die Beschriftung.
+Die Version $3.1$ des \package{caption}"=Paketes löst dieses Problem bereits
+auf seine eigene Art und Weise, so daß das \package{hypcap}"=Paket in der
+Regel nicht mehr zusätzlich benötigt wird.}
+
+Wird das \package{hypcap}"=Paket zusätzlich zum \package{hyperref}"=Paket
+geladen, so übernimmt es die Kontrolle über die Platzierung der
+Hyperlink"=Anker, und die Optionen |hyp|\-|cap=| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|
+verlieren ihre Wirkung.
+
+Außerdem ist zu beachten, daß dann |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{Typ}|}|
+keinen Hyperlink"=Anker mehr setzt; dies muß dann ggf.~mit dem Befehl
+|\cap|\-|start|, welcher vom \package{hypcap}"=Paket angeboten wird,
+geschehen.
+
+Weiterhin hat das Laden des \package{hypcap}"=Paketes den Nebeneffekt, daß
+die Hyperlink"=Anker innerhalb der Umgebungen
+|floating|\-|figure| (vom \package{float\-flt}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|FP|\-|figure| \& |FPtable| (vom \package{flt\-page}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|fig|\-|window| (vom \package{pic\-in\-par}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|par|\-|pic| (vom \package{pic\-ins}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|SC|\-|figure| (vom \package{side\-cap}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|three|\-|part|\-|table| (vom \package{three\-part\-table}"=Paket
+bereitgestellt) und |wrap|\-|figure| (vom \package{wrap\-fig}"=Paket
+bereitgestellt) nicht mehr optimal platziert werden.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{listings}
+\label{listings}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{listings}"=Paket\cite{listings} bietet Möglichkeiten,
+Programmcode zu setzen.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |lst|\-|listing| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{listings}"=Paket seine eigenen
+Optionen für die Kontrolle der Position und Abstände der Beschriftungen
+mitbringt:
+|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=| und |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+\See{Dokumentation des \package{listings}"=Paketes.}
+Diese Optionen überschreiben diejenigen des \package{caption}"=Paketes,
+können aber wiederum mit |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|
+überschrieben werden, z.B.~mit
+\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{longtable}
+\label{longtable}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bietet eine Umgebung an,
+die sich ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{tabular} verhält, aber Seitenumbrüche
+innerhalb der Tabelle erlaubt.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |long|\-|table| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table|
+berücksichtigt.
+
+Die Optionen |margin=| und |width=| überschreiben gewöhnlich die Länge
+|\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, so daß ein einheitliches Aussehen der
+Tabellenüberschriften gewährleistet wird.
+Wird aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert
+|4in| gesetzt, wird \thispackage\ dies berücksichtigen.
+(Aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| wird wiederum von
+|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{Breite}|}| überschrieben,
+auch wenn |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als |4in| gesetzt ist.)
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Befehle |\caption|\-|of| und |\Continued|\-|Float| funktionieren
+\emph{nicht} innerhalb der Umgebung |long|\-|table|.
+Weiterhin erhöhen weder |\caption| noch |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den
+Tabellenzähler, er wird stattdessen von der Umgebung |long|\-|table| selbst
+erhöht.
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Benötigen Sie eine Umgebung |long|\-|table|, die den Tabellenzähler
+nicht erhöht, so verwenden Sie bitte die Umgebung |long|\-|table*|
+(die das \package{ltcaption}"=Paket bereitstellt und als Bestandteil der
+\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie automatisch geladen wird).
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picinpar}
+\label{picinpar}
+\packagedescription{%
+Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}"=Paket stellt auch das
+\package{picinpar}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen
+zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text
+umflossen werden.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |fig|\-|window| und |tab|\-|window|
+können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[tab|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picins}
+\label{picins}
+\packagedescription{%
+Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}- und \package{picinpar}"=Paket stellt auch
+das \package{picins}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und
+Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom
+Text umflossen werden.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |par|\-|pic| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+Weiterhin erzeugt |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| keinen Verzeichniseintrag,
+und |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| ergibt eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und
+Nummerierung.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+Wird ein |\pic|\-|caption| gewünscht, das keine Abbildungs-, sondern eine
+Tabellenbeschrifung erzeugt, so definieren Sie bitte \emph{nicht}
+|\@cap|\-|type| um, wie es von der Dokumentation zum \package{picins}"=Paket
+vorgeschlagen wird. Stattdessen benutzen Sie bitte den Befehl
+|\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{Typ}, der Ihnen vom \package{caption}"=Paket
+zu diesem Zweck bereitgestellt wird. Zum Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
+ |\piccaption{Eine Beispieltabelle}|\\
+ |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{rotating}
+\label{rotating}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{rotating}"=Paket\cite{rotating} bietet die Gleitumgebungen
+\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} und \texttt{side\-ways\-table},
+die sich wie \texttt{figure} und \texttt{table} verhalten, den Inhalt aber
+um 90 bzw. 270 Grad drehen.
+Weiterhin wird ein Befehl \cs{rot\-caption} bereitgestellt, der lediglich
+die Beschriftung dreht.}
+
+\iffalse % No, we don't do that
+If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| \&
+|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+\fi
+
+Der Befehl |\rot|\-|caption| wird vom \package{caption}"=Paket derart
+erweitert, daß |\rot|\-|caption*| und |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| analog zu
+|\caption*| und |\caption|\-|of| verwendet werden können.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{setspace}
+\label{setspace}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{setspace}"=Paket\cite{setspace} bietet Optionen und Befehle,
+um den Zeilenabstand festzulegen, so führt
+z.B.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+zu einem Dokument, welches einanhalbzeilig gesetzt wird.}
+
+Wird das \package{setspace}"=Paket zusammen mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+verwendet, sind alle Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen auf "`einzeilig"'
+voreingestellt. Dies kann durch |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing| (welches
+auf "`einanhalbzeilig"' umstellt), |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing| (welches
+auf "`zweizeilig"' umstellt) oder |font={stretch=|\x\meta{Wert}|}| geändert
+werden.
+\See{auch \Ref{fonts}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{sidecap}
+\label{sidecap}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket\cite{sidecap} bietet die Gleitumgebungen
+\texttt{SC\-figure} und \texttt{SC\-table}, die anders als \texttt{figure}
+und \texttt{table} die Beschriftung \emph{neben} den Inhalt setzen.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und |SC|\-|table|
+können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Note}
+Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket bietet eigene Optionen für die Ausrichtung der
+Beschriftung. Werden diese verwendet, so überschreiben sie die Einstellungen,
+die mit der Option |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| getätigt worden sind.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Anstelle des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes können Sie für Beschrifungen neben der
+Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle auch das leistungsfähigere und vielseitigere
+\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} benutzen.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{Undokumentierte Eigenschaften}
+Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket \version{1.6} hat einige undokumentierte
+Paketoptionen und Befehle, die eine weitere Anpassung der Beschrifungen erlauben:
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
+Die Paketoption
+\begin{quote}
+ |margincaption|\qquad{\small(z.B.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
+\end{quote}
+führt dazu, daß alle Beschriftungen in den Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und
+|SC|\-|table| in den Rand gesetzt werden.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
+Der Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{Typ}\marg{Position}
+\end{quote}
+legt die vertikale Ausrichtung der Beschriftung fest. \meta{Position} kann
+entweder `|t|' (für eine Ausrichtung am oberen Rand), `|b|' (für eine
+Ausrichtung am unteren Rand), oder `|c|' (für eine zentrierte Ausrichtung)
+sein.
+Die Vorbelegung für die Umgebung |table| ist `|t|', für |figure| und alle
+anderen, die mit |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| definiert werden, `|b|'.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{subfigure}
+\label{subfigure}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{subfigure}"=Paket\cite{subfigure} bietet Unterstützung für
+Unter"=Abbildungen und -Tabellen.
+Es ist veraltet und wurde vom Autor durch das modernere
+\package{subfig}"=Paket ersetzt.}
+
+Da das \package{subfigure}"=Paket veraltet ist, wird es vom
+\package{caption}"=Paket nur derart unterstützt, daß alte Dokumente (welche
+mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket \version{1.x} gesetzt wurden) noch
+übersetzbar sind und das erwartete Ergebnis liefern.
+
+Bitte verwenden Sie daher stattdessen das \package{subfig}- oder das
+\package{subcaption}"=Paket, welches
+\thispackage\ \version{3.x} aktiv unterstützt.
+
+\See{auch Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{supertabular und xtab}
+\label{supertabular}
+\packagedescription{%
+Die Pakete \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} und \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+bieten eine Umgebung, die ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{long\-table} des
+\package{longtable}"=Paketes\cite{longtable} einen Seitenumbruch inmitten der
+Tabelle erlaubt.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |super|\-|tabular| bzw.~|x|\-|tabular|
+können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{bzw.}\\
+ |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table|
+berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Der Befehl |\Continued|\-|Float| funktioniert \emph{nicht} innerhalb der
+Umgebungen |super|\-|tabular| und |x|\-|tabular|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{threeparttable}
+\label{threeparttable}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} bietet ein Schema
+für Tabellen, welches strukturierte Anmerkungen nach dem Tabelleninhalt
+erlaubt.
+Dieses Schema bietet eine Lösungsmöglichkeit für das alte Problem "`Fußnoten
+in Tabellen"'.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |three|\-|part|\-|table| und
+|measured|\-|figure| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Da die Breite der Beschriftung hier die gleiche Breite wie die Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle hat, werden die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| hier nicht
+angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| oder
+|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bietet eine vergleichbare
+Funktionalität an.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{wrapfig}
+\label{wrapfig}
+\packagedescription{%
+Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}-, \package{picinpar}- und
+\package{picins}"=Paket stellt auch das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket Umgebungen
+zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte
+Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text umflossen werden.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |wrap|\-|figure| und
+|wrap|\-|table| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Weiterführende Dokumente}
+
+Folgende, im Internet verfügbare Dokumente möchte ich an dieser Stelle
+jedem ans Herz legen:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+ Die \TeX\ FAQ -- "`Frequently Asked Questions"' über \TeX\ und \LaTeX:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
+
+\iffalse % Völlig veraltet, daher leider keine Empfehlung mehr wert
+\item
+ Die DANTE-FAQ -- Oft gestellte Fragen \& deren Antworten:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/}\end{quote}
+\fi
+
+\item
+ \emph{"`Hilfe für LaTeX-Einsteiger"'} von Christian Faulhammer:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \emph{"`Bilder einfügen in \LaTeX: Ein How-To"'} von Dominik Bischoff
+ beinhaltet die häufigsten Fragen und Antworten, die im Zusammenhang
+ mit \LaTeX\ und Abbildungen auftreten:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \url{http://dante.ctan.org/info/l2picfaq/german/l2picfaq.pdf}
+ \end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \emph{"`Gleitobjekte -- die richtige Schmierung"'} von Axel Reichert
+ erl"autert den Umgang mit gleitenden Umgebungen und ist hier im Netz
+ zu finden:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \url{ftp://dante.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/german/gleitobjekte/}
+ \end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \textsf{epslatex} von Keith Reckdahl enth"alt viele n"utzliche Tips im
+ Zusammenhang mit der Einbindung von Graphiken in \LaTeXe.
+ Das Dokument ist in Englisch und unter
+ \begin{quote}\url{ftp://dante.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
+ zu finden.
+\end{itemize}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\section{Danksagungen}
+
+Von ganzem Herzen danke ich Katja Melzner,
+Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
+David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm,
+Heiko Oberdiek und Herbert Voß.
+
+Weiterhin möchte ich mich herzlich bei
+Harald Harders,
+Peter Löffler,
+Peng Yu,
+Alexander Zimmermann,
+Matthias Pospiech,
+Jürgen Wieferink,
+Christoph Bartoschek,
+Uwe Stöhr,
+Ralf Stubner,
+Geoff Vallis,
+Florian Keiler,
+Jürgen Göbel,
+Uwe Siart,
+Sang-Heon Shim,
+Henrik Lundell,
+David Byers,
+William Asquith,
+Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
+Frank Martini,
+Danie Els,
+Philipp Woock,
+Fadi Semmo und
+Matthias Stevens
+für ihre Hilfe beim stetigen Verbessern dieses Paketes bedanken.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+\section{Alphabetische Referenz}
+
+%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
+% {\begin{trivlist}%
+% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
+% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
+% }%
+% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
+\makeatletter
+\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
+ \newif\ifMessage
+ \def\Message{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
+ \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+ \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
+ \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
+ \color{blue}%
+ \Messagetrue}%
+ \def\Description{%
+ \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
+ \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{oder}}%
+ \def\@Or[##1]{%
+ \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
+}{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\subsection{Optionen}
+\newcommand\preambleoption{~%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotemark[2]%
+ \endgroup}
+\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotetext[2]{Diese Optionen stehen nur in dem Dokumentenvorspann
+ (Präambel) zur Verfügung.}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Option & Kurzbeschreibung & Abschnitt \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|aboveskip| & setzt den Abstand über der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
+|belowskip| & setzt den Abstand unter der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
+|compatibility|\preambleoption & erzwingt (Nicht-)Kompatibilität & \ref{compatibility} \\
+%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
+|figureposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
+|font|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz & \ref{fonts} \\
+|format| & wählt das Format & \ref{formats} \\
+|FPlist| & Wohin soll der Listeneintrag einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPref| & Wohin soll ein |\ref| einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|hangindent| & setzt den "`hängenden"' Einzug & \ref{margins} \\
+|hypcap| & wählt das "`hypcap"' Feature aus & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcapspace| & setzt den Abstand über einem Hyperlink & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|indention| & setzt den Einzug & \ref{margins} \\
+|justification| & wählt die Ausrichtung & \ref{justification} \\
+|labelfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners & \ref{fonts} \\
+|labelformat| & wählt das Format des Bezeichners & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelsep| & wählt den Trenner zw. Bezeichner$+$Text & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelseparator| & -- identisch mit |labelsep| -- & \ref{formats} \\
+|list| & schaltet die Listeneinträge an bzw. aus & \ref{lists} \\
+|listformat| & wählt das Listenformat & \ref{lists} \\
+|margin| & setzt den Rand bzw. die Ränder & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin*| & setzt den Rand, sofern keine Breite gesetzt ist & \ref{margins} \\
+|maxmargin| & setzt den max. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\
+|minmargin| & setzt den min. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\
+|name| & setzt den Namen der aktuellen Umgebung & \ref{names} \\
+|oneside| & wählt den einseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\
+|options| & führt die angegebene Optionsliste aus & \\
+|parindent| & setzt den Absatzeinzug & \ref{margins} \\
+|parskip| & setzt den Absatzabstand & \ref{margins} \\
+|position| & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
+|singlelinecheck| & schaltet die "`Ein-Zeilen-Prüfung"' ein bzw. aus & \ref{justification} \\
+%|size| & wählt die Größe des Zeichensatzes & \ref{x} \\
+|skip| & setzt den Abstand zwischen Inhalt \& Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
+|strut| & schaltet die Verwendung von |\strut| ein bzw. aus & \ref{formats} \\
+|style| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\
+%|style*| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\
+|subtype| & setzt den Typ der Unterbeschriftungen & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+|tableposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
+|textfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Textes & \ref{fonts} \\
+|textformat| & wählt das Format des Textes & \ref{formats} \\
+|twoside| & wählt den zweiseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\
+|type| & setzt den Typ \& setzt ggf.~einen Hyperlink-Anker & \ref{types} \\
+|type*| & setzt (nur) den Typ & \ref{types} \\
+|width| & setzt eine feste Breite & \ref{margins} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\preambleoptiontext
+\footnotetext{Die Option \texttt{subtype} ist in der Dokumentation
+ des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.}
+
+\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break
+\begin{Note*}
+ Veraltete Optionen sind hier nicht gelistet; diese sind in
+ \Ref{caption1} und
+ \Ref{caption2} zu finden.
+\end{Note*}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Befehle}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Befehl & & Abschnitt \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
+|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
+|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} ist in der Dokumentation
+ des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.}
+
+\clearpage
+\subsection{Warnungen}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
+ | or environment.|
+\Description
+ |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of| sowie |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
+ sind nur für die Anwendung \emph{innerhalb} einer Box, Gruppe oder Umgebung
+ konzipiert. Außerhalb können unerwünschte Seiteneffekte auftreten.
+ \par\See{\Ref{types} und \Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |unknown to the caption package.|
+\Description
+ Wenn \thispackage\ eine vorhandene (und unbekannte) Erweiterung des Befehls
+ |\caption| erkannt hat, definiert es |\caption| nicht erneut um, da dies
+ unweigerlich den Verlust der ursprünglichen Erweiterung zur Folge hätte.
+ Daher funktionieren manche Features, wie |\caption*|,
+ |\Continued|\-|Float|, das optionale Argument von |\caption|\-|setup|,
+ sowie die Optionen |list=| und |hypcap=| nicht mehr; sie werden
+ entweder ignoriert oder arbeiten nicht erwartungsgemäß.\par
+ Wenn Sie an der ursprünglichen Erweiterung nicht interessiert sind
+ und stattdessen den vollen Umfang des \package{caption}"=Paketes
+ verwenden wollen, können Sie es mit der nicht supporteten(!)
+ Option |compatibility=|\x|false| probieren und die Daumen drücken.
+ (Aber Sie werden die nächste Warnung stattdessen bekommen.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
+ |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
+ |was given.|
+\Description
+ Da Sie so mutig waren, die Option |compatibility=|\x|false| zu probieren,
+ wird \thispackage\ sein bestes geben, um diesen Wunsch zu erfüllen.
+ Aber je nach verwendeter Dokumentenklasse bzw.~Pakete sollten Sie sich
+ auf Fehlfunktionen oder Fehlermeldungen einstellen.
+ Also bitte die Daumen gedrückt halten!
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
+ |stopped early.|
+\Description
+ Wenn das \package{hyperref}"=Paket vorzeitig seinen Dienst einstellt
+ (den Grund hierfür teilt es Ihnen mit), ist auch die
+ \package{hyperref}"=Unterstützung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht
+ verfügbar. Als Folge werden Sie einige Warnungen des
+ \package{hyperref}"=Paketes bekommen, ferner werden Hyperlinks
+ auf Abbildungen und Tabellen nicht funktionsfähig sein.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ bemüht sich, so gut es kann, die \KOMAScript"=Befehle
+ bzgl.~Tabellen und Abbildungen zu emulieren. Aber das optionale Argument
+ von |\setcapwidth| funktioniert (noch) nicht; wenn Sie es dennoch angeben,
+ wird daher diese Warnung ausgegeben.
+ \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
+\Description
+ Diese Warnung sollten Sie niemals sehen; entweder verwenden Sie ein Paket,
+ welches |figure| und/oder |table| in einer dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+ unbekannten Art \& Weise verändert, oder aber es ist ein Fehler im
+ \package{caption}"=Paket.
+ Bitte senden Sie mir einen Fehlerbericht diesbezüglich per E-Mail. Danke!
+
+\Message
+ |\label without proper \caption|
+\Description
+ Anders als bei den meisten nicht gleitenden Umgebungen wird bei den
+ gleitenden Umgebungen die interne Referenz erst bei Anwendung des Befehls
+ |\caption| erzeugt. Ein |\label| Befehl, der auf diese Abbildung
+ bzw.~Tabelle verweisen soll, muß daher entweder direkt \emph{nach} oder innerhalb
+ des Argumentes von |\caption| platziert werden.
+
+\Message
+ |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
+\Description
+ Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu
+ entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+ und die angegebene Option kann nicht in der Liste gefunden werden, so
+ erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung.
+ Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner
+ diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu
+ |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|
+ verwenden.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
+\Description
+ Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu
+ entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+ und die angegebene Optionsliste ist (noch) nicht definiert, so
+ erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung.
+ Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner
+ diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|
+ anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup| verwenden.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\iffalse
+\Message
+ |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\
+ |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\
+ |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\
+ |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.|
+\Description
+ \TODO
+\fi
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\
+ |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.|
+\Description
+ Die Option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| ist nur dann voll funktionsfähig,
+ wenn Sie das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket auf Ihrem \TeX"=System installiert haben.
+ Ist dies nicht der Fall, erhalten Sie diese Warnung und |justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
+ wird im späteren Verlauf des Dokumentes wie |justification=|\x|raggedright|
+ behandelt werden.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
+\Description
+ Die Option |ignoreLTcapwidth| des \package{caption2}"=Paketes wird nicht von
+ diesem Paket emuliert. In der Regel können Sie aber diese Option einfach
+ ersatzlos entfernen.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2} und \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
+ |captions right.|
+\Description
+ Das \package{ragged2e} wird nur dann vom \package{caption}"=Paket geladen,
+ wenn es tatsächlich benötigt wird.
+ Um dies zu gewährleisten, sind zwei \LaTeX"=Läufe notwendig, daher können Sie
+ beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen.
+ Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
+\Description
+ Ist ein zweiseitiges Dokumentenlayout gewählt, benötigt \thispackage\ zwei
+ \LaTeX"=Läufe, um die Ränder korrekt zuordnen zu können;
+ daher können Sie beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen.
+ Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein.
+ \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+\Message
+ |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ Diese Warnung informiert Sie über vermische \package{caption}"=Optionen.
+ Wenn Sie z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| oder
+ |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| in einer |figure| Umgebung verwenden,
+ werden beide Optionssätze, sowohl derjenige für |figure|
+ (mit |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| angegeben) als auch
+ derjenige für |table| (mit |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}| angegeben),
+ angewandt.
+ {\small(Diese Warnung kann bei Bedarf durch Verwendung der Stern-Form
+ |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}| unterdrückt werden.)\par}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
+ |particular \caption.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ hat keinen geeigneten Hyperlink"=Anker für diese Beschriftung
+ gefunden, daher hat es entschlossen, die Einstellung |hypcap=|\x|true| (die per
+ Standard gesetzt ist) zu ignorieren.
+ Als Folge werden Hyperlinks zu dieser Abbildung oder Tabelle (etwa über das
+ Abbildungsverzeichnis, oder selber mit |\ref| oder |\auto|\-|ref| angelegt)
+ nicht auf den Beginn der Abbildung oder Tabelle verweisen, sondern stattdessen
+ auf deren Beschriftung.\par
+ Dies kann zum Beispiel passieren, wenn eine Beschriftung mit |\caption|\-|of|
+ innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung gesetzt wird, aber auch, wenn ein
+ Sie ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, welches die Umgebungen |figure|
+ oder |table| umdefiniert hat, dieses Paket aber dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+ unbekannt ist.\par
+ Ist dies für Sie ok, aber die Warnung stört Sie, können Sie sie
+ |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| direkt vor dem betroffenen |\caption|
+ oder |\caption|\-|of| Befehl platzieren.
+ Ist dies hingegen nicht für Sie ok, können Sie selber an geeigneter Stelle mit
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzen.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
+\Description
+ Entweder ist die verwendete Dokumentenklasse dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+ unbekannt, oder aber Sie haben ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument eingebunden,
+ welches ebenfalls das interne Makro |\@make|\-|caption| (welches intern für
+ das Setzen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen zuständig ist)
+ umdefiniert.
+ Wie-auch-immer, \thispackage\ wird entweder das Design der Beschriftungen
+ in einer ungewollten Art \& Weise verändern, oder aber es wird zu keinem
+ geordneten Verhalten und/oder Fehlermeldungen kommen. Deswegen wird in
+ diesem Falle die Verwendung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen.
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
+\Description
+ Es wurden Optionen mit |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{Typ}|]| definiert, die im
+ weiteren Verlauf des Dokumentes aber nicht zur Anwendung gekommen sind.
+ Dies kann zum einen an einem Schreibfehler im Argument \meta{Typ} liegen,
+ aber auch daran, daß ein dem \package{caption}"=Paket unbekanntes Paket
+ die Umgebungen |figure| und/oder |table| umdefiniert hat, oder auch einfach
+ daran, daß Sie die angegebene Umgebung gar nicht im späteren Verlauf Ihres
+ Dokumentes verwenden.
+ (Möchten Sie diese Warnung unterdrücken, so verwenden Sie
+ |\caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\caption|\-|setup|.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
+ |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
+ |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
+ |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
+\Description
+ Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der Abstände
+ über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein. Viele Köche verderben den Brei,
+ also ist es ratsam, sich für eines der Pakete -- das angegebene oder
+ \thispackage\ -- zu entscheiden, um falsche Abstände zu vermeiden.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Fehlermeldungen}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+
+ |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
+\Description
+ Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die etwas spezielles wie z.B.~eine Tabelle
+ enthalten, ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als
+ optionales Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben
+ werden muß, auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder
+ Tabellenverzeichnis beeinhaltet.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside float.|
+\Description
+ |\caption| ist (in der Regel) nur für die Anwendung in gleitenden
+ Umgebungen wie |figure| oder |table|, oder für die Anwendung innerhalb
+ |long|\-|table| oder |wrap|\-|figure| konzipiert, ansonsten bekommen Sie
+ obenstehende Fehlermeldung.
+ Um eine Beschriftung innerhalb einer anderen Umgebung zu setzen, verwenden
+ Sie bitte entweder die Kombination |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
+ $+$ |\caption|, oder aber |\caption|\-|of|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
+\Description
+ |\Continued|\-|Float| ist nur für die Anwendung innerhalb einer gleitenden
+ Umgebung wie |figure| oder |table| konzipiert. %oder auch |long|\-|table|
+ Für die Anwendung in einer Box, Gruppe oder nicht-gleitenden Umgebung
+ bietet sich die Kombination
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float| an.\par
+ |\Continued|\-|Float| innerhalb einer |long|\-|table| ist nicht möglich,
+ aber vielleicht ist die |longtable*| Umgebung, die eine longtable
+ ohne Erhöhung des Tabellenzählers setzt, für Sie hilfreich.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} und \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ Fortlaufende Abbildungen oder Tabellen dürfen nicht von anderen
+ gleitenden Umgebungen (oder einer |long|\-|table|) unterbrochen werden,
+ so ist z.B.~ eine Tabelle zwischen einer Abbildung und einer
+ (mit |\Continued|\-|Float|) fortgesetzten Abbildung nicht möglich.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
+ |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
+ |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
+\Description
+ Das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket kann nicht mit einem solch
+ veralteten Paket zusammen betrieben werden.
+ Bitte aktualisieren Sie das betroffene Paket, zumindest auf die
+ angegebene Version.
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
+\Description
+ Diesen Fehler sollten Sie niemals sehen. Wenn doch, senden Sie mir bitte
+ einen Fehlerbericht per E-Mail.
+
+\Message
+ |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
+\Description
+ Der in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+ |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, oder |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|
+ angegebene \meta{type} ist unbekannt.
+ \meta{type} sollte entweder `\texttt{figure}' oder `\texttt{table}', oder
+ aber eine mit mit
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+ (vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+ |\new|\-|float|
+ (vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt) oder
+ |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type|
+ (vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bereitgestellt)
+ definierte Gleitumgebung sein.
+
+\Message
+ |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
+\Description
+ Der Befehl |\caption| ist innerhalb einer |long|\-|table*| Umgebung
+ nicht erlaubt. Verwenden Sie entweder |\caption*| für eine Beschriftung
+ ohne Bezeichner oder benutzen Sie die reguläre |long|\-|table| Umgebung.
+
+\Message
+ |Not available in compatibility mode.|
+\Description
+ Das angeforderte Feature steht im sog.~Kompatibilitätsmodus nicht zur
+ Verfügung, d.h.~\thispackage\ hat eine inkompatible Dokumentenklasse oder
+ ein inkompatibles Paket entdeckt, welches ebenfalls |\caption| erweitert
+ und damit die Anwendung dieses Features bzw.~Befehls verhindert.
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
+\Description
+ Innerhalb der Umgebungen, die das \package{fltpage} oder \package{sidecap}
+ Paket zur Verfügung stellt, kann nur eine einzige Bildbeschriftung gesetzt
+ werden.
+
+\Message
+ |Option clash for package caption.|
+\Or[aber manchmal auch]
+ |Missing \begin{document}.|
+\Description
+ Ein anderes \LaTeX-Paket hat \thispackage\ bereits geladen, Sie können es
+ daher nicht noch einmal mit anderen Optionen laden.
+ Als Verdächtiger kommt z.B.~das \package{ctable} oder das
+ \package{subfig}"=Paket in Frage; sollte dies zutreffen,
+ laden Sie bitte \thispackage\ \emph{vor} dem betreffenen Paket.
+ Im Falle des \package{subfig}"=Paketes können Sie auch alternativ beim
+ Laden des \package{subfig}"=Paketes die Option |caption=|\x|false| angeben.
+ \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.|
+\Description
+ Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die mehr als aus einem Absatz bestehen,
+ ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als optionales
+ Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben werden muß,
+ auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis
+ beeinhaltet.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
+ |in the last figure or table.|
+\Description
+ Sie scheinen den Befehl |\sub|\-|caption| (oder einen anderen,
+ der eine Unter"=Beschriftung setzt) ohne eine zugehörige,
+ mit |\caption| gesetzte, Beschriftung anzuwenden.
+ Dies wird nicht unterstützt.
+
+\Message
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with `format=hang'.|
+\Or
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
+\Description
+ Ein Bezeichnungstrenner, der ein |\\| Kommando enthält (wie etwa
+ |labelsep=|\x|newline|), kann nicht mit einem Format kombiniert werden,
+ welches "`hängende"' Beschriftungen liefert (wie etwa |format=|\x|hang|).
+ Bitte wählen Sie entweder einen anderen Trenner (wie
+ z.B.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|), oder aber ein anderes Beschriftungsformat
+ (wie z.B.~|format=|\x|plain|) aus.
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats} bzw.~\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
+ |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
+ |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
+\Description
+ Sie haben die Option |caption=|\x|false| angegeben. Diese war früher mal eine
+ Krücke, um nicht das komplette \package{caption}"=Paket zu laden, sondern
+ nur den für das \package{subfig}"=Paket zwingend benötigten Teil.
+ Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; stattdessen
+ sollten Sie diese Option dem \package{subfig}"=Paket übergeben und
+ \thispackage\ nicht mehr explizit laden.
+ \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, eine boolische Option (wie z.B.~|singlelinecheck=| oder
+ |hypcap=|) auf einen unbekannten Wert zu setzen. Nur die Werte |false|, |no|,
+ |off|, |0| bzw.~|true|, |yes|, |on| und |1| sind hier möglich.
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Bezeichnungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungstrenner auszuwählen, welcher nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Listenformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, den Positionshinweis auf einen unbekannten Wert zu
+ setzen. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsstil auszuwählen, welcher nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{style}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Textformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
+ |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
+\Description
+% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
+ Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der
+ Abstände über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein.
+ Sie müssen sich daher für \emph{einen} der Mechanismen entscheiden:
+ Entweder Sie verwenden das angegebene Paket für die Anpassung
+ der Abstände, oder aber die |position|"=Option des
+ \package{caption}"=Paketes, beides geht nicht.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
+ |the (current) caption package.|
+\Description
+ Die Pakete \package{caption} und \package{caption2} können nicht
+ innerhalb eines Dokumentes gleichzeitig verwendet werden.
+ Verwenden Sie bitte nur das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Versionshistorie}
+\label{history}
+
+Die Version $1.0$ dieses Paketes wurde im Jahr 1994 veröffentlicht und bot
+eine Handvoll Optionen, um das Design der Abbildungs-
+bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen.
+Ferner unterstützte diese Version bereits das \package{rotating} und
+\package{subfigure}"=Paket.
+Version $1.1$ führte die |center|\-|last| Option ein;
+in Version $1.2$ kam die Unterstützung des \package{float}"=Paketes hinzu.
+Die Version $1.3$ verfeinerte die Koorperation mit dem
+\package{subfigure}"=Paket; die Version $1.4$ bot die Option |nooneline|
+als Neuheit an.
+
+Die Version $2.0$ des sog.~\package{caption2}"=Paketes war ein
+experimenteller Seitenzweig der regulären Version des
+\package{caption}"=Paketes. Er wurde im Jahre 1995 als Beta"=Testversion
+öffentlich gemacht, um die Nachfrage nach neuen Features und der
+Anpassung an das \package{longtable}"=Paket kurzfristig zu befriedigen.
+(Eine Version $2.1$ wurde 2002 als Fehlerbereinigung nachgereicht.)
+
+Im Jahr 2003 hatte ich dann endlich wieder etwas Zeit gefunden, und so
+wurde im Dezember die neue reguläre Version $3.0$ in Zusammenarbeit mit
+Frank Mittelbach und Steven Cochran aus der Taufe gehoben, die endlich
+den arg vernachlässigten Seitenzweig namens \package{caption2}
+überflüssig machte.
+Weite Teile des Paketes wurden hierfür neu geschrieben, und auch das
+Benutzerinterface wurde gründlich renoviert.
+Außerdem kam die Unterstützung der Pakete \package{hyperref},
+\package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, \package{sidecap} und
+\package{supertabular} hinzu.
+
+Während all die vorangegangenen Versionen dafür ausgelegt waren, mit
+den \LaTeX"=Standarddokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report} und
+\class{book} benutzt zu werden, unterstützt die im Jahre 2007
+veröffentlichte Version $3.1$ auch die \AmS, die \KOMAScript, \NTG{} und
+\SmF{} Dokumentenklassen, ferner auch die \class{beamer}"=Klasse.
+Weiterhin kamen die Unterstützung der französischen Babel"=Option
+\package{frenchb} und des französischen Sprachpaketes \package{frenchle}
+bzw.~\package{frenchpro} hinzu;
+außerdem wurde die Anzahl der unterstützten Pakete um die Pakete
+\package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}
+und \package{wrapfig} erhöht.
+Neue Optionen und Befehle wurden ebenfalls eingeführt, unter anderem
+|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
+|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+Einen weiteren Gewinn stellt der neu integrierte Kompatibilitätscheck
+\see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, das neue "`hypcap"' Feature
+\see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, und die Unterstützung von Teil"=Beschriftungen
+\see*{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation} dar.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
+\label{caption1}
+
+Diese Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes ist weitgehend kompatibel zu den
+älteren Versionen $1.0$ bis $1.4$ des Paketes; alte, vorhandene Dokumente
+sollten sich also in der Regel ohne Probleme weiterhin übersetzen lassen.
+Jedoch ist zu beachten, daß eine Mischung aus alten Befehlen und neueren
+Optionen bzw.~Befehlen zu unerwünschten Nebeneffekten führen kann.
+
+Hier eine kurze Übersicht über die alten, überholten Optionen und ihre
+aktuellen Entsprechungen:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|normal| & |format=plain|\\
+|hang| & |format=hang|\\
+|isu| & |format=hang|\\
+|center| & |justification=centering|\\
+|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
+|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
+|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
+|small| & |font=small|\\
+|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
+|large| & |font=large|\\
+|Large| & |font=Large|\\
+|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
+|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
+|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
+|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
+|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
+|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
+|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
+|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
+|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Neben den Optionen zum Einstellen des Zeichensatzes gab es auch die Befehle
+|\caption|\-|size| bzw.~|\caption|\-|font| und |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|,
+die direkt mit |\re|\-|new|\-|command| umdefiniert werden konnten.
+Dieser Mechanismus wurde durch die Anweisungen
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad und\\
+ |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+ersetzt. \SeeUserDefined
+
+Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{1.x} mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Dies wurde durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+ersetzt.
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+Zum Beispiel wäre
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
+\end{quote}
+in aktueller Notation
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+bzw.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Die etwas exotische Option |ruled|, die eine partielle Anwendung der
+eingestellten Parameter bei Umgebungen des Typs |ruled| aktivierte,
+wird ebenfalls emuliert, hat aber keine direkte Entsprechung in
+dieser Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes.
+Möchte man das Aussehen der Abbildungen des Stils |ruled|,
+der durch das \package{float}"=Paket zur Verfügung gestellt wird,
+verändern, so ist dies nun durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+bzw.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+möglich.
+\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup} und \Ref{float}]
+
+\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
+\label{caption2}
+
+Das Paket \package{caption} und seine experimentelle, nun veraltete
+Variante \package{caption2} sind vom internen Konzept
+her zu unterschiedlich, um hier eine vollständige Kompatibilität
+gewährleisten zu können.
+Daher liegt diesem Paket weiterhin die Datei |caption2.sty| bei, so daß
+ältere Dokumente, die das \package{caption2}"=Paket verwenden, weiterhin
+übersetzt werden können.
+
+Neue Dokumente sollten jedoch auf dem aktuellen \package{caption}"=Paket
+aufgesetzt werden. In den meisten Fällen ist es hierfür ausreichend,
+einfach die Anweisung
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
+\end{quote}
+durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+zu ersetzen. Einige Optionen und Befehle werden jedoch nicht emuliert,
+so daß Sie anschließend Fehlermeldungen erhalten können.
+Die folgenden Absätze werden Ihnen jedoch bei der Umsetzung dieser
+Optionen und Befehle helfen. Sollten darüberhinaus noch Fragen offen sein
+oder Probleme auftreten, dann zögern Sie bitte nicht, mich diesbezüglich
+per E-Mail zu kontaktieren.
+
+Zusätzlich zu den bereits im letzten Abschnitt vorgestellten Optionen
+werden ebenfalls emuliert:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
+|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
+|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{2.x} mit
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| bzw.
+ |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+Dies wurde durch
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| bzw.
+ |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|
+}\end{quote}
+ersetzt. \See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+Das Setzen des Einzuges wurde in \version{2.x} mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+erledigt, dies geschieht nun stattdessen mit
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Die Sonderbehandlung von einzeiligen Beschriftungen ließ sich in
+\version{2.x} mit |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| aus-
+bzw.~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| wieder einschalten.
+Dies wurde durch
+|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+bzw.
+|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|
+ersetzt. \See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+Die Befehle
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
+ |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle| und |\renewcaptionstyle|
+\end{quote}
+haben keine direkte Entsprechnung und werden daher durch diese
+Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes auch nicht emuliert.
+Sie führen also bei der Verwendung zu Fehlermeldungen und müssen daher
+zwingend umgesetzt werden. Die Umsetzung ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden,
+lesen Sie sich daher bitte diese Anleitung gründlich durch und suchen Sie
+sich die Optionen bzw.~Befehle als Ersatz heraus, die Ihren Bedürfnissen
+entsprechen.
+
+\iffalse
+Als kleine Hilfestellung hier die Beispiele aus der alten Anleitung zum
+\package{caption2}"=Paket und deren Umsetzung:
+
+\newenvironment{OldNew}%
+ {\begin{minipage}\linewidth
+ \def\Old{Alt:\begin{quote}}%
+ \def\New{\end{quote}Neu:\begin{quote}}%
+ \def\Or{\end{quote}\centerline{-- oder --}\begin{quote}}%
+ }%
+ {\end{quote}\end{minipage}}
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\captionstyle{center}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{justification=centering}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength{\captionindent}{1cm}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=1cm}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\itshape}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\itshape}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\upshape}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{font=small,textfont=it}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\setcaptionwidth{.5\textwidth}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{width=.5\textwidth}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\setcaptionmargin{.25\textwidth}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{margin=.25\textwidth}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{absatz}{\captionlabel: \exampletext\par}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{absatz}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{absatz}{#1: #3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=absatz,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{\textsf{\captionlabel}\\\exampletext\par}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{fancy}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\textsf{#1}\\#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=fancy,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,labelfont=sf,labelsep=newline}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{fancy2}{\exampletext\hfill\textit{(\captionlabel)}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{fancy2}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy2}{#3\hfill\textit{(#1)}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=fancy2,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{mystyle}{%|\\
+ | \normalcaptionparams|\\
+ | \renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}%|\\
+ | \renewcommand\captionlabeldelim{.}%|\\
+ | \onelinecaptionsfalse|\\
+ | \usecaptionstyle{centerlast}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{mystyle}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,justification=centerlast}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{hangandleft}{%|\\
+ | \let\oldcaptiontext\exampletext|\\
+ | \def\exampletext{\raggedright\oldcaptiontext}%|\\
+ | \usecaptionstyle{hang}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{hangandleft}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,justification=raggedright}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{%|\\
+ | \usecaptionmargin\captionfont|\\
+ | \onelinecaption|\\
+ | {{\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}%|\\
+ | \captionlabelsep\exampletext}%|\\
+ | {{\centering\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\par}%|\\
+ | \centerlast\exampletext\par}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{fancy}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\centering#1\par\centerlast#3\par}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\
+ | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\
+ | {format=fancy}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=fancy}|
+\Or
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{#1\par#3\par}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\
+ | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\
+ | {format=fancy,justification=centerlast}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=fancy}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\renewcaptionstyle{longtable}{\usecaptionstyle{normal}}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]{format=plain}|
+\end{OldNew}
+\fi
+
+Ebenfalls keine Entsprechung hat die Option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+der \version{2.x}.
+Deren Verwendung kann in der Regel einfach entfallen, da \thispackage\ den
+Wert von |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| sowieso nicht beachtet, solange er nicht
+explizit auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert ($=$|4in|) gesetzt wird.
+\See{\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
+\label{caption3}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte keine weiteren Dokumentenklassen
+unterstützt als die drei Standard"=Klassen, die \LaTeX\ selber mitbringt:
+\class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}.
+Daher waren die Vorbelegungen der Einstellungsmöglichkeiten fest durch
+dieses Paket vorgegeben, sie repräsentierten das Aussehen bei Verwendung
+einer dieser Klassen.
+Nun aber unterstützt \thispackage\ mehr Dokumentenklassen aktiv, folglich
+kann die Vorbelegung nun von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse abhängen.
+
+Ein Beispiel: Während in \version{3.0} die Vorbelegung der Ausrichtung
+immer |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| war,
+ist sie nun immer noch |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| wenn eine der drei Standardklassen
+verwendet wird, aber |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|ragged|\-|right|,
+wenn die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verwendet wird.
+
+Möchten Sie weiterhin die "`alten"' Vorbelegungen, so können Sie die Option
+|style=base| beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes angeben oder später
+mit |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| den alten Grundzustand wieder
+herstellen.
+
+\medskip
+
+Weiterhin prüft das \package{caption}"=Paket nun automatisch auf
+Inkompatibilitäten und gibt ggf.~eine Warnung aus.
+Sollte eine ernsthafte Inkompatibilität festgestellt werden, werden außerdem
+einige Features des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet.
+Lediglich diese Prüfung ist neu, wenn Sie also neuerdings eine
+Kompatibilitätswarnung erhalten, so waren auch bereits vorangegangene Versionen
+des \package{caption}"=Paketes inkompatibel, dies hatte sich aber früher "`nur"'
+durch Seiteneffekte bzw.~nicht korrekt funktionierende Optionen oder Befehle
+geäußert.
+Die Kompatibilitätswarnungen sagen auch nicht aus, daß etwas schief gegangen ist,
+sondern lediglich, daß etwas schief gehen könnte. Sie sollten aber auf jeden Fall,
+wenn Sie \thispackage\ trotz einer solchen Warnung einsetzen, die Abbildungs-
+und Tabellenbeschriftungen bzgl.~ihres Aussehens genau im Auge behalten.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte als Interimslösung die Option
+|caption=|\x|false| bereitgestellt, um nicht das ganze \package{caption}"=Paket
+zu laden, sondern nur denjenigen Teil, der für den Betrieb des
+\package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig} notwendig war.
+Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; bitte
+übergeben Sie stattdessen bei Bedarf diese Option an das \package{subfig}"=Paket
+und laden Sie nicht mehr \thispackage.
+%\par\See{\package{subfig}"=Paketdokumentation}
+\end{Note*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\iffalse
+\TODO: subcaption-Anleitung
+\fi
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+
+ \bibitem{TLC2}
+ Frank Mittelbach und Michel Goossens:\\
+ \newblock {\em Der {\LaTeX} Begleiter (2.\,Auflage)},\\
+ \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+
+ \bibitem{beamer}
+ Till Tantau:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}%
+ {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+ Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf}%
+ {\emph{KOMA-Script -- ein wandelbares \LaTeXe-Paket}},\\
+ 2007-03-02
+
+ \bibitem{NTG}
+ Victor Eijkhout:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}%
+ {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+ 3 September 1989
+
+ \bibitem{algorithms}
+ Rog\'erio Brito:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
+ June 2, 2006
+
+\iffalse
+ \bibitem{algorithm2e}
+ Christophe Fiorio:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}%
+ {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+\fi
+
+ \bibitem{float}
+ Anselm Lingnau:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}%
+ {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+ 2001/11/08
+
+ \bibitem{floatflt}
+ Mats Dahlgren:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+ 1998/06/05
+
+ \bibitem{floatrow}
+ Olga Lapko:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+ 2007/12/24
+
+ \bibitem{fltpage}
+ Sebastian Gross:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+ 1998/11/13
+
+ \bibitem{hyperref}
+ Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+ November 12, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{hypcap}
+ Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+ 2007/04/09
+
+ \bibitem{listings}
+ Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+ 2007/02/22
+
+ \bibitem{longtable}
+ David Carlisle:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+ 2004/02/01
+
+ \bibitem{picinpar}
+ Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}%
+ {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+ July 13, 1993
+
+ \bibitem{picins}
+ Joachim Bleser und Edmund Lang:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}%
+ {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+ September~1992
+
+ \bibitem{rotating}
+ Sebastian Rahtz und Leonor Barroca:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}%
+ {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+ 1997/09/26
+
+ \bibitem{setspace}
+ Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}%
+ {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
+ 1 December 2000
+
+ \bibitem{sidecap}
+ Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+ 2003/06/06
+
+ \bibitem{subfigure}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+ 2002/07/02
+
+ \bibitem{subfig}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+ 2005/07/05
+
+ \bibitem{supertabular}
+ Johannes Braams und Theo Jurriens:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+ 2002/07/19
+
+ \bibitem{threeparttable}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}%
+ {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+ 2003/06/13
+
+ \bibitem{wrapfig}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}%
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}%
+ {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+ 2003/01/31
+
+ \bibitem{xtab}
+ Peter Wilson:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}%
+ {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+ 2004/05/24
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..45efb2896a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4273 @@
+%
+% This is file `caption-eng.tex'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-eng.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 The caption package]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+
+\documentclass[USenglish]{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{fixltx2e}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em
+\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother
+
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
+\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}%
+
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
+
+\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
+
+% \ContinuedFloat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{Continued #1~#2}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
+% \DeclareCaptionStyle
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
+ {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
+% Example 1
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
+\newlength\myindention
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
+% Example 2
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
+% Example 3
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}
+% Example 4
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
+
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\newenvironment{Annotation}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \smallskip
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Example}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
+ {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
+ {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
+ {\@example{}}}
+\def\@example#1{%
+ \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
+\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
+ \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\newenvironment{Expert}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \smallskip
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Expert*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \smallskip
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
+\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+
+\def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package}
+\def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package}
+
+\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Note}
+\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
+\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{See}}{\SEE[\small]{See}}}
+\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{see}}{\SEE[\small]{see}}}
+\makeatother
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\GetFileInfo{caption-eng.tex}
+\let\docdate\filedate
+\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+
+\title{Customizing captions of floating environments
+ using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{%
+ This package has version number \fileversion,
+ last revised \filedate.}}{}}
+\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+ \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}}
+\date{\docdate}
+\maketitle
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\Thispackage\ offers customization of captions
+in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with
+many other packages.
+\par\smallskip
+\textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and
+commands for customizing captions.
+If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for
+you to use the \package{caption} package at all.
+And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of
+the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\newcommand\exampletext{%
+ White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant
+ with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and
+ perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one
+ of the many championship courses.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\section*{Introduction}
+
+Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the
+attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no
+remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here:
+
+\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice
+to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal
+text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font
+family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one:
+
+\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+
+You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use
+caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+\small
+Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the
+captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions.
+(But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow}
+ package\cite{floatrow}.)
+\end{minipage}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\tableofcontents
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Using this package}
+\label{usage}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
+Insert
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document
+between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
+The options control how your captions will look like; e.g.,
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
+ | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
+ %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+So
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+and
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+are equal in their results.
+
+It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current
+environment only. So if you want to change settings for the
+current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command
+inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command.
+For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|,
+so all the other captions remain untouched.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Options}
+\label{options}
+
+\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
+\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Formatting}
+\label{formats}
+
+\DescribeMacro{format=}
+A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label,
+which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is
+associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short
+description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text
+from the label.
+
+The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented;
+it is specified with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=|\meta{format name}\quad,
+\end{quote}
+having the name of the caption format as its argument.
+
+There are two standard caption formats:
+%\footnote{You have the option to
+%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}:
+%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.}
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+ Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph.
+
+ \item[hang]
+ Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ An example: Specifying the option
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang|
+ \end{quote}
+ yields captions like this:
+ \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{indention=}
+For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra
+indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the
+option
+\begin{quote}
+ |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Two examples:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
+With the option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelformat=|\meta{label format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
+you specify how the caption label will be typeset.
+There are five standard caption label formats:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[default]
+ The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class,
+ usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}).
+ (This is the default behaviour.)
+
+ \item[empty]
+ The caption label will be empty.
+\iffalse
+ (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+ \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[simple]
+ The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number.
+
+ \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+ The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ An example: Using the options
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
+ \end{quote}
+ gives captions like this one:
+ \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the
+\package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the
+caption label format.
+\end{Note*}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
+With the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name}
+\end{quote}
+you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{%
+ If the caption label or the caption text is empty,
+ no separator will be used.}
+You can choose one of the following:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[none]
+ There is no caption separator.
+\iffalse
+ (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+ \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[colon]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space.
+
+ \item[period]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space.
+
+ \item[space]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a single space.
+
+ \item[quad]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|.
+
+ \item[newline]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|).
+ Please note that this separator does not work with all caption
+ formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message
+ trying such combination of options.
+
+ \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
+ The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash,
+ surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |).
+
+%\showhyphens{separator}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Three examples:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=period|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+With the option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |textformat=|\meta{text format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+you specify how the caption text will be typeset.
+There are two standard caption text formats:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ The caption text will be suppressed.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ The caption text will be typeset as it is.
+
+ \item[period]
+ The caption text will be followed by a period.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own text formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{Justification}
+\label{justification}
+
+\DescribeMacro{justification=}
+As addition to the caption format you could also specify a
+\emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+You can choose one of the following:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[justified]
+ Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph.
+
+ \item[centering]
+ Each line of the caption will be centered.
+
+% \item[Centering]
+
+ \item[centerlast]
+ The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered.
+
+ \item[centerfirst]
+ Only the first line of the caption will be centered.
+
+ \item[raggedright]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin.
+
+\iffalse
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using
+ the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+\else
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too.
+ But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e}
+ package will be used to achieve this.
+ The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking
+ algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{%
+ The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at
+ run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this
+ option is used for the first time.}
+\fi
+
+ \item[raggedleft]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin.
+
+% \item[RaggedLeft]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using
+% the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+
+%\showhyphens{justification}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own justifications can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Three examples:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\PageBreak
+\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}
+The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and
+\class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line:
+
+\example*{}{A short caption.}
+
+\INFO
+\Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the
+justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \&
+|indention=| in such case.
+But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off
+with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the
+extra centering off:
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=false|
+\end{quote}
+Doing so the above short caption would look like
+
+\begingroup
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.}
+\endgroup
+
+You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1|
+for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.)
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+\label{fonts}
+
+\DescribeMacro{font=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
+There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption:
+One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption
+label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the
+caption text (|text|\-|font|).
+You set them up using the options
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+ |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , and\\
+ |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options.
+
+And these are the available font options:
+
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Very small size}
+ \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes}
+ \item[small] {\small Small size}
+ \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normal size}
+ \item[large] {\large Large size}
+ \item[Large] {\Large Even larger size}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family}
+
+ \item[up] {\upshape Upright shape}
+ \item[it] {\itshape Italic shape}
+ \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted shape}
+ \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps shape}
+
+ \item[md] {\mdseries Medium series}
+ \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold series}
+
+ \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman family}
+ \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif family}
+ \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter family}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
+ \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
+ {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded,
+ see \Ref{declare} for an example)}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|,
+ |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing|
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces;
+e.g., the options
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font={small}|
+%\end{quote}
+and
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font=small|
+%\end{quote}
+will give the same result.
+
+Three examples:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font=it,labelfont=bf|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{font+=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
+\end{quote}
+is identical to
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Margins and further paragraph options}
+\label{margins}
+
+\DescribeMacro{margin=}
+\DescribeMacro{width=}
+For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or}
+a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are
+looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the
+figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
+or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.}
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--or--}\\
+ |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--or--}\\
+ |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for
+both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to
+|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages.
+\DescribeMacro{oneside}
+\DescribeMacro{twoside}
+To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally,
+e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin,
+will have the same amount.
+
+Three examples will illustrating this:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin={1cm,0cm}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |width=.75\textwidth|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure|
+environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the
+figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment
+offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting
+will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment.
+But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can
+do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by
+specifying a margin for this particular environment,
+e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only
+changes the margin if no width was set.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
+\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for
+limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s.
+For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to
+|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF})
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{parskip=}
+This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph.
+It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them:
+\begin{quote}
+ |parskip=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+One example:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
+ First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+ Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
+The option
+\begin{quote}
+ |hangindent=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each
+paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option
+leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already
+know about.
+But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
+ First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+ Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
+ First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+ Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have
+to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the
+optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will
+get an error message.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{Styles}
+\label{style}
+
+\DescribeMacro{style=}
+A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}.
+You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with
+|\page|\-|style|;
+the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout.
+
+You switch to an already defined caption style with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=|\meta{style name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting
+the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes
+\class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}.
+This means that specifying the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=base|
+\end{quote}
+has the same effect as specifying all these options:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
+ |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
+ |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+the caption fits into a single line.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting
+the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use.
+This style is selected by default and represents these options:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
+ |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
+ |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+the caption fits into a single line.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article},
+\class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|,
+point to (nearly) the same settings.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak
+\SeeUserDefined
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Skips}
+\label{skips}
+
+\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is
+controlled by the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and
+\class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may
+use a different amount.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{position=}
+The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw:
+The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or
+table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space
+separating the caption from the content of the figure or table.
+While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption
+in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in
+|long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more
+flexible:
+By giving the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=top|\quad or\quad |position=above|
+\end{quote}
+it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the
+environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount}
+is placed below the caption.
+(Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the
+caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table.
+Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption|
+command.)
+But with
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=bottom|\quad or\quad |position=below|
+\end{quote}
+it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the
+environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption.
+And finally with
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)}
+\end{quote}
+\thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of
+the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in
+most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the
+optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command.
+\See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
+\end{quote}
+causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above}
+the table (regarding spacing around it).
+Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers
+the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and
+|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+is equivalent to
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO
+Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|,
+and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect.
+Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments
+|figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could
+decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom''
+caption.
+For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=|
+setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions,
+and |table| captions are dependent on the global option
+|table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
+\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and
+below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the
+\package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by
+|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in
+\LaTeX{}s implementation).
+But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to
+|0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation,
+but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package.
+So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips
+when |position=|\x|top| is set.
+Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick
+(like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap}
+package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not
+supported if one of these packages will be used, too.
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Lists}
+\label{lists}
+
+\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures
+resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an
+empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or
+programmatically by saying
+\begin{quote}
+ |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+ Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting
+ this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for
+ this purpose instead.}
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+With the option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |listformat=|\meta{list format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within
+the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables.
+There are five standard caption list formats:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ No number will be typeset.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ The number will be typeset with label prefix.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix.
+
+ \item[subsimple]
+ Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default)
+
+ \item[subparens]
+ Same as |parens|, but without label prefix.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the
+number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of
+Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty,
+so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results;
+same with |parens| and |subparens|.
+But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of
+Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a
+different purpose.\footnote{%
+ Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption}
+ or \package{subfig} package.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Names}
+\label{names}
+
+\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+The option
+\begin{quote}
+ |name=|\meta{name}
+\end{quote}
+changes the name of the \emph{current} environment.
+This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of
+|\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}|
+\end{quote}
+changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other
+figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name).
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Types}
+\label{types}
+
+\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types,
+e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside
+these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what
+kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set
+the caption type manually with
+\begin{quote}
+ |type=|\meta{float type}
+\end{quote}
+prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like
+|\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the
+\package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the
+\package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}),
+for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+ | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type},
+which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the
+\package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an
+hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not.
+(See also \Ref{hyperref}\,)
+\end{Expert}
+\begin{Expert}
+\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype|
+for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use
+|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+Own float types can be defined with
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
+ |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
+ |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}.
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Please note that you should use the option |type=| only
+\emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|),
+at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption.
+Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings
+regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment,
+therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{%
+You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Commands}
+
+\subsection{Typesetting captions}
+\label{caption}
+\label{captionlistentry}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\caption}
+The command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}
+\end{quote}
+typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|.
+Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension:
+If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of
+figures or tables will be made. For example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument,
+if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given,
+this argument is moving instead.
+``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the
+list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp.
+``List of Tables'', too.
+\emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands,
+everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get
+\emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run.
+Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|,
+own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of
+|\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}.
+
+An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since
+|\phantom| is \emph{fragile}.
+So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry}
+(e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}:
+|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+
+But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called
+single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine
+the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too.
+An example:
+|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+|\right.| |\]}|.
+Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still
+leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
+So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+just in front of the |\caption| command additionally.
+
+For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \&
+\emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit
+\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\caption*}
+The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which
+typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}\\|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+looks like
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
+ \caption*{A table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+\Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within
+every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}|\\
+% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof}
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
+Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment,
+putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance.
+For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because
+the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label
+(e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+ |\captionof{table}{A table}|
+\end{quote}
+typesets captions like this:
+\begin{Example}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+% \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*|
+command:
+It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures
+or tables.
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same
+restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both
+|\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or
+environments, too.
+\See{\Ref{types}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure
+(or table) entry on its own.
+This could be achieved with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the
+contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an
+|\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below}
+the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of
+the table.
+Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfoot|\\
+ | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not
+increment the \meta{float type} counter.
+(Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything
+it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\subsection{Setting options}
+\label{captionsetup}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}),
+but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument
+\meta{float type}.
+
+Remember, the syntax of this command is
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't
+change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use,
+when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type
+\meta{float type} gets typeset.
+For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}.
+
+Here comes an example to illustrate this:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+gives captions like this:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes
+the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones.
+
+As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only:
+|figure| or |table|.
+But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow},
+\package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also
+this package offer additional environments with captions and these two
+commands can also be used with them.
+\See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the
+\meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document
+(e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the
+starred variant will not.
+\iffalse
+This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent
+of a specific document.
+\fi
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
+If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within
+a particular environment you can use the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling
+for figures in the example above:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding
+this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify
+\emph{one} option here, not a list of options.
+If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one
+\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.}
+While the example above not only clears the options
+|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
+for figures (but all options for figures instead),
+this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other
+settings for figures intact:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Expert}
+Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given
+\meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
+For debugging purposes the command
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options
+for the specified \meta{float type}. For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+gives the info:
+\begin{quote}\small
+ |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
+ |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Continued floats}
+\label{ContinuedFloat}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}
+Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them
+their own reference number. This is what the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\ContinuedFloat|
+\end{quote}
+is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment.
+It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by
+|\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside
+gets the same reference number as the figure or table before.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+gives the following result:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \caption{A table}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table (cont.)}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with
+the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch
+to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued1}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of
+ \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+
+\medskip
+
+There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be
+used for own purposes.
+For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first
+continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on.
+So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating
+environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued2}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+A reference to this table would still result in the output
+``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed.
+If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references,
+too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead,
+which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in
+continued floats and is preset to be empty.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued3}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
+Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a
+kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with
+``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a'').
+This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the
+type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter
+|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series
+instead:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat*
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{First figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Second figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Third figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the
+ \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
+If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered
+by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break,
+this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+but instead you could write something like:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Own enhancements}
+\label{declare}
+
+A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats
+etc.
+This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to
+be associated with a name and kept in one place.
+(These commands need to appear in the document preamble,
+this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.)
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
+You can define your own caption formats using the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the
+separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is
+pre-defined by \thispackage\ as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|,
+which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of
+horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
+Likewise you can define your own caption label formats:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}
+\end{quote}
+At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2
+gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12'').
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
+If you define your own caption label formats and use the
+\package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package,
+you should take care of empty caption label names.
+For this purpose the commands
+\begin{quote}
+ |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad and\\
+ |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}
+\end{quote}
+are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is
+not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes,
+both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple|
+is defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
+ | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+causing the space to appear only if the label name is present.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+Likewise you can define your own caption text formats:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1}
+\end{quote}
+At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
+You can define your own caption label separators with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting.
+So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash|
+are defined in this way.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
+You can define your own caption justifications with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption.
+E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
+You can define your own caption fonts with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad and\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\iffalse
+The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package,
+for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
+ \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since
+ it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+\fi
+An example which brings color into life:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
+\end{quote}
+you can get the same result simply with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
+ | textfont={color=green}}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
+You can define your own caption styles with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved
+under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the
+option |style=|\meta{style name}.
+
+All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style}
+for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different
+to them.
+
+If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when
+the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with
+the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
+
+Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The
+caption style |base| is pre-defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
+ | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Something more exciting:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
+ | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
+ | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{quote}
+gives you caption like these ones:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
+ \caption{A short caption.}
+ \caption{A long long long long long long long long long
+ long long long long long long long long long
+ long long long long long long long long long caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+You can define your own caption list formats with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|),
+and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|).
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Further examples}
+\label{examples}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 1}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text
+you could define it this way:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
+\end{quote}
+If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
+you get captions like this:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+You could even use an indention with this caption format:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+This would look like this:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of
+the caption text? No problem, e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
+\end{quote}
+would give you captions like
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use
+it for example with
+|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|?
+This could be done, too:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
+ | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+would give the same result as the example above.
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 2}
+
+You want captions to look like this:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+\pagebreak[2]
+You could do it this way:
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
+ | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
+ | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 3}
+
+The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
+\end{quote}
+As a result you would get captions like this:
+\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\medskip
+
+If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination
+of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
+ | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 4}
+
+This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both.
+This will be achieved by a combination of
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
+ | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | \centering|\\
+ | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
+ | \qquad|\\
+ | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
+ \qquad
+ \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+ \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption}
+ \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+ \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark}
+\end{minipage}
+\footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the
+ \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+(Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure
+ resp.~table counter.)
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Document classes \& Babel support}
+\label{classes}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+This section will give you an overview of the document classes the
+\package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions,
+what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with
+them, and what are the `default' settings for them.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent
+how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example
+setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used
+with different document classes.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually
+don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class)
+are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article},
+\class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions.
+\Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document
+class used and will give you the clear warning
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+if such an incompatibility was detected.
+If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the
+usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported.
+\endgroup
+
+\begin{Expert}
+If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{}
+anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the
+look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{}
+without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author
+of the document class.
+If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base|
+via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined
+state.
+Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and
+keep your fingers crossed.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\newcommand*\Option{Option}
+\newcommand*\defaultvalue{\texttt{default} value}
+\newcommand*\uses{\textit{uses}}
+\newcommand*\settings{\textit{settings}}
+\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{none}}
+
+\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+This also applies to document classes derived from them.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook}
+\label{AMS}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
+|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+|\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and
+|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for
+more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes),
+the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead.
+If you want to use a common margin for both, insert
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage.
+
+Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
+will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for
+|figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while
+loading \thispackage.
+
+\subsection{beamer}
+\label{beamer}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{not numbered} \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
+|font=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption|'' \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption name|'' \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+You can setup font and color settings with
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
+This will still work, unless you set a different font with
+|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
+Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates
+which can be chosen with
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
+Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism,
+|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
+and
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
+will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used.
+(Exception: Selecting the template |default|, |num|\-|bered|, or
+|caption| |name| |own| |line| will be recognized by \thispackage and be mapped
+to corresponding options.)
+
+\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook}
+\label{KOMA}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\
+|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features}
+The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and
+feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a
+look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'.
+
+\subsubsection*{Side effects}
+The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and
+will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package.
+Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \&
+|table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \&
+|\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by
+the \package{caption} package.
+
+\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek}
+\label{NTG}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either
+directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|.
+Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+
+\subsection{\SmF: smfart and smfbook}
+\label{SMF}
+
+Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes
+the same default values are valid here.
+
+Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|.
+If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option
+|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false|
+(which both means the same).
+
+\subsection{thesis}
+\label{thesis}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |hang| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
+Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+
+\subsection{frenchb babel option}
+\label{frenchb}
+
+If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package
+with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them)
+the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+(offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the
+document class.
+So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+
+\INFO*
+Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package.
+
+\subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages}
+\label{frenchpro}
+
+If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package,
+the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+(offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default
+value set by the document class.
+So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+
+Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
+since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the
+\package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package.
+%If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or
+%\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost.
+Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the
+\package{caption} package internally for a different purpose,
+so you should not change it (anymore).
+
+The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will
+still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=|
+than the default one.
+
+\INFO*
+Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle}
+or \package{frenchpro} package.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Package support}
+\label{packages}
+\label{compatibility}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with
+captions, too:
+\begin{quote}
+ \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
+ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
+ \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
+ \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
+ \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
+ \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab}
+\end{quote}
+
+Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the
+\package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package
+bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{}
+and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines
+the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred
+over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and
+avoiding conflicts.
+If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this
+warning message:~\footnote{%
+ You can suppress this warning by specifying the option
+ \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.}
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+\endgroup
+
+As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=|
+ \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label)
+ \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables)
+ \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator)
+ \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+ \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and
+ \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins
+ \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
+You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |compatibility=false|
+\end{quote}
+when loading \thispackage.
+But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported
+since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards.
+(For that reason you will get a warning about this.)
+
+\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\else\par\fi
+ \nopagebreak
+ \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
+ \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{algorithms}
+\label{algorithms}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two
+environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility
+for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides
+a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.}
+
+Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float|
+provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}.
+
+\iffalse
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{algorithm2e}
+\label{algorithm2e}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
+writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
+
+Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
+interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
+\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
+the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
+
+So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
+you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
+floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
+and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
+
+As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
+for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
+ |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
+ |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
+ |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
+ |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
+ |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
+ | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
+ | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
+ | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
+floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
+(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
+and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
+in its body, just like you would do when you use the
+\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
+
+You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ \ldots\\
+ |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
+ |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
+ |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
+ |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |% Example usage:|\\
+ |\begin{algorithm}|\\
+ |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
+ |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
+ | \SetVline|\\
+ | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
+ | a line\;|\\
+ | }{|\\
+ | another line\;|\\
+ | }|\\
+ |\end{algorithmic}|
+\end{quote}
+Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
+other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+please see \Ref{float}.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
+\end{Annotation}
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{float}
+\label{float}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands
+\cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel
+and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments.
+It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places
+the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.}
+
+For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the
+|po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its
+placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead.
+
+A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be
+executed additionally to the regular ones.
+Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the
+|ruled| captions: It defines the caption style
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
+ | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+So to change this you need either define your own caption style called
+|ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional
+options.%,
+%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
+
+Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption
+is specified, overriding its global value:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
+\end{quote}
+For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
+with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting
+instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with
+|\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments
+are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|.
+As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these.
+Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations,
+so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving
+like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+offered by the \package{newfloat} package instead.
+And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I
+recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+\package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Note}
+
+\iffalse
+Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
+the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
+wrong.
+And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
+in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
+correctly afterwards.
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{floatflt}
+\label{floatflt}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables
+which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and
+|float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| resp.~|table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables,
+unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{fltpage}
+\label{fltpage}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the
+caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page
+for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom
+of the previous or next page.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|:
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to
+|figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+(The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
+\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref}
+will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+(The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
+\end{description}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable|
+environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hyperref}
+\label{hyperref}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross
+referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink
+anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package
+which they supersede.}
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the
+List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at
+the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par
+If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par
+(The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of
+the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between
+the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself,
+e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par
+(The default setting is |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.)
+\end{description}
+
+Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the
+\package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the
+\package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+\package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+\package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink
+anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and
+|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set.
+
+\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak
+\begin{description}
+\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
+\\[\smallskipamount]
+Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested,
+the hyperlink anchor will be placed different.
+For example:
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption.
+(And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.)
+But
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \caption{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|,
+since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type
+to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too.
+
+\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances.
+So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to
+the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command.
+So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument,
+|\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result.
+So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't
+want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables.
+\end{description}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hypcap}
+\label{hypcap}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem
+that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption
+rather than the beginning of the float.
+Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself,
+the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.}
+%, at least when you use \thispackage.}
+
+If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the
+\package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink
+anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=|
+and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
+
+So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors
+|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore,
+instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap}
+package) for this.
+
+Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good
+placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and
+|table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also
+offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for
+|floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package),
+|FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package),
+|fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package),
+|par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package),
+|SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package),
+|three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package),
+and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---%
+%so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will
+%loose that.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{listings}
+\label{listings}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment
+you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options
+for controlling the position and the skips of the caption:
+|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+\See{\package{listings} documentation for details.}
+These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but
+can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
+e.g.%~
+\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{longtable}
+\label{longtable}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment
+which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table
+itself can span multiple pages.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment
+you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|table|.
+
+The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|,
+so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and
+|long|\-|table|s.
+But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default
+$=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that.
+(But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by
+|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|,
+even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.)
+
+\begin{Note}
+|\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s.
+Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment
+the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment
+instead.
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter
+please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the
+\package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be
+loaded automatically).
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picinpar}
+\label{picinpar}
+\packagedescription{%
+Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar}
+package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full
+width of a page and are float around by text.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and
+|tab|\-|window| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picins}
+\label{picins}
+\packagedescription{%
+Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the
+\package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not
+span the full width of a page and are float around by text.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures,
+and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables.
+\iffalse
+if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used.
+The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if
+|pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used.
+\fi
+But you can override this by setting it explicit with
+|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please
+do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins}
+documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command
+which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
+ |\piccaption{An example table}|\\
+ |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{rotating}
+\label{rotating}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating
+environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which
+are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree.
+Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.}
+
+\iffalse % No, we don't do that
+If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and
+|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+\fi
+
+The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so
+|\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to
+|\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{setspace}
+\label{setspace}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands
+to change the spacing,
+e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.}
+
+If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage,
+the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed
+by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|,
+|font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|.
+\See{also \Ref{fonts}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{sidecap}
+\label{sidecap}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments
+\texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures
+and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable|
+environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Note}
+The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification.
+If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option
+|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more
+powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting
+captions beside the contents.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{Undocumented features}
+The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package
+options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions:
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
+The package option
+\begin{quote}
+ |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
+\end{quote}
+causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
+The command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos}
+\end{quote}
+sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|'
+(for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment).
+The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones
+defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| it's `|b|'.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{subfigure}
+\label{subfigure}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or
+`sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment.
+This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.}
+
+Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in
+a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during
+development) should still compile as expected.
+
+Please use the \package{subfig} or \package{subcaption} package instead which both supports \thispackage\
+\version{3.x}.
+
+\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{supertabular and xtab}
+\label{supertabular}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite
+similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the
+\package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful
+packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular|
+resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{resp.}\\
+ |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+|\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{threeparttable}
+\label{threeparttable}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme
+for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and
+the caption.
+This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in
+tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and
+|measured|\-|figure| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|table| or |figure|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here,
+the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+at least unless you set it explicit with
+|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can
+also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{wrapfig}
+\label{wrapfig}
+\packagedescription{%
+Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the
+\package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers
+figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float
+around by text.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and
+|wrap|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and
+tables, unless you set it explicit with
+|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Further reading}
+
+I recommend the following documents for further reading:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+ The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ A French FAQ can be found at
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around
+ including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents.
+ You will find this document in the directory
+ \begin{quote}\url{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
+\end{itemize}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\section{Thanks}
+
+I would like to thank Katja Melzner,
+Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
+David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm,
+Heiko Oberdiek, and Herbert Vo\ss.
+Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support!
+
+Also I would like to thank
+Harald Harders,
+Peter L\"offler,
+Peng Yu,
+Alexander Zimmermann,
+Matthias Pospiech,
+J\"urgen Wieferink,
+Christoph Bartoschek,
+Uwe St\"ohr,
+Ralf Stubner,
+Geoff Vallis,
+Florian Keiler,
+J\"urgen G\"obel,
+Uwe Siart,
+Sang-Heon Shim,
+Henrik Lundell,
+David Byers,
+William Asquith,
+Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
+Frank Martini,
+Danie Els,
+Philipp Woock,
+Fadi Semmo, and
+Matthias Stevens
+who all helped to make this package a better one.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+\section{Alphabetical Reference}
+
+%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
+% {\begin{trivlist}%
+% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
+% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
+% }%
+% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
+\makeatletter
+\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
+ \newif\ifMessage
+ \def\Message{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
+ \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+ \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
+ \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
+ \color{blue}%
+ \Messagetrue}%
+ \def\Description{%
+ \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
+ \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{or}}%
+ \def\@Or[##1]{%
+ \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
+}{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\subsection{Options}
+%\enlargethispage{10ex}
+\newcommand\preambleoption{~%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotemark[2]%
+ \endgroup}
+\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Option & Short description & Section \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{compatibility} \\
+%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
+|figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\
+|format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\
+|FPlist| & To where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPref| & To where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|hypcap| & selects `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink and contents & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\
+|labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\
+|labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelseparator| & --same as |labelsep|-- & \ref{formats} \\
+|list| & switches the entries in the List on or off & \ref{lists} \\
+|listformat| & sets the `List of Figure/Table' entry format & \ref{lists} \\
+|margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\
+|maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\
+|oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|options| & executes the given option list & \\
+|parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\
+|position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\
+%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\
+|skip| & sets the skip between content and caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\
+|style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+|subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+|tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\
+|textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\
+|twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\
+|type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\
+|width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\preambleoptiontext
+\footnotetext{The option \texttt{subtype} is explained in the
+ \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+
+\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break
+\begin{Note*}
+ Obsolete options are not listed here. See
+ \Ref{caption1} and
+ \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.
+\end{Note*}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Commands}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Command & & Section \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
+|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
+|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the
+ \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+
+\clearpage
+\subsection{Warnings}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
+ | or environment.|
+\Description
+ You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group,
+ or environment.
+ You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects.
+ \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |unknown to the caption package.|
+\Description
+ If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or
+ package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine
+ |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement.
+ As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+ using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|,
+ or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par
+ If you don't care about the original enhancements but would
+ like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead
+ you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+ a try and keep your fingers crossed.
+ (But you will get the next warning instead.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
+ |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
+ |was given.|
+\Description
+ Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+ \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes.
+ But depending on the document class or other packages you use that
+ can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your
+ fingers crossed!
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
+ |stopped early.|
+\Description
+ If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading
+ (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of
+ \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get
+ \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures
+ or tables.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding
+ captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the
+ \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use
+ this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning.
+ \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
+\Description
+ You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines
+ |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug
+ in \thispackage.
+ Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+
+\Message
+ |\label without proper \caption|
+\Description
+ Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its
+ non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated
+ at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead.
+ So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or
+ \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|).
+
+\Message
+ |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
+\Description
+%\showhyphens{position}
+ If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+ for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+ and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will
+ get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+ to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+ |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
+\Description
+%\showhyphens{format}
+ If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+ for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+ and this option list is not defined (yet), you will
+ get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+ to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+ |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\iffalse
+\Message
+ |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\
+ |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\
+ |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\
+ |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.|
+\Description
+ \TODO
+\fi
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\
+ |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.|
+\Description
+ The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional
+ if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system.
+ If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
+ will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
+\Description
+ The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be
+ emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it
+ away.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
+ |captions right.|
+\Description
+ The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it
+ is actually needed.
+ At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could
+ get this warning.
+ Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
+\Description
+ If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the
+ page numbers to get the margins right.
+ At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get
+ this warning.
+ Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+\Message
+ |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if
+ you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or
+ |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment,
+ this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption,
+ the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
+ and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|)
+ as well.\par
+ {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form
+ |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
+ |particular \caption.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular
+ caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by
+ default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures,
+ or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure
+ or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par
+ This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment,
+ but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and
+ which is unknown to \thispackage.\par
+ If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a
+ |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or
+ |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning.
+ If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
+\Description
+ Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you
+ have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption|
+ (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well.
+ This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an
+ unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all.
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
+\Description
+ You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are
+ not used later on.
+ This can be because of a typo in \meta{type},
+ or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and
+ which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage
+ of the environment \meta{type} after this line.
+ (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*|
+ instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
+ |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
+ |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
+ |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
+\Description
+ The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well.
+ Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the
+ other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Errors}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
+\Description
+ If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption,
+ you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of|
+ for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't
+ use such list.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside float.|
+\Description
+ You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or
+ a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|.
+ If this is what you want to, please use either
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or
+ |\caption|\-|of|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
+\Description
+ You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating
+ environment. % or |long|\-|table|.
+ If this is what you want to, please use the combination
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par
+ Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not
+ working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which
+ typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter,
+ if sufficient for you.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} and \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating
+ environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type,
+ e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
+ |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
+ |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it
+ to a more recent version, at least to the one requested.
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
+\Description
+ You should never see this error.
+ Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+
+\Message
+ |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
+\Description
+ The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+ |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is
+ not defined.
+ \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or
+ any other floating environment defined with
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
+ |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
+ |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+
+\Message
+ |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
+\Description
+ The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment.
+ Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular
+ |long|\-|table| environment instead.
+
+\Message
+ |Not available in compatibility mode.|
+\Description
+ The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode.
+ `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an
+ incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also
+ extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact,
+ some features of \thispackage\ are not supported.
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
+\Description
+ Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap}
+ package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.)
+
+\Message
+ |Option clash for package caption.|
+\Or[but sometimes also]
+ |Missing \begin{document}.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package,
+ so you can't do that again specifying different options.
+ A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is
+ the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig}
+ package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the
+ \package{subfig} package.
+ \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+
+\Message
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.|
+\Description
+ If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an
+ optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of
+ Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
+ |in the last figure or table.|
+\Description
+ It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one
+ which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command.
+ This is not supported.
+
+\Message
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with `format=hang'.|
+\Or
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
+\Description
+ A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like
+ |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format
+ (like |format=|\x|hang|).
+ Please select either another caption label separator
+ (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format
+ (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
+ |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
+ |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
+\Description
+ You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround
+ for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff
+ offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the
+ \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered
+ anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and
+ do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+ \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|)
+ with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|,
+ |on|, |1| is allowed here.
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption position with an improper value.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption style which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{style}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
+ |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
+\Description
+% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
+ The given package is dealing with caption skips as well.
+ Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option
+ of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way
+ would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore
+ not supported.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
+ |the (current) caption package.|
+\Description
+ This error message says it all, you simply can't do that.
+ Please use only \thispackage.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Version history}
+\label{history}
+
+The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options
+to customize the look \& feel of the captions.
+Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and
+\package{subfigure} packages.
+Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option;
+version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package.
+Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package,
+while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|.
+
+The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of
+the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
+without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new
+features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable}
+package.
+Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package.
+(An improved version $2.1$ was offered in 2002.)
+
+In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$
+of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
+Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
+It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
+\package{caption2} package.
+Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of
+the user interface.
+Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
+\package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages
+additionally.
+
+While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard
+\LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book},
+the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS,
+\KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class
+as well.
+Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option,
+the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages,
+and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable},
+and \package{wrapfig} packages.
+New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things
+|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
+|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
+the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption
+feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Compatibility to older versions}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
+\label{caption1}
+
+This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options
+and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package.
+So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please
+don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported
+and can cause ugly side effects.
+
+Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how
+they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|normal| & |format=plain|\\
+|hang| & |format=hang|\\
+|isu| & |format=hang|\\
+|center| & |justification=centering|\\
+|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
+|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
+|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
+|small| & |font=small|\\
+|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
+|large| & |font=large|\\
+|Large| & |font=Large|\\
+|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
+|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
+|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
+|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
+|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
+|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
+|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
+|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
+|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also
+the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and
+|\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with
+|\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to
+change the font used for captions.
+This mechanism was replaced by the commands
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad and\\
+ |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined
+
+Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+This was replaced by
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+For example the old-style code
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
+\end{quote}
+will still work fine, but should be written today as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+or
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+
+The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of
+the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the
+\package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the
+caption package, too.
+But using this option is not recommended anymore since this
+version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way
+for changing the captions of these floating environments:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+resp.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, and \Ref{float}]
+
+\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
+\label{caption2}
+
+Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and
+its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a
+very different implementation design.
+Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered.
+For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in
+this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2}
+package will still compile fine.
+
+Newly created documents should use the actual version of
+\thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
+\end{quote}
+by
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get
+error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing
+these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2}
+to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking
+for help.
+
+In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section
+these ones will be emulated, too:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
+|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
+|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| resp.
+ |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+This was replaced by
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| resp.
+ |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+This is now done with
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands
+|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and
+|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on).
+This was replaced by
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+resp.
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|\quad.
+\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+The commands
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
+ |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, and |\renewcaptionstyle|
+\end{quote}
+do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated
+by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will
+cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and
+straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should
+be able to find appropriate options and commands instead.
+
+\iffalse
+... (some examples)
+\fi
+
+The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a
+replacement, too.
+But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because
+in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the
+default one which is |4in|).
+\See{\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
+\label{caption3}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes
+other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report},
+and \class{book}.
+Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{}
+supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the
+document class used.
+
+For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption
+|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|,
+it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document
+classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used
+with the \class{beamer} document class.
+
+%An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option
+An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option
+|style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|).
+
+\medskip
+
+Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an
+incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong
+incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled.
+Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get
+such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible
+as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having
+side-effects or causing problems.
+So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could
+happen, but not that they actually will happen.
+Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances,
+you should use it with care.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|,
+which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package
+(leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages
+intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working.
+This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option
+to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation}
+\end{Note*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+
+ \bibitem{TLC2}
+ Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+ \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
+ \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+
+ \bibitem{beamer}
+ Till Tantau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}%
+ {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+ Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf}%
+ {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+ 2007-01-09
+
+ \bibitem{NTG}
+ Victor Eijkhout:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}%
+ {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+ 3 September 1989
+
+ \bibitem{algorithms}
+ Rog\'erio Brito:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
+ June 2, 2006
+
+\iffalse
+ \bibitem{algorithm2e}
+ Christophe Fiorio:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}%
+ {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+\fi
+
+ \bibitem{float}
+ Anselm Lingnau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}%
+ {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+ 2001/11/08
+
+ \bibitem{floatflt}
+ Mats Dahlgren:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+ 1998/06/05
+
+ \bibitem{floatrow}
+ Olga Lapko:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+ 2007/12/24
+
+ \bibitem{fltpage}
+ Sebastian Gross:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+ 1998/11/13
+
+ \bibitem{hyperref}
+ Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+ November 12, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{hypcap}
+ Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+ 2007/04/09
+
+ \bibitem{listings}
+ Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+ 2007/02/22
+
+ \bibitem{longtable}
+ David Carlisle:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+ 2004/02/01
+
+ \bibitem{picinpar}
+ Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}%
+ {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+ July 13, 1993
+
+ \bibitem{picins}
+ Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}%
+ {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+ September~1992
+
+ \bibitem{rotating}
+ Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}%
+ {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+ 1997/09/26
+
+ \bibitem{setspace}
+ Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}%
+ {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
+ 1 December 2000
+
+ \bibitem{sidecap}
+ Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+ 2003/06/06
+
+ \bibitem{subfigure}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+ 2002/07/02
+
+ \bibitem{subfig}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+ 2005/07/05
+
+ \bibitem{supertabular}
+ Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+ 2002/07/19
+
+ \bibitem{threeparttable}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}%
+ {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+ 2003/06/13
+
+ \bibitem{wrapfig}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}%
+ {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+ 2003/01/31
+
+ \bibitem{xtab}
+ Peter Wilson:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}%
+ {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+ 2004/05/24
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a7fc44a3479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6249 @@
+%
+% This is file `caption-rus.tex'.
+% Russian translation of `caption-eng.tex'
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2007 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, the derived files caption.sty,
+% caption2.sty, caption3.sty, ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the
+% user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-rus.tex}[2008/04/06 v3.1h The caption package in Russian]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+
+\documentclass[USenglish,russian,a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{fixltx2e}
+\usepackage{mathtext}
+\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[cp1251]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage{listpen,afterpage}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\setlength\leftmargini{1.5em}% default = 2.5em
+\makeatletter
+\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}
+\@flushglue = 1em plus 1fil
+\parfillskip = 1em plus 1fil
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \IfFileExists{literat.sty}{\usepackage{literat}}{}
+% \IfFileExists{t2aftx.fd}{\def\sfdefault{ftx}}{}
+% \IfFileExists{t2apxtt.fd}{\def\ttdefault{pxtt}}{}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \advance\textheight.5in
+ \advance\topmargin-.35in
+ \emergencystretch1em
+ \tolerance7000
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
+\IfFileExists{test/tlc2/cat.eps}{\graphicspath{{test/tlc2/}}}{}%
+
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\hypersetup{unicode}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
+
+\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
+
+\def\itemautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
+\def\figureautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyri\cyrs.}%
+\def\tableautorefname {\cyr\cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl.}%
+\def\partautorefname {\cyr\cyrch.}%
+\def\appendixautorefname {\cyr\cyrp\cyrr\cyri\cyrl.}%
+\def\chapterautorefname {\cyr\cyrg\cyrl.}%
+\def\sectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
+\def\subsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
+\def\subsubsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
+\def\paragraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
+\def\subparagraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
+\def\pageautorefname {\cyr\cyrs.}%
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\hspace*{-1em}\LARGE\Info\hspace*{1em}}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
+
+% \ContinuedFloat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1e}{Continued #1~#2}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1r}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
+% \DeclareCaptionStyle
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
+ {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
+% Example 1
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
+\newlength\myindention
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
+% Example 2
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
+% Example 3
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}
+% Example 4
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
+
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\newenvironment{Annotation}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \smallskip
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Example}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
+ {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
+ {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
+ {\@example{}}}
+\def\@example#1{%
+ \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
+\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
+ \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\newenvironment{Expert}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \smallskip
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Expert*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \smallskip
+ \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
+\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+
+\def\thispackage{ïàêåò \package{caption}}
+\def\Thispackage{Ïàêåò \package{caption}}
+
+\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Çàìå÷àíèå}
+% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
+% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
+\newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{Íîâàÿ âîçìîæíîñòü}}
+\newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{Íîâîå îïèñàíèå}}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{Ñì.}}}
+\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{ñì.}}}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\GetFileInfo{caption-rus.tex}
+\let\docdate\filedate
+\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+
+% \title{Customizing captions of floating environments
+% using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{%
+% This package has version number \fileversion,
+% last revised \filedate.
+\title{Íàñòðîéêà ïîäïèñåé ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ) ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà
+ \package{caption}\thanks{Äàííûé ïàêåò âåðñèè
+%%% \fileversion, ïîñëåäíèé ðàç ìîäèôèöèðîâàí \filedate.
+ v3.1m, ïîñëåäíèé ðàç ìîäèôèöèðîâàí 2010/01/09.
+%^^A% Translation of the version v3.1h, dated 2008/04/03.
+%^^A% The questions and notes about translation please
+%^^A% send to \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru} (Olga Lapko).
+%^^A% The version of translation could be obsolete. Please
+%^^A% look English or German documentation for the new information
+%^^A% (see margin labels).}}
+ Ïåðåâîä äîêóìåíòàöèè v3.1h, äàòèðîâàííîé 2008/04/03.
+ Âîïðîñû è~çàìå÷àíèÿ ïî ïåðåâîäó íàïðàâëÿéòå ïî àäðåñó \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru}.
+ \emph{Âåðñèÿ ïåðåâîäà ìîæåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~îäíîé èç ïðåäûäóùèõ âåðñèé ïàêåòà è~ìîæåò
+ ñîäåðæàòü óñòàðåâøèå äàííûå.
+ Îáðàùàéòåñü ê~àíãëèéñêîé èëè íåìåöêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè çà áîëåå ñâåæåé èíôîðìàöèåé
+ (îáðàùàéòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîìåòêè íà ïîëÿõ).
+ }}{}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+\author{Àêñåëü Çîììåðôåëüäò (Axel Sommerfeldt)\\
+ \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}}
+\date{\docdate}
+\maketitle
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\begin{abstract}
+% \Thispackage\ offers customization of captions
+% in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with
+% many other packages.
+% \par\smallskip
+ \Thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò íàñòðîéêè ïå÷àòè
+ ïîäïèñåé äëÿ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ)
+ |figure| è~|table| è~ñîâìåñòèì (êîîïåðèðóåòñÿ)
+ ñî~ìíîãèìè ïàêåòàìè.
+% \textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and
+% commands for customizing captions.
+% If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for
+% you to use the \package{caption} package at all.
+% And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of
+% the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient.
+\par\smallskip
+\textit{Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå}: ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ óæå èìåþò âñòðîåííûå îïöèè
+è~êîìàíäû äëÿ íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé.
+Åñëè ýòè íàñòðîéêè âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿþò, òî âîâñå íåò íåîáõîäèìîñòè â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà
+\package{caption}.
+Åñëè âàì íóæíà òîëüêî êîìàíäà \cs{captionof} \cdash--- çàãðóçêà íåáîëüøîãî ïàêåòà
+\package{capt-of} áóäåò äîñòàòî÷íà.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\newcommand\exampletext{%
+% White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant
+% with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and
+% perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one
+% of the many championship courses.}
+ Òèáåòñêàÿ ìàíäàëà ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ñîáîé ñâîåîáðàçíóþ êàðòó îñîáîãî õðàìà
+ è~Øàìáàëû. Âèäíû âîðîòà ïî ÷åòûð¸ì ñòîðîíàì ñâåòà, ïîñòðîéêà èä¸ò
+ óñòóïàìè ââåðõ. (Ìîçàèêà ïîëà ðûöàðñêîãî õðàìà íà î.\,Ðîäîñ âîñïðîèçâîäèò
+ óçîð ìàíäàëû.)}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \section*{Introduction}
+\section*{Ââåäåíèå}
+
+% Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the
+% attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no
+% remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here:
+Âíóòðè ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à~ïîäïèñè íå ïîëó÷èëè çàñëóæåííîãî
+âíèìàíèÿ. Îíè íàáèðàþòñÿ êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö è~âíåøíå íå îòëè÷àþòñÿ îò îñíîâíîãî
+òåêñòà, êàê çäåñü:
+
+\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+% There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice
+% to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal
+% text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font
+% family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one:
+Äîëæíà áûòü âîçìîæíîñòü èçìåíèòü ýòî; íàïðèìåð, òåêñò ëó÷øå çàäàòü
+ìåíüøèì êåãëåì, äîáàâèòü âòÿæêó (ñ~îáåèõ ñòîðîí),
+ó~íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ ïîäïèñåé çàäàòü òàêèå æå
+íà÷åðòàíèå èëè íàñûùåííîñòü, êàê ó~çàãîëîâêîâ ðàçäåëîâ. Íàïðèìåð, êàê ñëåäóþùóþ ïîäïèñü:
+
+\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+
+% You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use
+% caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too.
+Ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì ýòî ñäåëàòü ïðîñòî, ïîñêîëüêó â~í¸ì óæå åñòü ìíîæåñòâî ãîòîâûõ
+îïöèé êëþ÷åé íàñòðîéêè, è~âû ñâîáîäíû è~âûáðàòü ñâî¸ ñî÷åòàíèå îïöèé äëÿ
+îôîðìëåíèÿ, è~ñîçäàòü ñâîè îïöèè.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+\small
+% Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the
+% captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions.
+% (But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow}
+% package\cite{floatrow}.)
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \thispackage\ êîíòðîëèðóåò òîëüêî îôîðìëåíèå
+ïîäïèñåé. Îí \emph{íå} êîíòðîëèðóåò ðàçìåùåíèå ïîäïèñåé.
+(Íî ýòî âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî äðóãèå ïàêåòû,
+íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.)
+\end{minipage}
+
+\begingroup\small
+%^^A% \vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{Frequently Appeared Design\footnote
+%^^A% {Added in translated text.}}\nopagebreak}
+\vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{\TeX íè÷åñêîå ðåäàêòèðîâàíèå\footnote
+ {Äîáàâëåíî ïðè ïåðåâîäå.}}\nopagebreak}
+\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedright\advance\rightskip1em
+ \makeatletter\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces\makeatother
+%^^A% \item Last line of caption centered
+\item Âûêëþ÷êà ïîñëåäíåé ñòðîêè ïî öåíòðó
+ \pageref{TeXr:centerlast}
+%^^A% \item Hanged caption label
+\item Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê íà âåñó
+ \pageref{TeXr:hang:label}
+%
+%^^A \indexspace
+%
+%^^A% \item Spaces above and below captions
+\item Îòáèâêè ó~ïîäïèñåé íàä è~ïîä ôëîòàìè
+ \pageref{TeXr:captionskips:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captionskips:z}
+%^^A% \item Settings, for caption label
+\item Îôîðìëåíèå
+%^^A% \subitem for caption label
+\subitem íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ
+ \pageref{TeXr:caplabel:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:caplabel:z}
+%^^A% \subitem for one-line captions
+\subitem îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé
+ \pageref{TeXr:singleline:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:singleline:z}
+%^^A% \subitem for multi-paragraph captions
+\subitem ïîäïèñåé èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ
+ \pageref{TeXr:multipar:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:multipar:z}
+%
+%^^A \indexspace
+%
+%^^A% \item Captions
+\item Ïîäïèñè\nopagebreak
+%^^A% \subitem for continued floats
+\subitem ê~ôëîòàì ñ~ïðîäîëæåíèåì
+ \pageref{TeXr:continued:a}\nopagebreak %^^A--\pageref{TeXr:continued:z}
+%^^A% \subitem above tables
+\subitem íàä òàáëèöàìè
+ \pageref{TeXr:captop:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captop:z}
+%^^A% \subitem skipped entry in list
+\subitem áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ,
+%^^A% \subsubitem trick with empty option
+ \subsubitem òðþê ñ~äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì êîìàíäû
+ |\caption| \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:I}
+%^^A% \subsubitem key |listof=|
+ \subsubitem êëþ÷ ïàêåòà |list=|
+ \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:II}
+%^^A% \subitem unlabeled
+\subitem áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà
+ \pageref{TeXr:starcaption:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:starcaption:z}
+%^^A% \subitem outside float
+\subitem âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà
+ \pageref{TeXr:captionof:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captiononof:z}
+%
+\end{multicols}%
+\endgroup
+\clearpage
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\tableofcontents
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Using this package}
+\section{Èñïîëüçîâàíèå ïàêåòà}
+\label{usage}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
+% Insert
+Äîáàâüòå
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+% into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document
+% between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
+% The options control how your captions will look like; e.g.,
+â~ïðåàìáóëó âàøåãî äîêóìåíòà, ò.\,å. â~÷àñòü ôàéëà ìåæäó êîìàíäàìè
+|\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|.
+Îïöèè çàäàþò íàñòðîéêè îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé â~êíèãå; íàïðèìåð, îïöèè
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
+ | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
+ %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+% would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction.
+çàäàäóò ïîäïèñè, ïîõîæèå íà âòîðîé ïðèìåð âî ââåäåíèè.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command
+Äëÿ ïîñëåäóþùèõ èçìåíåíèé \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% So
+Ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, îïðåäåëåíèÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+% and
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+% are equal in their results.
+ýêâèâàëåíòíû.
+
+% It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current
+% environment only. So if you want to change settings for the
+% current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command
+% inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command.
+% For example
+Íóæíî îáðàòèòü âíèìàíèå, ÷òî óñòàíîâêè |\captionsetup| ìîãóò äåéñòâîâàòü è~íà îäíî
+îêðóæåíèå. Òàê ÷òî, åñëè âû õîòèòå èçìåíèòü óñòàíîâêè òîëüêî
+îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, ïîìåñòèòå êîìàíäó |\captionsetup|
+âíóòðè |figure| èëè |table| ïðÿìî ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|.
+Íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+% switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|,
+% so all the other captions remain untouched.
+îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè (ñì.~îá ýòîì íèæå), íî òîëüêî äëÿ ýòîãî
+îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|, äðóãèå ïîäïèñè íå èçìåíÿòñÿ.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+% For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}.
+Ïîäðîáíîå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\captionsetup| ñì.~â~\Ref{captionsetup}.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Options}
+\section{Îïöèè}
+\label{options}
+
+\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
+\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Formatting}
+\subsection{Îôîðìëåíèå}
+\label{formats}
+
+\DescribeMacro{format=}
+% A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label,
+% which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is
+% associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short
+% description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text
+% from the label.
+Ïîäïèñü ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû îáû÷íî èìååò òðè ÷àñòè\nopagebreak: íóìåðàöèîííûé
+çàãîëîâîê, êîòîðûé îáúÿâëÿåò, ÷òî ýòîò îáúåêò íàçûâàåòñÿ `Ðèñ'óíîê èëè `Òàáëèöà' è~èìååò
+ñâîé íîìåð; ñîáñòâåííî òåêñò, êîòîðûé îáû÷íî äà¸ò êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå
+ñîäåðæàíèÿ; ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì.
+
+% The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented;
+% it is specified with the option
+\textit{Ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè} îïðåäåëÿåò, êàê äàííàÿ èíôîðìàöèÿ áóäåò ïðåäñòàâëåíà;
+ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=|\meta{format name}\quad
+\end{quote}
+% having the name of the caption format as its argument.
+ñ~îïöèåé, îïðåäåëÿþùåé îôîðìëåíèå (ôîðìàò) ïîäïèñè.
+
+% There are two standard caption formats:
+Äàëåå äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè:
+%\footnote{You have the option to
+%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}:
+%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.}
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+% Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph.
+ Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö.
+
+ \item[hang]
+% Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text.
+ Äåëàåò âòÿæêó òàê, ÷òî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê] âûñòóïàåò âëåâî.%
+ \label{TeXr:hang:label}
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî, ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|. \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+% An example: Specifying the option
+ Ïðèìåð: çàäàíèå îïöèè
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang|
+ \end{quote}
+% yields captions like this:
+ ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê ýòà:
+ \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{indention=}
+% For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra
+% indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the
+% option
+Äëÿ îáîèõ îôîðìëåíèé (\texttt{plain} è~\texttt{hang}) ìîæíî óñòàíîâèòü
+äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó âòîðûõ ñòðîê ïîäïèñè. Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+%^^A% [Please note, that indention of the keys \verb|format=hang| and
+%^^A% |indention=|\meta{amount} are summarized.---\emph{Trans.}]
+[Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âòÿæêà èç êëþ÷åé \verb|format=hang| è~|indention=|\meta{amount}
+ñóììèðóþòñÿ. \cdash--- \emph{Ïðèì.\,ïåðåâ.}]
+
+% Two examples:
+Ïàðà ïðèìåðîâ:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
+% With the option
+Ñ~êëþ÷îì\label{TeXr:caplabel:a}%
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelformat=|\meta{label format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
+% you specify how the caption label will be typeset.
+% There are five standard caption label formats:
+âû çàäà¸òå, êàê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ íóìåðàöèîííàÿ ÷àñòü.
+Ñóùåñòâóþò ÷åòûðå ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[default]
+% The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class,
+% usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}).
+% (This is the default behaviour.)
+ íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ òàê æå êàê â~ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññàõ,
+ ýòî îáû÷íî íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~íîìåð (êàê \texttt{simple}).
+ (Çàäà¸òñÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)
+
+ \item[empty]
+% The caption label will be empty.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê îòñóòñòâóåò.
+\iffalse
+% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+% \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
+ (Ýòà îïöèÿ èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[simple]
+% The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ êàê íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~åãî íîìåð.
+
+ \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+% The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê (íîìåð ïîäôëîòà) îòäåë¸í ñïðàâà êðóãëîé ñêîáêîé.
+
+ \item[parens]
+% The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses.
+ Íîìåð â~íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè çàãîëîâêà ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+% An example: Using the options
+ Ïðèìåð: ñ~îïöèÿìè êëþ÷åé
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad,|\\
+ | figurename=\CYRR\cyri\cyrs\cyru\cyrn\cyro\cyrk|
+ \end{quote}
+% gives captions like this one:
+ ñîçäà¸òñÿ òàêàÿ ïîäïèñü:
+ \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad,
+ figurename=\CYRR\cyri\cyrs\cyru\cyrn\cyro\cyrk}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+[Íàçâàíèå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå äëÿ äàííîãî ïðèìåðà èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+îïöèè |figurename|. \See{\Ref{names}}]
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+% Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the
+% \package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the
+% caption label format.
+Ó~íåêîòîðûõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð ó~îêðóæåíèÿ |algorithm|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî
+ïàêåòîì \package{algorithm2e}, èçìåíåíèå ôîðìàòà íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà
+ìîæåò âûçâàòü àëëåðãèþ.
+\end{Note*}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
+% With the option
+Ñ~êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name}
+\end{quote}
+% you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{%
+% If the caption label or the caption text is empty,
+% no separator will be used.}
+% You can choose one of the following:
+âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàêîé ðàçäåëèòåëü [ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì]
+áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ\footnote{%
+ Åñëè íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê èëè òåêñò ïîäïèñè ïóñòûå,
+ ðàçäåëèòåëü íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ.}.
+Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè:
+
+\begin{Options}{newline}
+ \item[none]
+% There is no caption separator.
+ Îòñóòñòâóåò ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè.
+\iffalse
+% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+% \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
+ (Ïðèìåíåíèå ýòîé îïöèè
+ èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[colon]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû äâîåòî÷èåì è~ïðîáåëîì.
+
+ \item[period]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû òî÷êîé è~ïðîáåëîì.
+
+ \item[space]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a single space.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû ïðîáåëîì.
+
+ \item[quad]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû êåãåëüíîé (|\quad|).
+
+ \item[newline]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|).
+% Please note that this separator does not work with all caption
+% formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message
+% trying such combination of options.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû íîâîé ñòðîêîé~(|\\|).
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ýòîò ðàçäåëèòåëü íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~íåêîòîðûìè
+ ôîðìàòàìè (íàïðèìåð, |format=|\x|hang|), è~âû ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå
+ îá îøèáêå ïðè ïîïûòêå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìáèíàöèþ.
+
+ \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
+% The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash,
+% surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |).
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëÿåòñÿ êðàòêèì òèðå,
+ îêðóæ¸ííûì ïðîáåëàìè (\verb*| -- |).
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå ðàçäåëèòåëè ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% Three examples:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=period|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
+% With the option
+Ñ~îïöèåé
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |textformat=|\meta{text format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+% you specify how the caption text will be typeset.
+% There are two standard caption text formats:
+âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàê òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòà ïîäïèñè:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[simple]
+% The caption text will be typeset as it is.
+ Òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí êàê åñòü.
+
+ \item[period]
+% The caption text will be followed by a period.
+ Â~êîíöå ïîäïèñè ñòàâèòñÿ òî÷êà.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû òåêñòà ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+% \subsection{Justification}
+\subsection{Âûêëþ÷êà}
+\label{justification}
+
+\DescribeMacro{justification=}
+% As addition to the caption format you could also specify a
+% \emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option
+Ïðè îôîðìëåíèè ïîäïèñè âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü
+\emph{âûêëþ÷êó ïîäïèñè}; îíà çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% You can choose one of the following:
+Âû ìîæåòå âûáðàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[justified]
+% Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph.
+ Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà. (Ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)
+
+ \item[centering]
+% Each line of the caption will be centered.
+ Âñå ñòðîêè âûêëþ÷åíû ïî öåíòðó.
+
+% \item[Centering]
+
+ \item[centerlast]
+% The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered.
+ Àáçàö íàáèðàåòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò, ïîñëåäíÿÿ ñòðîêà âûêëþ÷åíà ïî öåíòðó.
+
+ \item[centerfirst]
+% Only the first line of the caption will be centered.
+ Öåíòðèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [îñòàëüíûå, â~òîì ÷èñëå è~êîíöåâàÿ,
+ âûêëþ÷àþòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò].
+
+ \item[raggedright]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin.
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî.
+
+\iffalse
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using
+% the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû
+ |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}.
+\else
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too.
+% But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e}
+% package will be used to achieve this.
+% The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking
+% algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{%
+% The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at
+% run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this
+% option is used for the first time.}
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè òàêæå âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî.
+ Íî â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\RaggedRight| ïàêåòà
+ \package{ragged2e}. Îñíîâíîå îòëè÷èå îò îïöèè |raggedright|
+ çàêëþ÷àåòñÿ â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè àëãîðèòìà Plain \TeX'à äëÿ ðàçðûâà
+ ñëîâ âíóòðè ïîäïèñè.\footnote{
+ Íåîáõîäèìîñòü â~ýòîì ïàêåòå îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ «íà ëåòó»,
+ ïîýòîìó ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ýòîé îïöèè äîêóìåíò íóæíî äâàæäû îáðàáîòàòü \LaTeX'îì.}.
+\fi
+
+ \item[raggedleft]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin.
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî.
+
+% \item[RaggedLeft]
+% % Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using
+% % the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+% Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû
+% |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}.
+
+%\showhyphens{justification}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own justifications can be defined using
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ âûêëþ÷êè ìîæíî çàäàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% Three examples:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà:\label{TeXr:centerlast}%
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\PageBreak
+\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}\label{TeXr:singleline:a}%
+% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and
+% \class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line:
+Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à (\class{article}, \class{report}, è~\class{book})
+àâòîìàòè÷åñêè öåíòðèðóþò ïîäïèñü åñëè îíà îäíîñòðî÷íàÿ:
+
+\example*{}{A short caption.}
+
+\INFO
+% \Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the
+% justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \&
+% |indention=| in such case.
+% But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off
+% with the option
+\Thispackage\ ñëåäóåò çà ýòèì àëãîðèòìîì è~ïîýòîìó
+â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èãíîðèðóåò âûêëþ÷êó, çàäàííóþ êëþ÷àìè |justification=| è~|indention=|.
+Îïðåäåëèòü, ñëåäîâàòü ýòîìó àëãîðèòìó èëè íåò ìîæíî,
+çàäàâ êëþ÷
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the
+% extra centering off:
+Èñïîëüçóÿ |false|, |no|, |off| èëè |0| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû îòêëþ÷èòå
+öåíòðèðîâàíèå îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=false|
+\end{quote}
+% Doing so the above short caption would look like
+Ïîñëå ýòîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ êîðîòêèå ïîäïèñè
+[ïðè çàäàíèè âûêëþ÷êè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà]
+áóäóò âûãëÿäåòü òàê
+
+\begingroup
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.}
+\endgroup
+
+% You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1|
+% for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.)
+Èñïîëüçóÿ |true|, |yes|, |on| èëè |1| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû âêëþ÷èòå ìåõàíèçì
+öåíòðèðîâàíèÿ êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé. (Çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)%^^A
+\label{TeXr:singleline:z}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Fonts}
+\subsection{Øðèôòû}
+\label{fonts}
+
+\DescribeMacro{font=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
+% There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption:
+% One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption
+% label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the
+% caption text (|text|\-|font|).
+% You set them up using the options
+Çàäàíû òðè êëþ÷à êîòîðûå îïðåäåëÿþò øðèôò ðàçíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ ïîäïèñè:
+Ïåðâûé çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ âñåé ïîäïèñè (|font|), âòîðîé çàäà¸ò øðèôò òîëüêî
+äëÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~ðàçäåëèòåëÿ (|label|\-|font|), è~òðåòèé
+\cdash--- øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà (|text|\-|font|).
+Âû çàäà¸òå èõ, èñïîëüçóÿ êëþ÷è
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+ |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , è\\
+ |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & .\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options.
+ãäå àðãóìåíòîì \meta{font options} ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïåðå÷èñëåííûå ÷åðåç çàïÿòóþ îïöèè.
+
+% And these are the available font options:
+Äàëåå óæå ñîçäàííûå îïöèè äàííûõ êëþ÷åé:
+
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Î÷åíü ìàëåíüêèé}
+ \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Îáû÷íî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~ñíîñêàõ}
+ \item[small] {\small Ìàëåíüêèé}
+ \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Íîðìàëüíûé}
+ \item[large] {\large Áîëüøîé}
+ \item[Large] {\Large Åù¸ áîëüøå}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family}
+ \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Èñõîäíûå ñåìåéñòâî, íàñûùåííîñòü è~íà÷åðòàíèå}
+
+ \item[up] {\upshape Ïðÿìîé}
+ \item[it] {\itshape Êóðñèâ}
+ \item[sl] {\slshape Íàêëîííûé}
+ \item[sc] {\scshape Êàïèòåëü}
+
+ \item[md] {\mdseries Íîðìàëüíàÿ íàñûùåííîñòü (ñâåòëûé)}
+ \item[bf] {\bfseries Ïîëóæèðíûé}
+
+ \item[rm] {\rmfamily Øðèôò ñ~çàñå÷êàìè}
+ \item[sf] {\sffamily Ðóáëåíûé}
+ \item[tt] {\fontfamily{cmtt}\selectfont Øðèôò ïèøóùåé ìàøèíêè (ðàâíîøèðèííûé)}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[singlespacing] Îäèíàðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[onehalfspacing] Ïîëóòîðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[doublespacing] Äâîéíîé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] ${} \equiv {}$|\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
+% \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
+% {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded,
+% see \Ref{declare} for an example)}
+ \item[normalcolor] ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå |\normalcolor|
+ \item[color=\meta{colour}] îïöèÿ êëþ÷à ýêâèâàëåíòíà àðãóìåíòó êîìàíäû |\color|\marg{colour}
+ {\small(Åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò \package{color} èëè \package{xcolor},
+ ñì., íàïðèìåð~\Ref{declare})}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|,
+% |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing|
+ \item[normal] Êîìáèíàöèÿ îïöèé |normal|\-|color|,
+ |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| è~|single|\-|spacing|
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces;
+% e.g., the options
+Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ îäíà îïöèÿ êëþ÷à, ôèãóðíûå ñêîáêè ìîæíî îïóñòèòü;
+íàïðèìåð, îïöèè
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font={small}|
+%\end{quote}
+% and
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font=small|
+%\end{quote}
+% will give the same result.
+äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò.
+
+% Three examples:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font=it,labelfont=bf|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{font+=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example
+Âû òàêæå ìîæåòå äîáàâèòü îïöèè øðèôòà ê~òåêóùèì, òàê íàïðèìåð çàïèñü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
+\end{quote}
+% is identical to
+áóäåò èäåíòè÷íà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Margins and further paragraph options}
+\subsection{Ïîëÿ è~äðóãèå îïöèè ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ àáçàöà}
+\label{margins}
+
+\DescribeMacro{margin=}
+\DescribeMacro{width=}
+% For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or}
+% a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are
+% looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the
+% figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
+% or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.}
+Äëÿ âñåõ ïîäïèñåé ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü \emph{ëèáî} äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó
+\emph{ëèáî} ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó. Ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷àìè\footnote{Çäåñü ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ
+ òîëüêî ôèêñèðîâàííûå øèðèíû; åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè ïî øèðèíå
+ ãðàôèêè èëè òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà, îáðàòèòåñü ê~ïàêåòàì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
+ èëè \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}.}
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--èëè--}\\
+ |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--èëè--}\\
+ |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for
+% both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to
+% |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+% In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages.
+Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå òîëüêî îäíî çíà÷åíèå \meta{amount} äëÿ ïîëÿ, îíî áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ îáîèõ ïîëåé,
+ëåâîãî è~ïðàâîãî, íàïðèìåð,~|margin=|\x|10pt| ýêâèâàëåíòíî |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+Äëÿ äâóñòîðîííèõ äîêóìåíòîâ ëåâîå è~ïðàâîå ïîëÿ íà ÷¸òíûõ ïîëîñàõ çåðêàëüíî îòîáðàçÿòñÿ.
+\DescribeMacro{oneside}
+\DescribeMacro{twoside}
+% To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally,
+% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+% But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin,
+% will have the same amount.
+Åñëè âàì ýòî íå íóæíî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî îïöèþ |oneside|,
+íàïðèìåð,~|\caption|\-|setup|\x|{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+Íî åñëè âû îïðåäåëÿåòå øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, òî îáà ïîëÿ áóäóò îäèíàêîâûìè.
+
+% Three examples will illustrating this:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà äëÿ èëëþñòðàöèè:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin={1cm,0cm}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |width=.75\textwidth|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure|
+% environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the
+% figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment
+% offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting
+% will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment.
+% But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can
+% do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by
+% specifying a margin for this particular environment,
+% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
+Êîãäà ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ðÿäîì ñ~ñîäåðæèìûì (íàïðèìåð âíóòðè
+îêðóæåíèÿ |SCfigure|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap})
+èëè îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà îáòåêàåòñÿ òåêñòîì (ôëîò ïîìåù¸í â~îáîðêó, íàïðèìåð â~îêðóæåíèè |wrap|\-|figure|
+ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig}), óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé
+îáíóëÿþòñÿ â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ. Íî åñëè âàì äåéñòâèòåëüíî íóæíî çàäàòü
+âòÿæêó äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü íóæíûå ïîëÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ, çàäàâ
+óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé ñïåöèàëüíî äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð,
+|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]|\x|{margin=10pt}|.
+ \end{Note}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only
+% changes the margin if no width was set.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò êëþ÷à |margin=|, êëþ÷ |margin*=|, êîòîðûé
+èçìåíÿåò ïîëÿ òîëüêî êîãäà íå çàäàíà øèðèíà.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
+\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for
+% limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s.
+% For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to
+% |maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF})
+Âû ìîæåòå òàêæå çàäàòü ìèíèìàëüíûé èëè ìàêñèìàëüíûé ðàçìåð ïîëåé. Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíî
+äëÿ îãðàíè÷åíèÿ ðàçìåðà ïîëåé â~óìåíüøåííûõ ôîðìàòàõ, íàïðèìåð âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ~|minipage|.
+Íàïðèìåð êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \SmF\ îãðàíè÷èâàþò ïîëÿ
+|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Ñì.~\Ref{SMF})
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{parskip=}\label{TeXr:multipar:a}%
+% This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph.
+% It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them:
+Äàííûé êëþ÷ ïîíàäîáèòñÿ, åñëè ïîäïèñè ñîäåðæàò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà.
+Îí çàäà¸ò äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âåðòèêàëüíóþ îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |parskip=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+% One example:
+Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+ Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par
+ Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
+% The option
+Êëþ÷
+\begin{quote}
+ |hangindent=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+% is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each
+% paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option
+% leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already
+% know about.
+% But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference:
+çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó äëÿ âòîðûõ ñòðîê êàæäîãî àáçàöà ïîäïèñè.
+Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîñòîèò èç îäíîãî àáçàöà, ýòîò êëþ÷ äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò
+÷òî è~èçâåñòíûé âàì êëþ÷ |indention=|\meta{amount}.
+Íî â~ïîäïèñè èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ âû óâèäèòå ðàçíèöó:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+ Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par
+ Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+ Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par
+ Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have
+% to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the
+% optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will
+% get an error message.
+Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîäåðæèò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà, âàì íóæíî
+çàäàòü ñîêðàù¸ííûé âàðèàíò ïîäïèñè äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, èñïîëüçóÿ
+äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíä |\caption| èëè |\captionof|, èíà÷å âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+% \subsection{Styles}
+\subsection{Ñòèëè}
+\label{style}
+
+\DescribeMacro{style=}
+% A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}.
+% You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with
+% |\page|\-|style|;
+% the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout.
+Îïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìáèíàöèÿ íåñêîëüêèõ êëþ÷åé ñîçäà¸ò \emph{ñòèëü ïîäïèñè}.
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñðàâíèòü ñî ñòèëÿìè êîëîíòèòóëà, çàäàâàåìîãî êîìàíäîé
+|\pagestyle|: ñòèëü ïîäïèñè çàäà¸ò âñå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè.
+
+% You switch to an already defined caption style with the option
+Ïðåäâàðèòåëüíî ñîçäàííûé ñòèëü ìîæíî âûçâàòü êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=|\meta{style name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% \Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|.
+\Thispackage\ îïðåäåëÿåò äâà ñòèëÿ: |base| è~|default|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting
+% the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes
+% \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}.
+% This means that specifying the option
+Ñòèëü |base| çàäà¸ò âñå èçâåñòíûå âàì êëþ÷è ñî çíà÷åíèÿìè,
+ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè çàäàííûì â~áàçîâûõ êëàññàõ \LaTeX'à
+\class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book}.
+Ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî çàäàíèå îïöèè
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=base|
+\end{quote}
+% has the same effect as specifying all these options:
+äàñò òîò æå ýôôåêò, ÷òî è çàäàíèå âñåõ ïåðå÷èñëåííûõ îïöèé:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
+ |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
+ |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+% the caption fits into a single line.
+À~äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè áóäóò çàäàíû íàñòðîéêè |justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt|.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+% In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting
+% the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use.
+% This style is selected by default and represents these options:
+Â~îòëè÷èå îò ïðåäûäóùåãî ñòèëü |default| çàäà¸ò çíà÷åíèÿ, îòâå÷àþùèå
+âèäó ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàâàåìûõ äàííûì êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà.
+Ýòîò ñòèëü îïðåäåëÿåò ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
+ |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
+ |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+% the caption fits into a single line.
+Íî ïðè ýòîì ñíîâà äåéñòâóþò íàñòðîéêè
+|justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt| äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+% So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article},
+% \class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|,
+% point to (nearly) the same settings.
+Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îäèí èç êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à \class{article},
+\class{report} èëè \class{book}, îáå îïöèè, |base| è~|default|, çàäàäóò ôàêòè÷åñêè
+îäèíàêîâûå íàñòðîéêè.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak
+% \SeeUserDefined
+Ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak\SeeUserDefined
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Skips}
+\subsection{Îòáèâêè}
+\label{skips}
+
+\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}%
+% The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is
+% controlled by the option
+Âåðòèêàëüíàÿ îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû
+îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and
+% \class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may
+% use a different amount.
+Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à |article|, |report| è~|book| îïðåäåëÿþò êëþ÷ êàê
+|skip=|\x|10pt|,
+íî äðóãèå êëàññû ìîãóò çàäàòü äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{position=}\label{TeXr:captionskips:a}%
+% The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw:
+% The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or
+% table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space
+% separating the caption from the content of the figure or table.
+% While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption
+% in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in
+% |long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more
+% flexible:
+% By giving the option
+Êîìàíäà |\caption|, ïðåäëàãàåìàÿ \LaTeX'îì èìååò íåäîñòàòîê â~îôîðìëåíèè:
+êîìàíäà íå çíàåò, ñòîèò ëè îíà â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, èëè â~êîíöå.
+Ïîýòîìó îíà íå çíàåò, êàê ðàññòàâèòü îòáèâêè, îòäåëÿþùèå ïîäïèñü îò ñîäåðæèìîãî
+ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû. Ïîêà ÷òî ñòàíäàðòíûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ çàäàþò îòáèâêó âñåãäà ñâåðõó
+ïîäïèñè (è~ñíèçó òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table|, ÷òî ïðîòèâîðå÷èò ñòàíäàðòíîìó),
+ðåøåíèå, ïðåäëàãàåìîå äàííûì ïàêåòîì áîëåå ãèáêîå.
+Çàäàíèå îïöèè
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=top|\quad èëè\quad |position=above|
+\end{quote}
+% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the
+% environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount}
+% is placed below the caption.
+% (Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the
+% caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table.
+% Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption|
+% command.)
+% But with
+áóäåò îçíà÷àòü, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ðàçìåùàåòñÿ \emph{ñâåðõó} ñîäåðæèìîãî
+îêðóæåíèÿ, è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà |skip=|\meta{amount} áóäåò
+çàäàíà ñíèçó ïîäïèñè.
+(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî |position=|\x|top| \emph{ÍÅ} îçíà÷àåò,
+÷òî ïîäïèñü äåéñòâèòåëüíî íàïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñâåðõó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû.
+Ïîäïèñü áóäåò ïå÷àòàòüñÿ òàì, ãäå âû çàäàëè êîìàíäó |\caption|.)
+Íî çàäàíèå
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=bottom|\quad èëè\quad |position=below|
+\end{quote}
+% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the
+% environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption.
+% And finally with
+îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ñòîèò \emph{ñíèçó} ñîäåðæèìîãî
+îêðóæåíèÿ è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà ñòàâèòñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè.
+È~íàêîíåö, çàäàâ
+\begin{quote}
+% |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)}
+ |position=auto|\quad {\small(÷òî ÿâëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì ïî óìîë÷àíèþ)}
+\end{quote}
+% \thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of
+% the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in
+% most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances.
+\thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî îïðåäåëèòü ðåàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå
+ïîäïèñè. Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî, õîòÿ ýòî è~äàñò âåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ,
+â~íåêîòîðûõ ðåäêèõ ñèòóàöèÿõ ýòî ìîæåò äàòü íåâåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+% The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the
+% optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command.
+% \See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+% For example
+Îïöèÿ |position| îñîáåííî ïîëåçíà, êîãäà èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~íàñòðîéêàõ
+ñ~îïöèåé â~êîìàíäå |\captionsetup|.
+\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+Íàïðèìåð\label{TeXr:captop:a}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
+\end{quote}
+% causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above}
+% the table (regarding spacing around it).
+% Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers
+% the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and
+% |table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g.
+îïðåäåëÿåò, ÷òî âñå òàáëè÷íûå çàãîëîâêè ïîìåùåíû \emph{íàä} ñîäåðæèìûì
+òàáëèöû (ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè îòáèâêàìè).
+Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî äîñòàòî÷íî ÷àñòî èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè, \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò
+êëþ÷è-àááðåâèàòóðû |figure|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos}
+è~|table|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos},
+íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+% is equivalent to
+ýêâèâàëåíòíî ñëåäóþùåìó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO
+% Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|,
+% and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect.
+% Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments
+% |figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could
+% decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom''
+% caption.
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êëþ÷è |skip=|, |position=|,
+ |figure|\-|position=| è~|table|\-|position=| íå âñåãäà äàäóò ýôôåêò.
+ Ïîñêîëüêó îïðåäåëåíèå îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~|table| äàþò êëàññû äîêóìåíòà,
+ òî îíè è~îïðåäåëÿþò, áóäåò ëè ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó.
+% For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=|
+% setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions,
+% and |table| captions are dependent on the global option
+% |table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
+% \See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+ Íàïðèìåð, êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \KOMAScript\ ïîääåðæèâàþò íàñòðîéêó |skip=|,
+ íî îíà âñåãäà ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè ê~ðèñóíêàì (|figure|) ñíèçó,
+ à~ðàçìåùåíèå òàáëè÷íûõ çàãîëîâêîâ (|table|) çàâèñèò îò ãëîáàëüíîé îïöèè
+ |table|\-|captions|\-|above| è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî, |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
+ \See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+% Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and
+% below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the
+% \package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package.
+ Áîëåå òîãî íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû ñàìè êîíòðîëèðóþò îòáèâêè ñâåðõó è~ñíèçó ïîäïèñè,
+ íàïðèìåð, ïàêåòû \package{float},
+ \package{floatrow}, è~\package{supertabular}.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+% Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by
+% |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in
+% \LaTeX{}s implementation).
+% But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to
+% |0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation,
+% but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package.
+% So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips
+% when |position=|\x|top| is set.
+% Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick
+% (like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap}
+% package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not
+% supported if one of these packages will be used, too.
+Ñîáñòâåííî ãîâîðÿ, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì
+|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì
+\LaTeX'å âñåãäà çàäà¸òñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè).
+Íî ñóùåñòâóåò è~âòîðàÿ êîìàíäà îòáèâêè |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (îáû÷íî
+ðàâíàÿ |0pt|) êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å ïîìåùàåòñÿ ñíèçó ïîäïèñè,
+èëè ñ~ïðîòèâîïîëîæíîé ñòîðîíû îò |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip|, â~äàííîì ïàêåòå.
+Èíà÷å ãîâîðÿ, äàííûé ïàêåò ïåðåêëþ÷àåò çíà÷åíèÿ ýòèõ îòáèâîê ïðè çàäàíèè îïöèè
+ |position=|\x|top|.
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ñóùåñòâóåò íåñêîëüêî ïàêåòîâ, êîòîðûå äåëàþò òîò æå òðþê
+(ýòî ïàêåòû \package{ftcap}, \package{nonfloat} è~\package{topcap});
+ïîýòîìó, â~ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îäíîãî èç ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ, èñïîëüçîâàíèå êëþ÷à
+|position=| ïàêåòà \package{caption} íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ.
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Lists}
+\subsection{Ñïèñêè ôëîòîâ}
+\label{lists}
+
+\DescribeMacro{list=}\label{TeXr:nolistentry:II}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures
+% resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an
+% empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or
+% programmatically by saying
+Êîìàíäà |\caption| îáû÷íî ïîìåùàåò òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñîê òàáëèö.
+Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî, çàäàâ ïóñòîé äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäå
+|\caption| {\small(ñì.~\Ref{caption})}, èëè çàäàòü îáùóþ óñòàíîâêó, çàïèñàâ
+\begin{quote}
+% |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+% Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting
+% this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for
+% this purpose instead.}
+ |list=no|\quad(èëè äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå áóëåâà ïàðàìåòðà âìåñòî |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} íå ïîääåðæèâàåò ýòó îïöèþ,
+ îí èñïîëüçóåò äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñ÷¸ò÷èêè \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth}.}
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% With the option
+Ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |listformat=|\meta{list format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+% you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within
+% the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables.
+% There are five standard caption list formats:
+âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü êàê íîìåð ðèñóíêà (|figure|) èëè òàáëèöû (|table|) áóäóò íàïå÷àòàíû
+â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö.
+Ñóùåñòâóþò ïÿòü ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòîâ âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé â~Ñïèñêàõ:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+% No number will be typeset.
+ Íîìåð íå ïå÷àòàåòñÿ.
+
+ \item[simple]
+% The number will be typeset with label prefix.
+ Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè.
+
+ \item[parens]
+% The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix.
+ Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè.
+
+ \item[subsimple]
+% Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default)
+ Òî æå, ÷òî |simple|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà. (çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ)
+
+ \item[subparens]
+% Same as |parens|, but without label prefix.
+ Òî æå, ÷òî |parens|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû ìåòêè â~Ñïèñêàõ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the
+% number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of
+% Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty,
+% so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results;
+% same with |parens| and |subparens|.
+% But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of
+% Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a
+% different purpose.\footnote{%
+% Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption}
+% or \package{subfig} package.}
+Ïðåôèêñû ìåòêè ($=$|\p@figure| èëè~|\p@table|), êîòîðûå ïîìåùàþòñÿ îáû÷íî
+ïåðåä íîìåðàìè ($=$|\the|\-|figure| èëè~|\the|\-|table| ñîîòâåòñòâåííî)
+â~Ñïèñêàõ (ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö) îáû÷íî ïóñòû,
+ïîýòîìó ôîðìàòû |simple| è~|subsimple| äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò,
+òî æå ñàìîå ïðîèçîéä¸ò ñ~|parens|
+è~|subparens|.
+Íî ýòî ìîæåò äàâàòü îòëè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû äëÿ ïîäðèñóíêîâ èëè ïîäòàáëèö
+ïîìåù¸ííûõ â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö, èëè êîãäà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè ïåðåîïðåäåë¸í
+äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé.\footnote{%
+ Ïîäïèñè äëÿ ÷àñòåé ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö ìîãóò áûòü ñîçäàíû
+ ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòîâ \package{subcaption}
+ èëè \package{subfig}.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Names \& Numbering}
+\subsection{Íàèìåíîâàíèÿ è~íóìåðàöèÿ}
+\label{names}\label{numbering}
+
+\DescribeMacro{figurename=}
+\DescribeMacro{tablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
+% You can change the name of the figures and tables with the options
+Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü íàçâàíèå ðèñóíêà è~òàáëèöû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷åé
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l@{\quad}l@{}}
+ |figurename=| & \meta{name} & è\\
+ |tablename=| & \meta{name} & .\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% The document class usually sets them to ``Figure'' and ``Table'', but for
+% example with
+Êëàññ äîêóìåíòà îïðåäåëÿåò èõ îáû÷íî êàê «Figure» è~«Table», íî åñëè
+âû çàäàäèòå, íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |figurename=Fig.|
+\end{quote}
+% you can change the figure name to ``Fig''.
+âû èçìåíèòå èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig».
+
+\smallskip\INFO
+% If you use the \package{babel} package, please load \thispackage\ \emph{after}
+% the \package{babel} package.
+Åñëè âû ïîëüçóåòåñü ïàêåòîì \package{babel}, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå}
+ïàêåòà \package{babel}.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% In contrast to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| the option
+Â~îòëè÷èå îò îïöèé |figure|\-|name=| è~|table|\-|name=| îïöèÿ
+\emph{äàííîãî} îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à
+\begin{quote}
+ |name=|\meta{name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% changes the name of the \emph{current} environment.
+% This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of
+% |\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.
+èçìåíÿåò èìÿ òåêóùåé ìåòêè òåêóùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ.
+Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà â~êîìàíäå
+|\caption|\-|setup|, íàïðèìåð çàäàíèå
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}|
+\end{quote}
+% changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other
+% figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name).
+èçìåíÿåò èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig.» äëÿ âñåõ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure| (â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïîäïèñè
+ó~äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ðèñóíêîâ îñòàþòñÿ «Figure»).
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]%
+\DescribeMacro{listfigurename=}
+\DescribeMacro{listtablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.1g}%
+% Analogous to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| you can change
+% the title of the lists here. So for example
+Àíàëîãè÷íî îïöèÿì |figure|\-|name| è~|table|\-|name| âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü
+çàãîëîâîê äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ôëîòîâ. Òàê íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |listfigurename=List of Images|
+\end{quote}
+% changes the title ``List of Figures'' to ``List of images''.
+Èçìåíèò çàãîëîâîê «List of Figures» íà «List of Images».
+
+[Èëè, åñëè äëÿ ðóññêîé ëèòåðàòóðû âû çàäàäèòå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |listfigurename=\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyro\cyrk\ |\\ |\cyri\cyrl\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyri\cyrishrt|
+\end{quote}
+èëè
+\begin{quote}\def\ttdefault{cmtt}
+ |listfigurename=Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé|
+\end{quote}
+ïðåâðàòèò çàãîëîâîê â~«Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé».]
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figurewithin=}
+\DescribeMacro{tablewithin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% If a document class providing |\chapter| is used (e.g.~\class{report} or
+% \class{book}), usually the |figure| and |table| caption counters
+% are dependent on the |chapter| counter. Otherwise usually the |figure| and
+% |table| counters are continuous throughout the document.
+Åñëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà çàäà¸ò ãëàâû, è~èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\chapter|
+(íàïðèìåð \package{report} èëè
+\package{book}), òî íóìåðàöèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêîâ ïîäïèñåé |figure| è~|table|
+ïîä÷èíåíà ñ÷¸ò÷èêó ãëàâû |chapter|. Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ |figure|
+è~|table| ïðîäîëæàåòñÿ ïî âñåìó äîêóìåíòó.
+
+% This can be changed with the options
+Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ îïöèè
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l}
+ |figurewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad è\\
+ |tablewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad .\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% If ``|none|'' is given as value, the numbering of figures resp. tables will
+% be continuous throughout the document.
+% Otherwise the numbering will be dependent on the given counter,
+% e.g.~|figure|\-|within=|\x|section| gives figures a section-dependent
+% numbering scheme.
+Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö áóäåò ñêâîçíîé âî
+âñ¸ì äîêóìåíòå.
+Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ áóäåò ïîä÷èíåíà çàäàííîìó ñ÷¸ò÷èêó,
+íàïðèìåð, |figurewithin=|\x|section| ñîçäàñò íóìåðàöèþ ðèñóíêîâ,
+ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ çàãîëîâêàì ðàçäåëîâ
+ïåðâîãî óðîâíÿ.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+% The name and numbering is internally done by the commands
+% |\|\meta{type}|name| \& |\the|\meta{type}, e.g.~|\figure|\-|name| \&
+% |\the|\-|figure| for figures.
+% While usually using the above options are sufficient, sometimes a direct
+% re-definition of these two macros is necessary. For example:
+Íàçâàíèå è~íóìåðàöèÿ îïðåäåëÿþòñÿ êîìàíäàìè |\|\meta{type}|name|
+è~|\the|\meta{type}, íàïðèìåð |\figurename| è~|\thefigure| äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ.
+Õîòÿ çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé, îïèñûâàåìûõ âûøå äîñòàòî÷íî, èíîãäà íåîáõîäèìî
+ïðÿìîå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ýòèõ äâóõ êîìàíä. Íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{figurewithin=section}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\thefigure{\arabic{section}\alph{figure}}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives you a section-dependent numbering scheme \meta{section}\meta{figure}
+% with a numerical section counter and a alphanumerical figure counter,
+% e.g.~``|Figure 2b|''.
+äàñò âàì ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ ðàçäåëó ñõåìó íóìåðàöèè \meta{section}\meta{figure}
+ãäå íîìåð ðàçäåëà çàäàí â~âèäå àðàáñêîé öèôðû, à~íîìåð ðèñóíêà \cdash--- â~âèäå íóìåðàöèè áóêâàìè,
+íàïðèìåð, «|Figure 2b|».
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Types}
+\subsection{Òèïû (ôëîòîâ)}
+\label{types}
+
+\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}%
+% The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types,
+% e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside
+% these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what
+% kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set
+% the caption type manually with
+Êîìàíäà |\caption| ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñè ðàçëè÷íûõ òèïîâ,
+íàïðèìåð, |figure| è~|table|. Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå çàäàòü êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè
+ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, òî ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå, ïîñêîëüêó ýòà êîìàíäà íå çíàåò
+êàêîé òèï ïîäïèñè âû õîòèòå çäåñü ñîçäàòü. Íî â~ïîäîáíûõ ñèòóàöèÿõ
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òèï ïîäïèñè âðó÷íóþ, èñïîëüçóÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |type=|\meta{float type}
+\end{quote}
+% prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like
+% |\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the
+% \package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the
+% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}),
+% for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|:
+ïåðåä èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\caption| (è~äðóãèõ êîìàíä òèïà
+|\Continued|\-|Float|, èëè |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì
+ \package{subcaption} èëè |\subfloat| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}),
+íàïðèìåð âíóòðè íåïëàâàþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ âðîäå |minipage|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+ | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type},
+% which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the
+% \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an
+% hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not.
+% (See also \Ref{hyperref}\,)
+Ñóùåñòâóåò çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî êëþ÷à, |type*=|\x\meta{float type},
+êîòîðûé îòëè÷àåòñÿ îò |type=|\x\meta{float type} åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò
+\package{hyperref}\cite{hyperref}: â~òî âðåìÿ êàê êëþ÷ |type=| çàäà¸ò
+ìåòêó ãèïåðññûëêè (hyperlink anchor, åñëè çàäàí êëþ÷ |hypcap=|\x|true|), êëþ÷ |type*=| ýòîãî íå äåëàåò.
+(Ñì.~òàêæå \Ref{hyperref})
+\end{Expert}
+\begin{Expert}
+% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype|
+% for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead.
+\emph{\DefaultNoteText}: íå ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, âíóòðåííþþ ìàêðîêîìàíäó |\@captype|,
+êàê ïðåäëàãàåòñÿ íåêîòîðûìè ðóêîâîäñòâàìè èëè äîêóìåíòàìè ïàêåòîâ, äëÿ
+ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå âñåãäà
+|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+% Own float types can be defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| offered by
+% this package, |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float}
+% package\cite{float}, or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+% \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}.
+Ñîáñòâåííûå òèïû ôëîòîâ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|
+ïðåäëàãàåìîé ýòèì ïàêåòîì, êîìàíäîé |\new|\-|float|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float},
+èëè |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì
+\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% Please note that you should use the option |type=| only
+% \emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|),
+% at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption.
+% Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings
+% regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment,
+% therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{%
+% You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.}
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü êëþ÷ |type=| òîëüêî
+\emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé (òèïà |\parbox| èëè |minipage|), ò.\,å.
+ãäå íå ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè ïåðåõîäà íà ñëåäóþùóþ ñòðàíèöó ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî âîçìîæíû íåêîòîðûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû (íàïðèìåð, ñìåøåíèå íàñòðîåê äëÿ ïîäïèñåé
+ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö) åñëè íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ áîêñ èëè îêðóæåíèå, êðîìå ýòîãî
+âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè ïîïðîáóåòå ýòî ñäåëàòü.\footnote{%
+Âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå òîëüêî â~ñëó÷àå, êîãäà â~êà÷åñòâå êîìïèëÿòîðà \TeX'à èñïîëüçóåòñÿ
+\eTeX.}
+
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Commands}
+\section{Êîìàíäû}
+
+% \subsection{Typesetting captions}
+\subsection{Ïå÷àòü ïîäðèñóíî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé}
+\label{caption}
+\label{captionlistentry}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\caption}
+% The command
+Êîìàíäà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}
+\end{quote}
+% typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|.
+% Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension:
+% If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of
+% figures or tables will be made. For example:
+ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà, òèïà |figure| èëè |table|.
+Òàê, ýòî íàì èçâåñòíî, íî íîâîñòü ñîñòîèò â~òîì, ÷òî åñëè
+çàäàòü àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry} ïóñòûì, ïîäïèñü â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè
+òàáëèö íå ïîÿâèòñÿ; íàïðèìåð,
+\begin{quote}
+% |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}|
+ |\caption[]{Ïîäïèñü áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ.}|
+ \label{TeXr:nolistentry:I}%
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument,
+% if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given,
+% this argument is moving instead.
+% ``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the
+% list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp.
+% ``List of Tables'', too.
+% \emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands,
+% everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get
+% \emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run.
+% Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|,
+% own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of
+% |\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}.
+Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî àðãóìåíò \meta{heading} áóäåò \emph{ïîäâèæíûì},
+åñëè íå çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry}. Åñëè æå çàäàí \meta{list entry},
+òî ñòàíîâèòñÿ ïîäâèæíûì ýòîò äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò. Òåðìèí «\emph{ïîäâèæíûé} àðãóìåíò»
+â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî îí çàïèñûâàåòñÿ â~ôàéëå Ñïèñêà, ÷òîáû
+çàòåì åãî âûâåñòè â~ðàçäåëàõ «Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ» èëè «Ñïèñîê òàáëèö».
+Â~\emph{ïîäâèæíûå} àðãóìåíòû íåëüçÿ ïîìåùàòü \emph{õðóïêèå} êîìàíäû,
+âñå ýëåìåíòû äîëæíû áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè} (íåõðóïêèìè), èíà÷å àðãóìåíò áóäåò
+«\emph{ðàçáèò}» (ðàñêðûò), ñîçäàâàÿ ñòðàííûå îøèáêè â~ñëåäóþùèõ
+îáðàáîòêàõ \LaTeX'îì. Íåêîòîðûå \emph{õðóïêèå}
+êîìàíäû ìîãóò áûòü \emph{çàùèùåíû} çàäàíèåì ïåðåä íèìè êîìàíäû |\protect|.
+×òîáû ñîáñòâåííûå
+îïðåäåëåíèÿ áûëè \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè}, èõ íóæíî îïðåäåëÿòü ÷åðåç |\DeclareRobustCommand|, à~íå
+÷åðåç |\newcommand|.
+
+% An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since
+% |\phantom| is \emph{fragile}.
+% So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry}
+% (e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+% or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}:
+% |\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+Ïðèìåð: çàïèñü |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| âûäàñò ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ,
+ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\phantom| \emph{õðóïêàÿ}. Ïîýòîìó íóæíî ëèáî çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò
+\meta{list entry}
+(íàïðèìåð,
+|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+èëè äîáàâèòü êîìàíäó |\protect|, äëÿ çàùèòû êîìàíäû |\phantom| îò òîãî, ÷òîáû îíà
+\emph{ðàçáèëàñü}:
+|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+
+% But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called
+% single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine
+% the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too.
+% An example:
+% |\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+% |E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+% |\right.| |\]}|.
+% Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still
+% leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
+% So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+% just in front of the |\caption| command additionally.
+Íî èíîãäà è~ýòî íå ïîìîãàåò. Ïðè÷èíà êðîåòñÿ â~òàê íàçûâàåìîé ïðîâåðêå
+íà îäíîñòðî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü
+(single-line-check): ìàêðîêîìàíäà ïîìåùàåò ñîäåðæèìîå àðãóìåíòà \meta{heading}
+â~ãîðèçîíòàëüíûé áîêñ,
+÷òîáû îïðåäåëèòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, è~ýòî òàêæå ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ.
+Ïðèìåð:
+|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+|\right.| |\]}|.
+Èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| çäåñü íå ãîäèòñÿ,
+ýòî òîæå ïðèâåä¸ò ê~îøèáêàì.
+(«\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}») Ïîýòîìó ìû âûíóæäåíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàòü
+|\captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}| ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|.
+
+% For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \&
+% \emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit
+% \url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
+Áîëåå ïîëíóþ èíôîðìàöèþ î~\emph{ïîäâèæíûõ} àðãóìåíòàõ è~\emph{õðóïêèõ}
+è~\emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûõ} êîìàíäàõ, ñìîòðèòå â~âàøåì ðóêîâîäñòâå ïî \LaTeX'ó èëè îáðàòèòåñü ê~%
+\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\caption*}\label{TeXr:starcaption:a}%
+% The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which
+% typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables.
+% An example:
+Ïàêåò \package{longtable} îïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\caption*| êîòîðàÿ
+ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç ìåòêè è~çàíåñåíèÿ å¸ â~ñïèñîê òàáëèö.
+Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}\\|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+% looks like
+âûãëÿäèò ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:\nopagebreak
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
+ \caption*{A table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within
+% every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like:
+\Thispackage\ òîæå ïðåäëàãàåò òàêóþ âîçìîæíîñòü. È~òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìàíäó
+ñ~ëþáûì îêðóæåíèåì ïëàâàþùåãî îáúåêòà, íàïðèìåð |figure| èëè |table|, êàê çäåñü:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}|\\
+% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof}\label{TeXr:captionof:a}%
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
+% Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment,
+% putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance.
+% For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command
+Èíîãäà âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü \emph{âíå} îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà,
+ïîìåñòèâ, ê~ïðèìåðó, ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |minipage|. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ïàêåò
+\thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because
+% the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label
+% (e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry.
+% An example:
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïåðâûé àðãóìåíò, \meta{float type}, â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå ÿâëÿåòñÿ
+îáÿçàòåëüíûì, ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| äîëæíà çíàòü, ê~êàêîìó ïëàâàþùåìó
+îáúåêòó ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.» èëè «Òàáëèöà») è~â~êàêîé ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ïîìåñòèòü
+ïîäïèñü. Ïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+ |\captionof{table}{A table}|
+\end{quote}
+% typesets captions like this:
+ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê çäåñü:
+\begin{Example}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+% \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+% The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*|
+% command:
+% It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures
+% or tables.
+«Çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\captionof*| äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò, ÷òî è~|\caption*|:
+ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè
+òàáëèö.
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same
+% restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both
+% |\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or
+% environments, too.
+Ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| èñïîëüçóåò âíóòðè ñåáÿ êëþ÷ |type|, òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ÷òî è~äëÿ
+êëþ÷à |type=| äåéñòâóþò çäåñü, ïîýòîìó âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü è~|\captionof|
+è~|\captionof*| òîëüêî \emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè îêðóæåíèé.
+\See{\Ref{types}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure
+% (or table) entry on its own.
+% This could be achieved with
+Â~íåêîòîðûõ ñëó÷àÿõ ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ñîçäàíèå òåêñòà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ (èëè òàáëèö) îòäåëüíî.
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the
+% contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table:
+Îäèí ïðèìåð: î÷åíü ëåãêî ïîëó÷èòü òàáëèöó â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table|
+ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè ñâåðõó òàáëèöû
+è~îäíèì âõîæäåíèåì â~Ñïèñêå êîòîðîå îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+% But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an
+% |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below}
+% the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of
+% the table.
+% Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used:
+Íî, ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{longtable} íå ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû |\endfirstfoot|,
+âû íå ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïîäïèñè \emph{ñíèçó} òàáëèöû, äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ åäèíñòâåííîãî
+âõîæäåíèÿ â~Ñïèñîê, êîòîðûé îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû.
+Ýòî ñèòóàöèÿ, ãäå êîìàíäà |\captionlistentry| ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíà:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfoot|\\
+ | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}.
+Äðóãîé ïðèìåð ìîæíî íàéòè â~\Ref{examples}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not
+% increment the \meta{float type} counter.
+% (Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+% never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.)
+Òàêæå ñóùåñòâóåò «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, êîòîðûé
+íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà.
+(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+íèêîãäà íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèöû. Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå \Ref{longtable}.)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything
+% it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|)
+Îáðàòèòå òàêæå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \meta{list entry} ÿâëÿåòñÿ \emph{ïîäâèæíûì}
+àðãóìåíòîì, ïîýòîìó âñ¸ åãî
+ñîäåðæèìîå äîëæíî áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûì}. (Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption|)
+\end{Expert}
+
+
+% \subsection{Setting options}
+\subsection{Çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé è~îïöèé}
+\label{captionsetup}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}),
+% but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument
+% \meta{float type}.
+Íàì óæå èçâåñòíà êîìàíäà |\captionsetup| (ñì.~\Ref{usage}),
+íî ñåé÷àñ ìû ðàçáåð¸ì çíà÷åíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà, \meta{float type}.
+
+% Remember, the syntax of this command is
+Íàïîìíèì ñèíòàêñèñ ýòîé êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't
+% change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use,
+% when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type
+% \meta{float type} gets typeset.
+% For example
+Åñëè \meta{float type} çàäàí, âñå êëþ÷è è~îïöèè, \meta{options} íè÷åãî
+íå èçìåíÿò â~ìåñòå çàäàíèÿ. Îíè òîëüêî îïðåäåëåíû äëÿ áóäóùåãî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ
+â~ìîìåíò, êîãäà ïîäïèñü îêàæåòñÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà
+\meta{float type}.
+Íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+% forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}.
+îïðåäåëÿåò îôîðìëåíèå \meta{options} äëÿ ïîäïèñè âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|.
+
+% Here comes an example to illustrate this:
+Äàëåå èä¸ò ïðèìåð èëëþñòðèðóþùèé ñêàçàííîå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives captions like this:
+ñîçäàñò ïîäïèñè âèäà:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+% As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes
+% the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones.
+Êàê âû âèäèòå óñòàíîâêà |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{labelfont=bf}| èçìåíÿåò
+òîëüêî øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè ïîäïèñè, âñ¸ îñòàëüíîå îñòà¸òñÿ.
+
+% As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only:
+% |figure| or |table|.
+% But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow},
+% \package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also
+% this package offer additional environments with captions and these two
+% commands can also be used with them.
+% \See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}}
+Â~êà÷åñòâå \meta{float type} âû îáû÷íî çàäà¸òå òîëüêî äâå îïöèè:
+|figure| èëè |table|.
+Íî êàê áóäåò âèäíî ïîçäíåå íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû \LaTeX'à (íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow},
+\package{longtable} è~\package{sidecap}) à~òàêæå äàííûé ïàêåò
+ïðåäëàãàþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè è~ýòè äâå êîìàíäû
+ìîãóò áûòü ñ~íèìè èñïîëüçîâàíû.
+\See{\Ref{declare} è~\Ref{packages}}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|:
+Ñóùåñòâóåò è~çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\captionsetup|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+% While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the
+% \meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document
+% (e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the
+% starred variant will not.
+% \iffalse
+% This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent
+% of a specific document.
+% \fi
+Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê íåçâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò äàñò âàì ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè \meta{options} íå
+èñïîëüçîâàëèñü â~äîêóìåíòå (íàïðèìåð íàñòðîéêè |\captionsetup[table]{font=sf}| \cdash---
+è~íè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |table|), çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî íå äåëàåò.
+\iffalse
+Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü î÷åíü ïîëåçíî äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ íàñòðîåê, íåçàâèñèìûõ îò êîíêðåòíîãî äîêóìåíòà.
+\fi
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
+% If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within
+% a particular environment you can use the command
+Åñëè âàì âíóòðè äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ íóæíî îòìåíèòü ïàðàìåòðû, çàäàííûå äëÿ
+òåêóùåãî òèïà ôëîòà, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling
+% for figures in the example above:
+Íàïðèìåð |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| îòìåíèò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè
+èç ïðèìåðà âûøå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding
+% this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify
+% \emph{one} option here, not a list of options.
+% If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one
+% \cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.}
+% While the example above not only clears the options
+% |labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
+% for figures (but all options for figures instead),
+% this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other
+% settings for figures intact:
+Åñëè çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{option}, îòìåíÿþòñÿ òîëüêî íàñòðîéêè
+äàííîé îïöèè \meta{option}.\footnote{Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òîëüêî
+\emph{îäíó} îïöèþ, à~íå ñïèñîê îïöèé.
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî îòìåíèòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ðÿäà îïöèé, âàì ïðèä¸òñÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü íåñêîëüêî êîìàíä
+\cs{clearcaptionsetup}.}
+Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðèìåð âûøå íå òîëüêî îòìåíèë îïöèè êëþ÷åé |labelfont=bf,|\allowbreak
+|textfont=it|
+äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ (íî è~âñå îïöèè äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ),
+ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð îòìåíèò òîëüêî íàñòðîéêó |labelfont=bf|, îñòàâèâ âñå îñòàëüíûå
+íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Expert}
+% Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given
+% \meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}.
+Àíàëîãè÷íî êîìàíäå |\captionsetup*| ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíàÿ ôîðìà
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| êîòîðàÿ îòìåíÿåò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ, åñëè \meta{option}
+íå ÿâëÿåòñÿ íàñòðîéêîé äëÿ äàííîãî \meta{float type}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
+% For debugging purposes the command\nopagebreak
+Äëÿ âîçìîæíîñòåé íàñòðîéêè íàñòðîåê, ïðåäëîæåíà êîìàíäà\nopagebreak
+\begin{quote}
+ |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}\quad.\nopagebreak[3]
+\end{quote}
+% is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options
+% for the specified \meta{float type}. For example
+Îíà ñîçäà¸ò ñîîáùåíèå â~log-ôàéëå, ïîêàçûâàÿ çàäàííûå îïöèè
+äëÿ âûáðàííîãî \meta{float type}. Íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives the info:
+äàñò ñîîáùåíèå:
+\begin{quote}\small
+ |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
+ |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Continued floats}
+\subsection{Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ôëîòû}
+\label{ContinuedFloat}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}\label{TeXr:continued:a}%
+% Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them
+% their own reference number. This is what the command
+Èíîãäà âîçíèêàåò íåîáõîäèìîñòü ðàçáèòü ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íà íåñêîëüêî
+÷àñòåé, çàäàâ èì îáùèé íîìåð. Äëÿ ýòîãî ïðåäíàçíà÷åíà êîìàíäà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\ContinuedFloat|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment.
+% It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by
+% |\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside
+% gets the same reference number as the figure or table before.
+% An example:
+Ëó÷øå å¸ ïîñòàâèòü ïåðâîé âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.
+Êîìàíäà |\ContinuedFloat| îòìåíÿåò óâåëè÷åíèå ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåãî ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà
+(èñïîëüçóåìîãî êîìàíäîé |\caption|)
+è~çàäà¸ò òîò æå íîìåð êàê è~ó~ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû âûøå. Ïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives the following result:
+äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \caption{A table}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table (cont.)}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with
+% the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch
+% to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here:
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| âêëþ÷àåò îïöèè, ñâÿçàííûå
+ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé îïöèåé"=òèïîì «|Continued|\-|Float|». Íàïðèìåð, ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ
+ñîçäàíèÿ àëüòåðíàòèâíûõ ôîðìàòîâ ìåòîê äëÿ òàáëèö è~ðèñóíêîâ, êàê ïîêàçàíî çäåñü:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}\selectlanguage{USenglish}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1e}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued1e}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+Â~ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè ýòî ìîæåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1r}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued1r}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+% \See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of
+% \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+\See{\Ref{declare} îïèñûâàþùèé
+ \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+
+\medskip
+
+% There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be
+% used for own purposes.
+% For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first
+% continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on.
+% So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating
+% environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero.
+% An example:
+Ñîçäàí òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à, íàçâàííûé |Continued|\-|Float|, êîòîðûé ìîæåò áûòü
+èñïîëüçîâàí ïðè íåîáõîäèìîñòè.
+Â~îáû÷íûõ îêðóæåíèÿõ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ îí ðàâåí íóëþ, â~ïåðâîì ïðîäîëæàþùåìñÿ
+ôëîòå îí ðàâåí åäèíèöå, â~ñëåäóþùåì äëÿ âòîðîãî îêðóæåíèÿ è~ò.\,ä.
+Òàê, êàæäàÿ êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| óâåëè÷èâàåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê è~ïëàâàþùèé îáúåêò
+áåç êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float| âíîâü îáíóëÿåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê.
+Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued2}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+% A reference to this table would still result in the output
+% ``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed.
+% If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references,
+% too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead,
+% which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in
+% continued floats and is preset to be empty.
+Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó îñòàíåòñÿ â~âèäå
+«\autoref{continued2}», ïîñêîëüêó èçìåíÿëñÿ òîëüêî ôîðìàò ìåòêè.
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê |Continued|\-|Float| â~ññûëêàõ,
+âû äîëæíû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü êîìàíäó |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float|,
+êîòîðàÿ, ïîäêëþ÷àåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè â~ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòàõ,
+òîãäà êàê ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ýòà êîìàíäà ïóñòà.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued3}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+% A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''.
+Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò «\autoref{continued3}».
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
+% Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a
+% kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with
+% ``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a'').
+% This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+% which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the
+% type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter
+% |Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series
+% instead:
+Ïðåäïîëîæèì âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíîê èëè òàáëèöó ñ~íóìåðàöèîííûì
+çàãîëîâêîì âèäà «Figure 7a», à~íå «Figure 7» (à~çàòåì, êàê
+«Figure 7b», âìåñòî «Figure 7a»).
+Ýòî òàêæå âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+êîòîðàÿ \cdash--- êàê è~|\Continued|\-|Float| \cdash--- ïîäêëþ÷àåò îïöèè
+ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû «|Continued|\-|Float|» è~óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à
+|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{íî} îòìå÷àåò è~ïåðâûé ôëîò èç ñåðèè
+ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòîâ:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat*
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{First figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Second figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Third figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+% \Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the
+% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.}
+\Note{Ê~ñîæàëåíèþ êîìàíäó \cs{ContinuedFloat*} íåëüçÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü ïðè çàãðóæåííîì ïàêåòå
+ \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
+\subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
+% If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered
+% by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break,
+% this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+% but instead you could write something like:
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ ôîðìàò ìåòêè äëÿ ïðîäîëæåíèÿ
+îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table|
+(ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{longtable}\cite{longtable})
+íà ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå,
+èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\Continued|\-|Float| \emph{íå} äàñò ðåçóëüòàòîâ,
+íî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ÷òî-òî âðîäå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Own enhancements}
+\section{Ñîáñòâåííûå íàñòðîéêè}
+\label{declare}
+
+% A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats
+% etc.
+% This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to
+% be associated with a name and kept in one place.
+% (These commands need to appear in the document preamble,
+% this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.)
+Èìååòñÿ ñåìåéñòâî êîìàíä, ïîçâîëÿþùèõ ïîëüçîâàòåëþ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî
+ñîçäàòü ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå.
+Ýòî ïîçâîëÿåò èíôîðìàöèþ î~ðàçäåëèòåëÿõ, âûêëþ÷êå, øðèôòàõ, è~ñòèëÿõ
+ïðèâÿçàòü ê~îïðåäåë¸ííîìó êëþ÷ó, è~ïîìåñòèòü âñ¸ ýòî â~îäíîì ìåñòå
+(òàêèå êîìàíäû äîëæíû íàõîäèòüñÿ â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà \cdash---
+ýòî ÷àñòü ìåæäó ñòðîêàìè êîìàíä |\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|).
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
+% You can define your own caption formats using the command
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1, \#2 è~\#3}\mbox{\ .}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the
+% separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is
+% pre-defined by \thispackage\ as
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïðîãðàììà çàìåíÿåò \#1 íà íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê, \#2 íà
+ðàçäåëèòåëü è~\#3 íà òåêñò ïîäïèñè. Èòàê, ñòàíäàðòíûé ôîðìàò |plain| îïðåäåë¸í
+âíóòðè ïàêåòà \thispackage\ êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|,
+% which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of
+% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, êîòîðûé
+ñîçäà¸ò êîä, ïå÷àòàþùèéñÿ â~âåðòèêàëüíîì ðåæèìå (ìîäå) \TeX'à (âìåñòî
+îáû÷íîãî ãîðèçîíòàëüíîãî),
+íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ êëþ÷ |indention=|.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
+% Likewise you can define your own caption label formats:
+Àíàëîãè÷íî âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2
+% gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12'').
+% An example:
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà èìÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.») è~\#2
+çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïîðÿäêîâûé íîìåð (íàïðèìåð «12»). Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
+% If you define your own caption label formats and use the
+% \package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package,
+% you should take care of empty caption label names.
+% For this purpose the commands
+Êîãäà âû îïðåäåëÿåòå ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~èñïîëüçóåòå
+òàêæå ïàêåòû \package{subcaption} èëè \package{subfig},
+âû äîëæíû ïîìíèòü ÷òî â~ïîäôëîòàõ ýëåìåíò
+«èìÿ ôëîòà» áóäåò ïóñòûì. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñëåäóþùèå êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad è\\
+ |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}
+\end{quote}
+% are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is
+% not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes,
+% both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them.
+ïðåäëîæåíû. Êîìàíäà |\bothIfFirst| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå ïåðâîãî àðãóìåíòà (÷òî îí
+íåïóñòîé), êîìàíäà |\bothIfSecond| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå âòîðîãî. Åñëè òåñòèðóåìûé
+àðãóìåíò åñòü, òî ïå÷àòàþòñÿ îáà àðãóìåíòà, â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íè îäíîãî.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as
+Íàïðèìåð, ñòàíäàðòíîå îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèè |simple| îïðåäåëåíî íå òàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+% because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple|
+% is defined as
+ïîñêîëüêó àðãóìåíò \#1 ìîæåò áûòü ïóñòûì. Âìåñòî ýòîãî |simple|
+îïðåäåë¸í ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
+ | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+% causing the space to appear only if the label name is present.
+â~ðåçóëüòàòå ïðîáåë ïîÿâèòñÿ òîëüêî òîãäà, êîãäà åñòü èìÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî
+çàãîëîâêà.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
+% Likewise you can define your own caption text formats:
+Àíàëîãè÷íî ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè:
+\begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1}
+ |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé àðãóìåíò \#1}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text.
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
+% You can define your own caption label separators with
+Ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ðàçäåëèòåëü íîìåðà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+ êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself:
+È~îïÿòü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç òîãî, ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
+ \end{quote}
+ \begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+% which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting.
+% So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash|
+% are defined in this way.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+êîòîðûé îïðåäåëÿåò êîä, áåç èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ íàñòðîåê èç êëþ÷à |label|\-|font=|.
+Òàê, íàïðèìåð, ðàçäåëèòåëè |quad|, |newline| è |endash|
+îïðåäåëåíû ýòîé êîìàíäîé.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
+% You can define your own caption justifications with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííóþ âûêëþ÷êó ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption.
+% E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as
+Àðãóìåíò \meta{code} çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó äî íà÷àëà ïîäïèñè.
+Íàïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûêëþ÷êè |raggedright|, êîòîðàÿ îïðåäåëåíà êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+% typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin.
+âûêëþ÷àåò âñå ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè â~ëåâûé êðàé.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
+% You can define your own caption fonts with
+Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñâîé øðèôò äëÿ ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as
+Íàïðèìåð äàííûé ïàêåò îïðåäåëÿåò îïöèè |small| è~|bf| êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad è\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\iffalse
+% The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package,
+% for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+Èíòåðëèíüÿæ ìîæåò áûòü íàñòðîåí ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà \package{setspace},
+íàïðèìåð:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
+% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since
+% it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|\quad\footnote{%
+ \emph{\DefaultNoteText}: Èñïîëüçîâàíèå \cs{singlespacing} â äàííîì ñëó÷àå
+ íå ðàáîòàåò ïîñêîëüêó ñîäåðæèò êîìàíäó \cs{vskip}.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+\fi
+% An example which brings color into life:
+Ïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ öâåòà:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+% But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition
+Íî ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ óæå èñïîëüçóåò õèòðîóìíîå îïðåäåëåíèå
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
+\end{quote}
+% you can get the same result simply with
+âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò çàäàâ ïðîñòî
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
+ | textfont={color=green}}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
+% You can define your own caption styles with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîè ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved
+% under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the
+% option |style=|\meta{style name}.
+Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ýòî êîëëåêöèÿ êëþ÷åé, ñîõðàí¸ííûõ
+ïîä äàííûì èìåíåì. Âû ìîæåòå ïðèâåñòè èõ â~äåéñòâèå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à
+|style=|\meta{style name}.
+
+% All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style}
+% for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different
+% to them.
+Âñå ñòèëè ïîäïèñåé áàçèðóþòñÿ íà óñòàíîâêàõ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. (Ñì. ïîëíûé ñïèñîê
+â~\Ref{style}.) Ïîýòîìó äîñòàòî÷íî îïðåäåëèòü îïöèè, îòëè÷íûå
+îò óæå çàäàííûõ.
+
+% If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when
+% the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with
+% the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
+Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå \meta{additional options} îíè áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîãäà
+ïîäïèñü áóäåò îäíîñòðî÷íîé, è~êîíòðîëü êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé íå îòêëþ÷åí
+çàäàíèåì îïöèè |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
+
+% Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The
+% caption style |base| is pre-defined as
+Îïÿòü æå î÷åíü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç ñàìîãî ïàêåòà. Ñòèëü ïîäïèñåé |base|
+îïðåäåë¸í êàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
+ | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% Something more exciting:
+×òî-òî ïîèíòåðåñíåå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
+ | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
+ | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives you caption like these ones:
+äàñò âàì ïîäïèñè êàê â~ñëåäóþùåì ïðèìåðå:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
+ \caption{Êîðîòêàÿ ïîäïèñü.}
+ \caption{Äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ,
+ äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ,
+ äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, ïîäïèñü.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% You can define your own caption list formats with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ôîðìàò äëÿ Ñïèñêîâ, èñïîëüçóÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|),
+% and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|).
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè (íàïðèìåð |\p@figure|)
+è~\#2 \cdash--- íà íîìåð (íàïðèìåð, |\thefigure|).
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionType}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% You can define your own floating environments and caption types with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííûå îêðóæåíèÿ è~òèïû ïîäïèñåé, èñïîëüçóÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{type}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+\end{quote}
+% where \meta{options} are one or more of
+ãäå \meta{options} îäíà èç
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l@{\qquad}l}
+ |fileext=| & \meta{file extension}
+ & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|fileext=lod|)}\\
+% |listname=|\meta{list name}\\
+% |name=|\meta{prosa name}\\
+ |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}}
+ & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|placement=tbp|)}\\
+ |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad.
+ & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|within=section|)}
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% If no \meta{options} are given, ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file
+% extension} for the list, ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier,
+% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter},
+% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering.
+% (If ``|none|'' was specified as value, the numbering of the new
+% type will be continuous throughout the document.)
+Åñëè \meta{options} íå çàäàíû, «lo\meta{type}» áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàí êàê \meta{file
+extension} äëÿ Ñïèñêà, «|tbp|» êàê îïöèÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ \meta{placement}
+è~«|chapter|» èëè «|none|» êàê ñ÷¸ò÷èê \meta{``within'' counter},
+ò.\,å. ñ÷¸ò÷èê, êîíòðîëèðóþùèé ïåðåíóìåðàöèþ.
+(Åñëè çàäàí «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ íîâîãî òèïà ôëîòà
+áóäåò ñêâîçíàÿ.)
+
+% If no \meta{name} is given, the name of the newly created type will be set
+% to \meta{type}, but with an uppercase first letter.
+% If no \meta{list name} is given, the list name will be set to ``List of
+% \meta{name}s''.
+Åñëè íå çàäàí êëþ÷ \meta{name}, èìÿ âíîâü ñîçäàííîãî òèïà ôëîòîâ áóäåò âçÿòî
+èç àðãóìåíòà \meta{type}, íî ñ~ïåðâîé ïðîïèñíîé áóêâîé.
+Åñëè íåò àðãóìåíòà \meta{list name}, íàçâàíèå Ñïèñêà áóäåò çàäàíî êàê «List of
+\meta{name}s». [Äëÿ îïöèè \meta{name} íåò ïîääåðæêè íà ðóññêîì ÿçûêå.]
+% caption-deu.tex:
+% (Diese Vorbelegungen sind also nur fur
+% englischsprachige Dokumente geeignet,
+% bei anderssprachigen Dokumenten sollte man also immer \meta{Name} und
+% \meta{Listenname} mit angeben.) which means:
+%
+% (This presets are only appropriate for English documents, so for
+% other languages you should use the optional arguments "name" and "list name".)
+(Ýòè àâòîìàòè÷åñêèå óñòàíîâêè âîçìîæíû òîëüêî äëÿ
+àíãëèéñêèõ äîêóìåíòîâ, ïîýòîìó äëÿ
+äðóãèõ ÿçûêîâ îïöèè \meta{name} è~\meta{list name}
+îáÿçàòåëüíû.)
+
+% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|,
+% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
+% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called
+% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined, same for |sideways|\meta{type}
+% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package),
+% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package).
+Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ìîæåò áûòü ñîçäàí ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\listof|\meta{type}|s|,
+àíàëîãè÷íûé |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| è~|\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
+Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{fltpage}, îêðóæåíèå
+|FP|\meta{type} áóäåò îïðåäåëåíî, òî æå äëÿ |sideways|\meta{type}
+(ïàêåò \package{rotating}), |SC|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{sidecap}),
+è~|wrap|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}).
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% So for example
+Òàê, íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}|
+\end{quote}
+% will define a new caption type and floating environment called |diagram|,
+% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name
+% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name
+% ``List of Diagrams''.
+% The list could be typeset with |\listofdiagrams|.
+% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FPdiagram|,
+% |sidewaysdiagram|, |SCdiagram|, and |wrapdiagram| will be defined additionally.
+îïðåäåëÿåò íîâûé òèï ïîäïèñè è~îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà, íàçâàííûé |diagram|,
+Ñïèñîê áóäåò çàïèñûâàòüñÿ â~ôàéë ñ~ðàñøèðåíèåì |lodiagram|, èìÿ
+(èñïîëüçóåìîå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå ïîäïèñè) áóäåò «|Diagram|» è~çàãîëîâîê Ñïèñêà
+«|List of Diagrams|». Ñïèñîê ìîæåò áûòü ðàñïå÷àòàí êîìàíäîé |\listofdiagrams|.
+Â~çàâèñèìîñòè îò òîãî, êàêèå ïàêåòû çàãðóæåíû, îïðåäåëÿòñÿ äîïîëíèòåëüíî îêðóæåíèÿ
+|FPdiagram|,
+|sideways|\-|diagram|, |SCdiagram| è~|wrap|\-|diagram|.
+
+%caption-deu.tex
+% So definiert zum Beispiel
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Diagramm][Diagrammverzeichnis]|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+Ïîäîáíîå æå îïðåäåëåíèå äëÿ ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè äîëæíî âûãëÿäåòü òàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Äèàãðàììà][Ñïèñîê äèàãðàìì]|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Further examples}
+\subsection{Åù¸ íåñêîëüêî ïðèìåðîâ}
+\label{examples}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 1}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text
+% you could define it this way:
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íîâóþ ñòðîêó ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì,
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ýòî ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
+\end{quote}
+% If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
+% you get captions like this:
+Åñëè âû âûáåðåòå ýòîò ôîðìàò, çàäàâ |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
+âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêîé âèä ïîäïèñåé:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+% You could even use an indention with this caption format:
+Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü âòÿæêó ñ~ýòèì ôîðìàòîì:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+% This would look like this:
+Ýòî áóäåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+% Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of
+% the caption text? No problem, e.g.
+À~÷òî åñëè, âìåñòî ýòîãî, çàäàòü âòÿæêó òîëüêî äëÿ ïåðâîé ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè?
+Íåò ïðîáëåì, íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
+\end{quote}
+% would give you captions like
+äàñò ïîäïèñü âèäà
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+% But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use
+% it for example with
+% |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|?
+% This could be done, too:
+Íî âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü îïöèþ äëÿ ýòîé âòÿæêè, äëÿ òîãî, ÷òîáû
+èñïîëüçîâàòü å¸ êàê |\captionsetup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}|?
+Ýòî òîæå ìîæíî ñäåëàòü:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
+ | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace\myindention #3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+% would give the same result as the example above.
+÷òî äàñò ðåçóëüòàò àíàëîãè÷íûé ïðèâåä¸ííîìó âûøå.
+
+% \subsubsection*{Example 2}
+\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 2}
+
+% You want captions to look like this:
+Âû õîòèòå ïîëó÷èòü ïîäïèñè òàêîãî âèäà:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+\pagebreak[2]
+% You could do it this way:
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
+ | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
+ | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Example 3}
+\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 3}
+
+% The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be:
+Òåêñò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ïîäïèñè äîëæåí áûòü âûâåäåí â~ëåâîå ïîëå? Âîçìîæíîå ðåøåíèå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
+\end{quote}
+% As a result you would get captions like this:
+Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêèå ïîäïèñè:
+\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\medskip
+
+% If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination
+% of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example:
+Åñëè ëåâûé êðàé ïîäïèñè ïðè âûõîäå ïîäïèñè íà ïîëÿ äîëæåí áûòü íà ôèêñèðîâàííîì ðàññòîÿíèè,
+ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ êîìàíä
+|\llap| è~|\makebox|, íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
+ | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Example 4}
+\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 4}
+
+% This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both.
+% This will be achieved by a combination of
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
+Ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð ïîìåùàåò ðèñóíîê ðÿäîì ñ~òàáëèöåé, íî èñïîëüçóåò îáùóþ äëÿ íèõ ïîäïèñü.
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü êîìáèíàöèåé êîìàíä
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| è~|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
+ | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | \centering|\\
+ | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
+ | \qquad|\\
+ | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
+ \qquad
+ \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+% \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption}
+% \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+% \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark}
+ \captionlistentry[table]{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ}
+ \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+ \caption{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ\footnotemark}
+\end{minipage}
+% \footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the
+% \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
+\IfFileExists{cat.eps}%
+{\footnotetext{Ðèñóíîê ëþáåçíî ïðåäîñòàâëåí èç ïðèìåðîâ êíèãè
+ \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}}{}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% (Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure
+% resp.~table counter.)
+(Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, êàê è~|\caption|, óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ôëîòà.)
+
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Document classes \& Babel support}
+\section{Êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ è~ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{babel}}
+\label{classes}
+
+% This section will give you an overview of the document classes the
+% \package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions,
+% what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with
+% them, and what are the `default' settings for them.
+Ýòîò ðàçäåë äàñò îáçîð êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êîòîðûå ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ ïàêåòîì
+\package{caption}, ÷òî îíè óæå ïðåäëàãàþò äëÿ ðàáîòû ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè,
+êàêèå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû âîçíèêàþò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~íèìè ïàêåòà \package{caption}
+è~êàêîâû óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ ýòèõ êëàññîâ.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent
+% how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example
+% setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used
+% with different document classes.
+Óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ çàâèñÿò îò êëàññà äîêóìåíòà, èñïîëüçóåìîãî âàìè; îíè ïðåäñòàâëÿþò
+îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé, ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåå çàìûñëàì àâòîðà äàííîãî êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. Íàïðèìåð, íàñòðîéêè
+|format=|\x|default| äàäóò ðàçëè÷íûé ðåçóëüòàò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ðàçíûìè êëàññàìè.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+% If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually
+% don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class)
+% are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article},
+% \class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions.
+% \Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document
+% class used and will give you the clear warning
+Åñëè âû íå íàøëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà â~ýòîì ðàçäåëå, òî, îáû÷íî, ýòî íå ïîâîä äëÿ âîëíåíèÿ:
+ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ (íàïðèìåð, êëàññ \class{octavo})
+ïîëó÷åíû èç ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ
+\class{article}, \class{report} èëè \class{book}, è~èìåþò
+àíàëîãè÷íûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ïîäïèñåé.
+\Thispackage\ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè äåëàåò ïðîâåðêó ñîâìåñòèìîñòè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà
+è~äà¸ò íåäâóñìûñëåííîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+% if such an incompatibility was detected.
+% If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the
+% usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported.
+åñëè áûëà îïðåäåëåíà íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü.
+Åñëè âû òàêîãî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ íå ïîëó÷èëè, òî âñ¸ â~ïîðÿäêå, íî åñëè âû ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå
+âñ¸ æå ïîëó÷èëè, \thispackage\ íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ è~òåì áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ.
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{}
+% anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the
+% look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{}
+% without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author
+% of the document class.
+% If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base|
+% via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined
+% state.
+% Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and
+% keep your fingers crossed.
+Åñëè âû, íåñìîòðÿ íà ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, ðåøèëè âñ¸ ðàâíî èñïîëüçîâàòü \thispackage{},
+âû äîëæíû ïðîâåðèòü, êàêîé ïîáî÷íûé ýôôåêò âîçíèêàåò. Îáû÷íî ïîäêëþ÷åííûé \thispackage{}
+áåçî âñÿêèõ îïöèé â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èçìåíÿåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé, è~îíè âûãëÿäÿò íå òàê, êàê
+ïðåäóñìîòðåíî àâòîðîì êëàññà äîêóìåíòà.
+Åñëè ýòî âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿåò, âû ìîæåòå äëÿ íà÷àëà çàäàòü êëþ÷ |style=|\x|base|,
+çàäàâ åãî â~ñòðîêå |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| èëè â~êîìàíäå
+|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}|, ÷òî âåðí¸ò õîðîøî íàñòðîåííûå ïàêåòîì óñòàíîâêè.
+Ïîñëå ýòîãî âû ìîæåòå çàäàâàòü ñâîè îïöèè è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå.
+\end{Expert}
+\endgroup
+
+\newcommand*\Option{Îïöèÿ}
+\newcommand*\defaultvalue{çíà÷åíèå \texttt{ïî óìîë÷àíèþ}}
+\newcommand*\uses{\textit{èñïîëüçóåò}}
+\newcommand*\settings{\textit{íàñòðîéêè}}
+\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{îòñóòñòâóåò}}
+
+% \subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book}
+\subsection{Ñòàíäàðòíûé \LaTeX: article, report, è~book}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+% This also applies to document classes derived from them.
+Ýòî îòíîñèòñÿ è~ê~ïðîèçâîäíûì îò íèõ êëàññàì.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% \subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \AmS: amsart, amsproc, è~amsbook}
+\label{AMS}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
+|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% |\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and
+% |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes.
+Êëàññû \AmS\ îïðåäåëÿþò êîìàíäó |\@caption|\-|font|, êîòîðàÿ çàäà¸òñÿ êàê
+|\normal|\-|font|, à~|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| \cdash--- êàê |\scshape|.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+% Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for
+% more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes),
+% the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead.
+% If you want to use a common margin for both, insert
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+% into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage.
+Êðîìå ýòîãî ïîëå ïðèíèìàåò çíà÷åíèå |\captionindent| â~ìíîãîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñÿõ
+(êîòîðîå ðàâíî â~ýòèõ êëàññàõ~|3pc|),
+ïîëå äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè óìåíüøàåòñÿ â~äâà ðàçà.
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü îáùåå ïîëå äëÿ îáîèõ âàðèàíòîâ, äîáàâüòå â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+ïîñëå çàãðóçêè ïàêåòà.
+
+% Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
+% will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for
+% |figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while
+% loading \thispackage.
+Äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàþòñÿ îïöèè |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|.
+Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü ýòè óñòàíîâêè, çàäàâ äðóãèå çíà÷åíèÿ äëÿ êëþ÷åé
+|figure|\-|position=| èëè |table|\-|position=| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà.
+
+\subsection{Êëàññ beamer}
+\label{beamer}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{íå íóìåðóåòñÿ} \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
+|font=| & \class{beamer} «|caption|» \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} «|caption name|» \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+% You can setup font and color settings with
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
+% This will still work, unless you set a different font with
+% |\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
+% Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates
+% which can be chosen with
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
+% Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism,
+% |\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
+% and
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
+% will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used.
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü øðèôò è~öâåò ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} è~%
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
+Ýòî áóäåò ðàáîòàòü, åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå äðóãîé øðèôò ÷åðåç
+|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| èëè
+|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
+Êðîìå ýòîãî êëàññ \class{beamer} ïðåäëàãàåò ðàçëè÷íûå øàáëîíû
+îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé, çàäàâàåìûå ÷åðåç
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
+Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ çàìåíÿåò ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, êîìàíäû
+|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
+è~|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
+íå èìåþò ñèëû ïðè åãî èñïîëüçîâàíèè.
+
+% \subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, è~scrbook}
+\label{KOMA}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| è~|\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~ïîääåðæêîé ``autodot''}\\
+|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{caption}| \\
+|labelfont=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features}
+% The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and
+% feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a
+% look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'.
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå âîçìîæíîñòè}
+Êëàññû \KOMAScript\ ïðåäëàãàþò ìíîãî âàðèàíòîâ äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà
+ïîäïèñåé. Ïîëíûé îáçîð âû ìîæåòå íàéòè â~[àíãëèéñêîé] äîêóìåíòàöèè
+\KOMAScript, ðàçäåë `Tables and Figures'.
+
+% \subsubsection*{Side effects}
+% The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and
+% will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package.
+% Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \&
+% |table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \&
+% |\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by
+% the \package{caption} package.
+\subsubsection*{Ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+Äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ (ïîêà)
+è~áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ ïðè ñîâìåñòíîì èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ïàêåòîì \package{caption}.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî, îïöèè \KOMAScript\ |tablecaptionabove| è~%
+|table|\-|caption|\-|below| è~êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|above| è~|\caption|\-|below|
+áóäóò ñèëüíåå ÷åì íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |position=| ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{caption}.
+
+% \subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \NTG: artikel, rapport, è~boek}
+\label{NTG}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+% |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either
+% directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|.
+% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+|\CaptionLabelFont| è~|\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| ìîãóò áûòü
+çàäàíû ëèáî íåïîñðåäñòâåííî, ëèáî
+ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. Îáà âàðèàíòà
+ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè íå áûë
+çàäàí îäèí èç êëþ÷åé |labelfont=| èëè |textfont=| äàííîãî ïàêåòà.
+
+% \subsection{\SmF{}: smfart and smfbook}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \SmF{}: smfart è~smfbook}
+\label{SMF}
+
+% Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes
+% the same default values are valid here.
+Ïîñêîëüêó êëàññû \SmF\ ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïðîèçâîäíûìè êëàññîâ \AmS, òî òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ
+äåéñòâóþò è~çäåñü.
+
+% Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|.
+% If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option
+% |max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false|
+% (which both means the same).
+Êðîìå òîãî ðàçìåð ïîëÿ îãðàíè÷åí îäíîé äåñÿòîé îò çíà÷åíèÿ |\linewidth|.
+Åñëè âàñ íå óñòðàèâàþò ýòè îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, èõ ìîæíî îòêëþ÷èòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+|maxmargin=|\x|off| èëè |maxmargin=|\x|false| (îáà âàðèàíòà äàþò îäíî è~òî æå).
+
+\subsection{Êëàññ thesis}
+\label{thesis}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |hang| \\
+% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~êðàòêèì èìåíåì}\\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+% The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+% the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
+% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+Øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ìîæåò áûòü çàäàí ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè \cdash--- ÷åðåç |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
+Îáå êîìàíäû ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îïöèè
+|label|\-|font=| èëè |text|\-|font=|, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage.
+
+% \subsection{frenchb Babel option}
+\subsection{Îïöèÿ frenchb ïàêåòà Babel}
+\label{frenchb}
+
+% If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package
+% with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them)
+% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+% (offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the
+% document class.
+% So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel}
+ñ~îäíèì èç òð¸õ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à (èëè èõ ïðîèçâîäíûìè)
+çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ êëþ÷à |labelsep=| [îïöèÿ |labelsep=default|] áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü
+çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé
+ïàêåòîì \package{frenchb}), çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, çàäàííîå êëàññîì.
+À~ïåðåîïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìàíäà |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+áóäåò ðàáîòàòü äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû
+íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+
+\INFO*
+% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package.
+Ïîæàëóéñòà çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà \package{babel}.
+
+% \subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages}
+\subsection{Ïàêåòû frenchle è~frenchpro}
+\label{frenchpro}
+
+% If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package,
+% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+% (offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default
+% value set by the document class.
+% So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåòû \package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro},
+çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |label|\-|sep=| îïðåäåëèò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû
+|\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé
+ïàêåòàìè \package{frenchle/pro}) ïëþñ \cs{space}, çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå, çàäàííîå êëàññîì
+ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+Ïîýòîìó ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+ðàáîòàåò äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû
+íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+
+% Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
+% since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the
+% \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package.
+% %If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or
+% %\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êëþ÷ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |text|\-|font=| áóäåò çàäàí êàê |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
+ïîñêîëüêó ýòî ýìóëèðóåò íàñòðîéêè êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|font| îïðåäåë¸ííîé ïàêåòàìè
+\package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro}.
+% %Åñëè âû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòå êîìàíäó |\captionfont| ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \package{frenchle} èëè
+% %\package{frenchpro}, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ïðîïàä¸ò.
+% Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the
+% \package{caption} package internally for a different purpose,
+% so you should not change it (anymore).
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|font| èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåòîì
+\package{caption} äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé, ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå åþ áîëüøå íå ïîëüçîâàòüñÿ.
+
+% The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will
+% still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=|
+% than the default one.
+Êîìàíäà |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{èëè} table} áóäåò ðàáîòàòü,
+íî òîëüêî, åñëè âû íå îïðåäåëèëè êëþ÷ |label|\-|format=|, îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ
+îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+
+\INFO*
+% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle}
+% or \package{frenchpro} package.
+Ïîæàëóéñòà, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòîâ \package{frenchle}
+èëè \package{frenchpro}.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[4]
+% \section{Package support}
+\section{Ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòîâ}
+\label{packages}
+\label{compatibility}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% \Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with
+% captions, too:
+\Thispackage\ àäàïòèðîâàí ñ~ïàêåòàìè, êîòîðûå òàêæå ðàáîòàþò ñ~ïîäðèñóíî÷íûìè ïîäïèñÿìè:
+\begin{quote}
+ \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
+ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
+ \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
+ \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
+ \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
+ \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab}
+\end{quote}
+
+% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the
+% \package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package
+% bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{}
+% and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïàêåòû \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow},
+ïàêåò \package{subcaption} (ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ \package{caption}),
+è~ïàêåò \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}
+ïîääåðæèâàþò \thispackage\ è~èñïîëüçóþò èíòåðôåéñ |\caption|\-|setup|.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+% If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines
+% the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred
+% over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and
+% avoiding conflicts.
+% If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this
+% warning message:~\footnote{%
+% You can suppress this warning by specifying the option
+% \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.}
+Åñëè ïàêåò (èëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà), íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò
+êîìàíäó |\caption|, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå áóäåò áîëåå ïðåäïî÷òèòåëüíî ïî
+ñðàâíåíèþ ñ~òåì ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage, ÷òî ñîçäàñò ìàêñèìóì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè
+è~äàñò âîçìîæíîñòü èçáåæàòü ïîñëåäñòâèé êîíôëèêòîâ.
+Åñëè ïîòåíöèàëüíàÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü áóäåò îáíàðóæåíà, âû óâèäèòå ñëåäóþùåå
+ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå:\footnote{%
+ Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàâ îïöèþ \texttt{compatibility=true}
+ ïðè çàãðóçêå äàííîãî ïàêåòà.}
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+\endgroup
+
+% As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available:
+Â~ðåçóëüòàòå, ñëåäóþùèå íàñòðîéêè, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage,
+íå áóäóò ðàáîòàòü:
+\begin{itemize}
+% \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=|
+% \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label)
+% \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables)
+% \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator)
+% \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+% \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and
+% \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins
+% \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+% \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation}
+ \item îïöèè |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| è~|listformat=|
+ \item |\caption*| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà)
+ \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (îòêëþ÷åíèå âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ)
+ \item |\caption{}| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç ðàçäåëèòåëÿ ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì)
+ \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+ \item ïðàâèëüíàÿ âûêëþ÷êà ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ òèïà \texttt{wide} è~\texttt{addmargin},
+ êîòîðûå äîáàâëÿþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå ïîëÿ
+ \item îïöèÿ \textsf{hypcap} \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ \item âîçìîæíîñòü ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïîäïèñè \See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
+% You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option
+Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü òàêîé ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè, çàäàâ
+\begin{quote}
+ |compatibility=false|
+\end{quote}
+% when loading \thispackage.
+% But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported
+% since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards.
+% (For that reason you will get a warning about this.)
+ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà.
+Íî îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè è~íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, è~íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ
+ïîñêîëüêó ìîãóò âîçíèêíóòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~äàæå îøèáêè.
+(Ïî ýòîìó ïîâîäó âû êàê ðàç óæå ïîëó÷èëè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.)
+
+\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\else\par\fi
+ \nopagebreak
+ \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
+ \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithms}
+\label{algorithms}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two
+% environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility
+% for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides
+% a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.}
+Ãðóïïà ïàêåòîâ \package{algorithms}\cite{algorithms} ïðåäëàãàåò äâà îêðóæåíèÿ:
+Îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic} ïðåäëàãàåò âîçìîæíîñòü äëÿ çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ,
+à~\texttt{algorithm} \cdash--- «ïëàâàþùèé» âàðèàíò àëãîðèòìîâ.}
+
+% Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float|
+% provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}.
+Ïîñêîëüêó îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithm} çàäà¸òñÿ ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\new|\-|float|,
+ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, îçíàêîìüòåñü ñ~\Ref{float}.
+
+\iffalse
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithm2e}
+\label{algorithm2e}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
+% writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
+Ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e}\cite{algorithm2e} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå äëÿ
+çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ â~LaTeX2e.}
+
+% Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
+% interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
+% \package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
+% the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
+Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} íå èñïîëüçóåò ñòàíäàðòíûé èíòåðôåéñ äëÿ
+îïðåäåëåíèÿ ñîáñòâåííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð, êîìàíäó~|\newfloat| èç ïàêåòà
+\package{float}) è~ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè,
+ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} \emph{íå} ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ äàííûì ïàêåòîì.
+%
+% So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
+% you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
+% floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
+% and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
+Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âàì íóæíî íàñòðîèòü ïîäïèñè èñïîëüçóÿ \thispackage,
+âû äîëæíû ñàìè ñîçäàòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ ïîääåðæèâàåìûé èíòåðôåéñ ðàáîòû ñ~ôëîòàìè
+(íàïðèìåð, èñïîëüçóÿ ïàêåòû \package{float} èëè \package{floatrow}),
+è~ñêîìáèíèðîâàòü ýòî îêðóæåíèå ñ~êîäîì ïàêåòà \package{algorithm2e}.
+%
+% As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
+% for example:
+Ñíà÷àëà âû äîëæíû îïðåäåëèòü íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic},
+íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
+ |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
+ |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
+ |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
+ |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
+ |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
+ | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
+ | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
+ | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+% Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
+% floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
+% (or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
+% and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
+% in its body, just like you would do when you use the
+% \package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
+Îïðåäåëèâ òàêîå íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå,
+âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ ñîáñòâåííîå îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\newfloat| ïàêåòà
+\package{float}, (èëè |\DeclareNewFloatType| ïàêåòà \package{floatrow}),
+è~èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ ýòîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà è~îêðóæåíèÿ
+\texttt{algorithmic} âíóòðè íåãî, àíàëîãè÷íî òîìó, êàê ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ
+ïðè òàíäåìå ïàêåòîâ
+\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic}.
+
+% You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
+Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü äëÿ ýòèõ öåëåé ïàêåò \package{algorithm}, íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ \ldots\\
+ |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
+ |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
+ |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
+ |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |% Example usage:|\\
+ |\begin{algorithm}|\\
+ |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
+ |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
+ | \SetVline|\\
+ | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
+ | a line\;|\\
+ | }{|\\
+ | another line\;|\\
+ | }|\\
+ |\end{algorithmic}|
+\end{quote}
+% Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
+% other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+% please see \Ref{float}.
+Òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå ñîçäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ñîäåðæèìîãî ôëîòà è~åãî ïîäïèñè, àíàëîãè÷íî ëþáîìó äðóãîìó
+îêðóæåíèþ ôëîòà, îïðåäåë¸ííîìó ïàêåòîì \package{float} package\cite{float},
+ñì.~\Ref{float}.
+
+% \begin{Annotation}
+% An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
+Â~êà÷åñòâå àëüòåðíàòèâû ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{algorithmicx}.
+% \end{Annotation}
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò float}
+\label{float}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands
+% \cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel
+% and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments.
+% It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places
+% the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.}
+Ïàêåò \package{float}\cite{float} ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû
+\cs{restylefloat} äëÿ ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèÿ óæå ñóùåñòâóþùåãî ìàêåòà ôëîòà
+è~\cs{newfloat} äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ íîâûõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ.
+Òàêæå îí ïðåäëàãàåò ñïåöèàëüíóþ îïöèþ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ôëîòà \texttt{H}, êîòîðàÿ ïîìåùàåò
+ôëîò «çäåñü», îòêëþ÷èâ ïëàâàíèå ôëîòà.}
+
+% For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the
+% |po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its
+% placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead.
+Äëÿ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíä \cs{newfloat} èëè
+\cs{restylefloat} îïöèÿ
+|po|\-|si|\-|tion| íå èìååò ýôôåêòà, òàê êàê ìåõàíèçì ðàçìåùåíèÿ è~ðàññòàíîâîê
+îòáèâîê êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ ñòèëåì ôëîòà ïàêåòà \package{float}.
+
+% A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be
+% executed additionally to the regular ones.
+% Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the
+% |ruled| captions: It defines the caption style
+Ñòèëè ïîäïèñè è~êëþ÷è àññîöèèðîâàííûå ñ~íàçâàíèåì äàííîãî ñòèëÿ ôëîòà
+âêëþ÷àþòñÿ ïðè çàïóñêå äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ.
+Èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì \thispackage\ ýìóëèðóåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé â~ñòèëå
+|ruled|: îí îïðåäåëÿåò ñòèëü ïîäïèñè
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
+ | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% So to change this you need either define your own caption style called
+% |ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional
+% options.%,
+%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
+Òàê, ÷òîáû èçìåíèòü ýòî âû ìîæåòå ëèáî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, íàçâàííûé
+|ruled| èëè èñïîëüçîâàòü |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\x\marg{options} è~îïðåäåëèòü
+äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îïöèè.%,
+
+% Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption
+% is specified, overriding its global value:
+Òàêæå, èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ôëîòîì â~ðàìêå (|boxed|) è~åãî
+ïîäïèñüþ ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò çíà÷åíèå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
+\end{quote}
+% For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
+% with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting
+% instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
+Äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ýòîãî, èñïîëüçóéòå |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
+ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèì çíà÷åíèåì. Èëè, åñëè âàì íóæíî âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü îáùèå
+(ãëîáàëüíûå) óñòàíîâêè êëþ÷à |skip|,
+âû ìîæåòå îòìåíèòü èñïîëüçîâàíèå ëîêàëüíîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ, çàäàâ
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with
+% |\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments
+% are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|.
+% As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these.
+% Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations,
+% so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving
+% like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|
+% instead.
+% And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I
+% recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+% \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé îïðåäåë¸ííûõ êîìàíäàìè |\new|\-|float| èëè |\re|\-|style|\-|float|
+ìîæíî çàäàòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäðèñóíî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü, êðîìå òîãî
+ýòè îêðóæåíèÿ ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê
+îïðåäåë¸ííûå â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å |figure| è~|table|.
+Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ìíîæåñòâî ïàêåòîâ íå ìîæåò áûòü êîîïåðèðîâàòüñÿ ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì.
+Áîëåå òîãî ïàêåò \package{float} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîñòàòêè è~îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ïîýòîìó, åñëè
+âàì íóæíî îïðåäåëèòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, ðàáîòàþùåå êàê
+|figure| èëè |table| \cdash--- ÿ ðåêîìåíäîâàë áû äëÿ ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
+À~äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ è~èõ íàñòðîéêè ìîæíî
+èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| èç ïàêåòà
+\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Note}
+
+\iffalse
+% Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
+% the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
+% wrong.
+% And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
+% in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
+% correctly afterwards.
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âàì \emph{íå} íóæíî çàäàâàòü |\restyle|\-|float| äëÿ èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ
+îïöèè ðàçìåùåíèÿ «|H|». Íåêîòîðûå ðóêîâîäñòâà ñîâåòóþò ýòî, íî ýòî íåâåðíî.
+À~çàäàíèå |\restyle|\-|float{table}| õîðîøèé ñïîñîá ñáèòü ñåáÿ ñ~íîã,
+ïîñêîëüêó ìíîãèå ïàêåòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå â~ñâîèõ ìàêðîêîìàíäàõ îêðóæåíèå |table| ïåðåñòàþò
+ðàáîòàòü.
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò floatflt}
+\label{floatflt}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables
+% which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.}
+Ïàêåò \package{floatflt}\cite{floatflt} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ
+ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and
+% |float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |floating|\-|figure|
+è~|floating|\-|table|,
+ìîæíî çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| resp.~|table|.
+Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ñîîòâåòñòâåííî ê~îñíîâíûì äëÿ |figure| èëè |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| èëè |width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ òàêèõ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå èõ ñòðîãî,
+âíóòðè |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| èëè
+|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò fltpage}
+\label{fltpage}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the
+% caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page
+% for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom
+% of the previous or next page.}
+Ïàêåò \package{fltpage}\cite{fltpage} ïðåäëàãàåò âíåøíþþ ïîäïèñü äëÿ ôëîòîâ
+|figure| èëè |table|, ñîäåðæèìîå êîòîðûõ çàíèìàåò öåëóþ ñòðàíèöó.
+Ïîäïèñü ïðè ýòîì ðàçìåùàåòñÿ íà ïðåäûäóùåé èëè ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå [íà ðàçâîðîòå].}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|:
+Ñëåäóþùèå êëþ÷è êîíòðîëèðóþò ññûëêè íà îêðóæåíèÿ |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|:
+\begin{description}
+% \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to
+% |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+% (The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
+% \item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref}
+% will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+% (The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
+ \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} èëè \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêà â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ áóäåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè
+|figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà.
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPlist=|\x|caption|.)
+\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} èëè \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêè \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, èëè \cs{nameref}
+áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè |figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà.
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPref=figure|.)
+\end{description}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable|
+% environments you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|
+âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò çàäàíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ
+|figure| èëè |table|.
+
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |FP|\meta{name} which behaves like |FP|\-|figure| and
+% |FP|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} òàêæå îïðåäåëèò
+îêðóæåíèå |FP|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå áóäåò àíàëîãè÷íî |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò hyperref}
+\label{hyperref}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross
+% referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.}
+Ïàêåò hyperref\cite{hyperref} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ óïðàâëåíèÿ êîìàíäàìè ïåðåêð¸ñòíûõ ññûëîê
+â~\LaTeX'å äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ãèïåðòåêñòîâûõ ññûëîê âíóòðè äîêóìåíòà.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink
+% anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package
+% which they supersede.}
+Ñóùåñòâóþò äâà êëþ÷à, êîíòðîëèðóþùèõ ðàçìåùåíèå ãèïåðññûëîê:\footnote{Ýòè
+îïöèè íàçâàíû ïî ïàêåòó \package{hypcap}, êîòîðûé îíè çàìåíÿþò.}
+\begin{description}
+% \item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the
+% List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at
+% the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par
+% If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par
+% (The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} èëè \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |true| âñå ãèïåðññûëêè \cdash--- çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêàõ ðèñóíêîâ (òàáëèö),
+êîìàíäû |\ref| è~|\autoref| \cdash--- áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû
+ê~íà÷àëó îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.\par
+Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |false| ãèïåðññûëêè (îáû÷íî) ïðèâÿçûâàþòñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè.\par
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcap=true|.)
+% \item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of
+% the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between
+% the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself,
+% e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par
+% (The default setting is |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî âûãëÿäèò ïëîõî, åñëè ãèïåðññûëêà ïîïàäàåò òî÷íî ââåðõ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû,
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûé ïàðàìåòð ðàññòîÿíèÿ ìåæäó ïðèâÿçêîé ãèïåðññûëêè
+è~îêðóæåíèåì ôëîòà,
+íàïðèìåð, |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| óáèðàåò ýòî ðàññòîÿíèå.\par
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.)
+\end{description}
+
+% Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the
+% \package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the
+% \package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+% \package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+% \package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink
+% anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and
+% |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set.
+Îáå íàñòðîéêè íå èìåþò ýôôåêòà â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |lstlisting| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì
+\package{listings}), |longtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì
+\package{longtable}), |super|\-|tabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì
+\package{supertabular}) è |xtabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{xtab}),
+âíóòðè ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé ãèïåðññûëêè âñåãäà áóäóò çàäàíû òàê,
+áóäòî çàäàíû îïöèè |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt|.
+
+%\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak
+\pagebreak[3]Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå:\nopagebreak
+\begin{description}
+% \item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
+% \\[\smallskipamount]
+% Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested,
+% the hyperlink anchor will be placed different.
+% For example:
+\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg\ldots\ è~%
+ \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, äàäóò âàì èäåíòè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû.
+Íî ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, è~ñ~îïöèåé |hypcap=|\x|true|,
+ãèïåðññûëêà áóäåò äðóãîé. Íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+% will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption.
+% (And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.)
+% But
+Ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~ïîäïèñü.
+(À~åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.)
+Íî
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \caption{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+% will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|,
+% since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type
+% to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too.
+ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~íà÷àëî îêðóæåíèÿ |mini|\-|page|,
+ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|setup|\x|{type=|\x|figure}| íå òîëüêî çàäà¸ò íàñòðîéêè äëÿ
+ôëîòà «figure», íî òàêæå ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêó.
+
+% \item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg\ldots\ è~%
+ \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances.
+% So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to
+% the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command.
+% So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument,
+% |\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result.
+% So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't
+% want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables.
+Îïÿòü æå, áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, îáà âàðèàíòà äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò.
+À~ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, îòëè÷èå áóäåò â~íþàíñàõ.
+Òàê, íàïðèìåð, äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\caption| òàêæå áóäåò çàïèñàí â~%
+|aux|-ôàéë, è~òàêæå áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîìàíäà |\name|\-|ref|.
+Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó ïîäïèñè~|\caption| ñ~ïóñòûì äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì, êîìàíäà
+|\name|\-|ref| òàêæå äàñò âàì «ïóñòîé» ðåçóëüòàò.
+Ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}, åñëè âàì íå íóæíî
+çàïèñûâàòü ðèñóíîê â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö.
+\end{description}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò hypcap}
+\label{hypcap}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem
+% that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption
+% rather than the beginning of the float.
+% Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself,
+% the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.}
+% %, at least when you use \thispackage.}
+Ïàêåò \package{hypcap}\cite{hypcap} ïðåäëàãàåò ðåøåíèå ïðîáëåì, ñâÿçàííûõ ñ~ôëîòàìè
+ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, êîòîðûé ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêè â~ïîäïèñü,
+à~íå â~íà÷àëî ôëîòà.
+Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ \version{3.1} óæå ðåøèë ýòó ïðîáëåìó ñâîèìè ñðåäñòâàìè,
+ïàêåò \package{hypcap} îáû÷íî íå íóæåí.%
+% , êîãäà âû èñïîëüçóåòå
+% \thispackage.
+}
+
+% If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the
+% \package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink
+% anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=|
+% and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
+Åñëè ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàãðóæåí äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~ïàêåòó \package{hyperref},
+òî êîíòðîëü çà ãèïåðññûëêàìè ïåðåõîäèò îò ïàêåòà \package{caption} ê~íåìó,
+ïåðåêðûâàÿ îïöèè êëþ÷åé |hypcap=| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
+
+% So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore,
+% instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap}
+% package) for this.
+Ïîýòîìó äëÿ ðó÷íîãî ðàçìåùåíèÿ ãèïåðññûëêè |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
+óæå íå ãîäèòñÿ, è~âìåñòî ýòîãî âû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\capstart|
+(ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{hypcap}).
+
+% Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good
+% placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and
+% |table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also
+% offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for
+% |floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package),
+% |FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package),
+% |fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package),
+% |par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package),
+% |SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package),
+% |three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package),
+% and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---%
+% %so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will
+% %loose that.
+Ïðè àâòîìàòè÷åñêîì ðàçìåùåíèè ãèïåðññûëîê, ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàäà¸ò âåðíîå
+ðàçìåùåíèå òîëüêî äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~%
+|table|. Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê îïöèÿ êëþ÷à |hypcap=true| ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå
+êîððåêòíîå ðàçìåùåíèÿ ññûëîê äëÿ îêðóæåíèé
+|floating|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{floatflt}),
+|FPfigure| è~|FPtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòîì \package{fltpage}),
+|figwindow| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picinpar}),
+|parpic| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picins}),
+|SCfigure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap}),
+|three|\-|part|\-|table| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{threeparttable}),
+è~|wrap|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}).%---%
+%ïîýòîìó, çàãðóæàÿ ïàêåò \package{hypcap}, âû òåðÿåòå ýòè âîçìîæíîñòè.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò listings}
+\label{listings}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.}
+Ïàêåò \package{listings}\cite{listings} ïîìîãàåò ðàñïå÷àòàòü ïðîãðàììíûé êîä.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment
+% you can use
+Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |lstlinsting|
+âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options
+% for controlling the position and the skips of the caption:
+% |caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+% \See{\package{listings} documentation for details.}
+% These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but
+% can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
+% e.g.%~
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{listings} èìååò ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè
+äëÿ êîíòðîëÿ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ îòáèâîê âîêðóã ïîäïèñè:
+|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, è~|below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+\See{ïîäðîáíåå â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings}.}
+Îïöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþò îïöèè \package{caption}, íî
+ìîãóò áûòü â~ñâîþ î÷åðåäü ïåðåïèñàíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ íàñòðîåê
+|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
+íàïðèìåð,
+\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò longtable}
+\label{longtable}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment
+% which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table
+% itself can span multiple pages.}
+Ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå,
+êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî \texttt{tabular}, íî òàáëè÷íûé ìàòåðèàë ìîæåò çàíèìàòü
+íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment
+% you can use
+Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table|
+âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table|.
+Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ
+|table|.
+
+% The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|,
+% so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and
+% |long|\-|table|s.
+% But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default
+% $=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that.
+% (But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by
+% |\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|,
+% even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.)
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| îáû÷íî ïåðåêðûâàþò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû
+|\LTcapwidth|, ïîýòîìó
+âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü èäåíòè÷íîå îôîðìëåíèå äëÿ ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |table| è~%
+|longtable|.
+Íî åñëè âû çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ,
+÷òî ðàâíî ${}={}$|4in|, \thispackage\ áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòî çíà÷åíèå.
+(Íî |\LTcapwidth| áóäåò ïåðåïèñàíî ïîñëåäóþùåé íàñòðîéêîé
+|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, äàæå åñëè îíî çàäàíî
+îòëè÷íûì îò~|4in|.)
+
+\begin{Note}
+% |\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s.
+% Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment
+% the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment
+% instead.
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter
+% please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the
+% \package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be
+% loaded automatically).
+Êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|of| è~|\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàþò â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |long|\-|table|.
+Êðîìå òîãî íè |\caption| íè |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| íå óâåëè÷èâàþò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà
+òàáëèö |table|; åãî çíà÷åíèå óïðàâëÿåòñÿ îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|.
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îêðóæåíèå |longtable| áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèö, |table|,
+èñïîëüçóéòå îêðóæåíèå |longtable*|, ïðåäëàãàåìîå ïàêåòîì \package{ltcaption},
+êîòîðûé ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ ïàêåòà \package{caption} è~çàãðóæàåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò picinpar}
+\label{picinpar}
+\packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar}
+% package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full
+% width of a page and are float around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Àíàëîãè÷íûé ïàêåòó \package{floatflt}, ïàêåò \package{picinpar}%
+\cite{picinpar} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.
+Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü
+ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and
+% |tab|\-|window| environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíû ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figwindow| è~|tabwindow|
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figwindow]{|\ldots|}| èëè
+|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figtable]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò picins}
+\label{picins}
+\packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the
+% \package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not
+% span the full width of a page and are float around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Àíàëîãè÷åí ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt} è~\package{picinpar}
+\package{picins}\cite{picins} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.
+Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü
+ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |parpic| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+% Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures,
+% and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| íå ñîçäà¸ò çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ,
+à~êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| çàäà¸ò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables.
+% \iffalse
+% if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used.
+% The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if
+% |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used.
+% \fi
+% But you can override this by setting it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö.
+\iffalse
+åñëè çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |width| íå áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ (íî êëþ÷ |margin| áóäåò), åñëè
+çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side|.
+\fi
+Íî ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü íàñòðîéêàìè
+|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+% If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please
+% do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins}
+% documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command
+% which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.:
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ïîäïèñü, |\piccaption|, íå äëÿ |figure|, à~äëÿ äðóãîãî òèïà ôëîòà,
+\emph{íå} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå êîìàíäó |\@captype|, êàê ïðåäëîæåíî â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà
+\package{picins}.
+Èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}, ïðåäëàãàåìóþ äàííûì ïàêåòîì,
+íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
+ |\piccaption{An example table}|\\
+ |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò rotating}
+\label{rotating}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating
+% environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which
+% are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree.
+% Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.}
+Ïàêåò \package{rotating}\cite{rotating} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ
+\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} è~\texttt{side\-ways\-table}
+êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè, íî ðàçâ¸ðíóòûìè íà 90~ãðàäóñîâ.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà \cs{rotcaption} äëÿ ïîâîðîòà òîëüêî ïîäïèñåé.}
+
+\iffalse % No, we don't do that
+% If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and
+% |side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |sidewaysfigure| è~|sidewaystable|
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+\fi
+
+% The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so
+% |\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to
+% |\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|.
+Êîìàíäà |\rot|\-|caption| áûëà ðàñøèðåíà äàííûì ïàêåòîì, ïîýòîìó
+|\rot|\-|caption*| èëè |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| ìîãóò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíû àíàëîãè÷íî
+êîìàíäàì |\caption*| è~|\captionof|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |side|\-|ways|\meta{name} which behaves like
+% |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and |side|\-|ways|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò
+îêðóæåíèå, íàçûâàåìîå |side|\-|ways|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî
+|side|\-|ways|\-|figure| è~|side|\-|ways|\-|table|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò setspace}
+\label{setspace}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands
+% to change the spacing,
+% e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+% causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.}
+Ïàêåò \package{setspace}\cite{setspace} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè è~êîìàíäû äëÿ
+èçìåíåíèÿ èíòåðëèíüÿæà,
+íàïðèìåð \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+ñîçäàñò äîêóìåíò, ðàñïå÷àòàííûé ñ~ïîëóòîðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì.}
+
+% If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage,
+% the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed
+% by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|,
+% |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|.
+% \See{also \Ref{fonts}}
+Åñëè ïàêåò \package{setspace} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ âìåñòå ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì,
+ïîäïèñü áóäåò íàïå÷àòàíà ñ~îäèíàðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì. Ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü,
+çàäàâ ëèáî |font=onehalfspacing|, |font=doublespacing|, ëèáî
+|font={stretch=|\meta{amount}|}|. \See{òàêæå \Ref{fonts}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò sidecap}
+\label{sidecap}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments
+% \texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures
+% and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.}
+Ïàêåò \package{sidecap}\cite{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ
+|SCfigure| è~|SCtable|, êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè,
+íî ïîäïèñè ïîìåùàþòñÿ \emph{ñáîêó} ñîäåðæèìîãî.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable|
+% environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |SCfigure| è~|SCtable|
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |SC|\meta{name} which behaves like |SC|\-|figure| and
+% |SC|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} ìîæåò îïðåäåëèòü
+îêðóæåíèå |SC|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî |SCfigure| è~|SCtable|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Note}
+% The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification.
+% If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option
+% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents.
+Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè äëÿ âûêëþ÷êè ïîäïèñåé.
+È~åñëè îíè çàäàíû, òî îíè ïåðåîïðåäåëÿò íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à
+|justification=| äëÿ ïîäïèñåé ñòîÿùèõ ñáîêó.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\captionsetup|\x|[SCfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|
+èëè |\captionsetup|\x|[SCtable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more
+% powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting
+% captions beside the contents.
+Âìåñòî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ ïàêåòà \package{sidecap} âû ìîæåòå âîñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ
+ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} äëÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ñáîêó ôëîòîâ.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection*{Undocumented features}
+% The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package
+% options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions:
+\subsubsection*{Íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå îñîáåííîñòè}
+Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} âåðñèè \version{1.6} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå
+îïöèè è~êîìàíäû êîòîðûå ïîçâîëÿþò çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè:
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
+% The package option
+Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà
+\begin{quote}
+ |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
+\end{quote}
+% causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin.
+ïîçâîëÿåò ïîìåñòèòü âñå ïîäïèñè ñáîêó íà ïîëå.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
+% The command
+Êîìàíäà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos}
+\end{quote}
+% sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|'
+% (for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment).
+% The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones
+% defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| it's `|b|'.
+çàäà¸ò âåðòèêàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå ïîäïèñè. Àðãóìåíò \meta{pos} ìîæåò áûòü ëèáî `|t|'
+(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî âåðõó), `|b|' (äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî íèçó), èëè `|c|'
+(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî öåíòðó).
+Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ òàáëèö, |table|, \cdash--- `|t|',
+äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ, |figure|, è~âñåõ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ
+ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| \cdash--- `|b|'.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò subfigure}
+\label{subfigure}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or
+% `sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment.
+% This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.}
+Ïàêåò \package{subfigure}\cite{subfigure} ïðåäëàãàåò ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ (ïîäôëîòîâ)
+âíóòðè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|.
+Ýòîò ïàêåò ÿâëÿåòñÿ óñòàðåâøèì, íîâûå ïîëüçîâàòåëÿì ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{subfig}.}
+
+% Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in
+% a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during
+% development) should still compile as expected.
+Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{subfigure} óñòàðåâøèé, îí ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ è~êîìïèëèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî â~ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòàõ
+(èñïîëüçóþùèõ \thispackage\ \version{1.x}).
+
+% Please use the \package{subfig} package instead with supports \thispackage\
+% \version{3.x}.
+Âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ïàêåò \package{subfig}; åãî ïîääåðæèâàåò \thispackage\
+\version{3.x}.
+
+% \See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.}
+\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåòû supertabular è~xtab}
+\label{supertabular}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+% packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite
+% similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the
+% \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful
+% packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Ïàêåòû \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} è~\package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+ïðåäëàãàþò îêðóæåíèå,
+àíàëîãè÷íîå \texttt{long\-table}, (ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable}),
+êîòîðîå ìîæåò ðàçáèâàòüñÿ íà íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö.
+Äåòàëüíûå îáúÿñíåíèÿ ðàçëè÷èé ýòèõ ìîùíûõ ïàêåòîâ
+ñì.~â~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular|
+% resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |super|\-|tabular|
+èëè~|xtabular| âû ìîæåòå çàïèñàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî}\\
+ |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+\begin{Note}
+% |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s.
+Êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~|super|\-|tabular| è~|xtabular|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò threeparttable}
+\label{threeparttable}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme
+% for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and
+% the caption.
+% This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in
+% tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.}
+Ïàêåò \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}
+ïðåäëàãàåò ñõåìó äëÿ òàáëèö, èìåþùèõ ñòðóêòóðèðîâàííûé ðàçäåë çàìå÷àíèé ïîñëå òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà
+è~ïîäïèñè.
+Ýòà ñõåìà ïðåäëàãàåò îòâåò äëÿ ñòàðîé ïðîáëåìû ðàçìåùåíèÿ ñíîñîê â~òàáëèöàõ áåç íåîáõîäèìîñòè
+ñîçäàíèÿ ñíîñîê.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and
+% |measured|\-|figure| environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé
+|three|\-|part|\-|table| è~|measured|\-|figure|,
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table| or |figure|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+\begin{Note}
+% Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here,
+% the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% at least unless you set it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|.
+Ïîñêîëüêó øèðèíà ïîäïèñè ðàâíà øèðèíå òàáëèöû,
+êëþ÷è |margin| è~|width| çäåñü íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî
+|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[threeparttable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|
+èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[measuredfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can
+% also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose.
+Âìåñòî ïàêåòà \package{threeparttable} ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü
+ïàêåò \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò wrapfig}
+\label{wrapfig}
+\packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the
+% \package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers
+% figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float
+% around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Àíàëîãè÷íî ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{picinpar} è~%
+\package{picins}, ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig} ïðåäëàãàåò
+îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.
+Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü
+ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and
+% |wrap|\-|table| environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure|
+è~|wrap|\-|table| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |wrap|\meta{name} which behaves like |wrap|\-|figure|
+% and |wrap|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò
+íîâîå îêðóæåíèå |wrap|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå àíàëîãè÷íî |wrap|\-|figure| è~|wrap|\-|table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and
+% tables, unless you set it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}|
+èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wraptable]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% If the \package{wrapfig} package should be used in coorperation with the
+% \package{float} package, it needs to be loaded \emph{after} the
+% \package{float} package. Furthermore |\new|\-|float| and |\restyle|\-|float|
+% commands \emph{should} be placed after \emph{both} packages have been loaded.
+Åñëè ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} äîëæåí áûòü èñïîëüçîâàí ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì
+\package{float}, òî åãî íóæíî çàãðóçèòü \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà
+\package{float}. Êðîìå òîãî êîìàíäû |\new|\-|float| èëè |\restyle|\-|float|
+\emph{äîëæíû} áûòü ïîìåùåíû ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \emph{îáîèõ} ïàêåòîâ.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Further reading}
+\section{Ðåêîìåíäóåìàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà}
+
+% I recommend the following documents for further reading:
+ß ðåêîìåíäóþ ñëåäóþùèå äîêóìåíòû äëÿ äàëüíåéøåãî ÷òåíèÿ:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+% The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX:
+ The \TeX\ FAQ -- ×àÂî ïî \TeX'ó è~\LaTeX'ó:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ A French FAQ can be found at
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+%^^A \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around
+%^^A including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents.
+%^^A You will find this document in the directory
+ \textsf{epslatex} (Keith Reckdahl) ñîäåðæèò ìíîæåñòâî ïîäñêàçîê
+ êàê ðàçìåñòèòü èëëþñòðàöèîííûé ìàòåðèàë â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ñîçäàííîé â~\LaTeXe.
+ Âû íàéäåòå ýòîò ôàéë â~äèðåêòîðèè
+ \begin{quote}\url{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
+\end{itemize}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Thanks}
+\section{Áëàãîäàðíîñòè}
+
+{\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm}
+\selectfont
+I would like to thank Katja Melzner,
+Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
+David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, and Keith Reckdahl.
+Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support!
+
+Also I would like to thank
+Harald Harders,
+Peter L\"offler,
+Peng Yu,
+Alexander Zimmermann,
+Matthias Pospiech,
+J\"urgen Wieferink,
+Christoph Bartoschek,
+Uwe St\"ohr,
+Ralf Stubner,
+Geoff Vallis,
+Florian Keiler,
+J\"urgen G\"obel,
+Uwe Siart,
+Sang-Heon Shim,
+Henrik Lundell,
+David Byers,
+William Asquith,
+Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
+Frank Martini,
+Danie Els,
+and
+Markus Kohm,
+who all helped to make this package a better one.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+% \section{Alphabetical Reference}
+\section{Àëôàâèòíûé óêàçàòåëü}
+
+%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
+% {\begin{trivlist}%
+% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
+% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
+% }%
+% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
+\makeatletter
+\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
+ \newif\ifMessage
+ \def\Message{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
+ \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+ \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
+ \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
+ \color{blue}%
+ \Messagetrue}%
+ \def\Description{%
+ \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
+ \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{èëè}}%
+ \def\@Or[##1]{%
+ \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
+}{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+% \subsection{Options}
+\subsection{Êëþ÷è (îïöèè)}
+\newcommand\preambleoption{\,%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotemark[2]%
+ \endgroup}
+\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+% \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}%
+ \footnotetext[2]{Ýòè îïöèè ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òîëüêî â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà.}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newcommand\cell[1]{\tabular[t]{@{}l@{}}#1\endtabular}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{@{}l@{\ }ll@{}}
+% Option & Short description & Section \\
+Êëþ÷ & Êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå & Ðàçäåë \\
+\hline\noalign{\vskip2pt}
+\endhead
+% |aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|aboveskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó íàä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\
+% |belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|belowskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ïîä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\
+% |compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{classes} \\
+|compatibility|\preambleoption & ôîðñèðîâàòü (íå)ñîâìåñòèìîñòü & \ref{compatibility} \\
+%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
+% |figurename|\preambleoption & sets the figure name & \ref{names} \\
+|figurename|\preambleoption & çàäàíèå èìåíè ðèñóíêà â~ìåòêå & \ref{names} \\
+% |figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|figureposition|\preambleoption & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîçèöèè ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà & \ref{skips} \\
+% |figurewithin|\preambleoption & sets the figure ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\
+|figurewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ}
+ & \ref{numbering} \\
+% |font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\
+|font|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\
+|format| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò & \ref{formats} \\
+% |FPlist| & to where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPlist| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü FPfigure â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+% |FPref| & to where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPref| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü |\ref| äëÿ FPfigure? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+% |hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|hangindent| & \cell{çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó [íà âåñó;\\ ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå \cs{hangindent}]} & \ref{margins} \\
+% |hypcap| & select `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcap| & îïðåäåëÿåò ðàáîòó ïàêåòà `hypcap' & \ref{hyperref} \\
+% |hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink \& contents & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcapspace| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàññòîÿíèå ìåæäó ãèïåðññûëêîé\\ è~ñîäåðæèìûì
+îáúåêòà} & \ref{hyperref} \\
+% |indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|indention| & çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó & \ref{margins} \\
+% |justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\
+|justification| & çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó & \ref{justification} \\
+% |labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\
+|labelfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ ìåòêè ôëîòà & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelformat| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò [îôîðìëåíèå] íóìåðàöèîííîãî\\ çàãîëîâêà} & \ref{formats} \\
+% |labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelsep| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì
+è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\
+% |labelseparator| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelseparator| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì
+è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\
+% |list| & switches the entries in the `List of' on or off & \ref{lists} \\
+|list| & \cell{îïðåäåëÿåò (âêëþ÷àåò/îòêëþ÷àåò) âûâîä ïîäïèñåé\\ â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ} & \ref{lists} \\
+% |listformat| & sets the `List of' entry format & \ref{lists} \\
+% |listfigurename| & sets the `List of Figure' name & \ref{names} \\
+|listfigurename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ & \ref{names} \\
+|listformat| & îïðåäåëÿåò ôîðìàò äëÿ âûâîäà â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ & \ref{lists} \\
+% |listtablename| & sets the `List of Tables' name & \ref{names} \\
+|listtablename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà òàáëèö & \ref{names} \\
+% |margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin| & çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ âîêðóã ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\
+% |margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin*| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ, â~ñëó÷àå, åñëè øèðèíà ïîäïèñè\\ íå çàäàíà} & \ref{margins} \\
+% |maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|maxmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìàêñèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\
+% |minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|minmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìèíèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\
+%| name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\
+|name| & çàäà¸ò èìÿ íîâîãî îêðóæåíèÿ & \ref{names} \\
+% |oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|oneside| & çàäà¸ò îäíîñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\
+% |options| & executes the given option list & \ref{x} \\
+|options| & âêëþ÷àåò äàííûé ñïèñîê îïöèé & \\
+% |parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|parindent| & çàäà¸ò àáçàöíûé îòñòóï & \ref{margins} \\
+% |parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\
+|parskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè & \ref{margins} \\
+% |position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|position| & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîäïèñè & \ref{skips} \\
+% |singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\
+|singlelinecheck| & âêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü [îôîðìëåíèÿ] îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé & \ref{justification} \\
+%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\
+% |skip| & sets the skip between content \& caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|skip| & \cell{çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà è~ïîäïèñè} & \ref{skips} \\
+% |strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\
+|strut| & âêëþ÷àåò èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû ðàñïîðêè |\strut| & \ref{formats} \\
+% |style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+|style| & çàäà¸ò ñòèëü îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè & \ref{style} \\
+%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+% |subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+|subtype| & çàäà¸ò âûâîä ïîäïèñè ÷àñòè ôëîòà & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+% |tablename|\preambleoption & sets the table name & \ref{names} \\
+|tablename|\preambleoption & çàäà¸ò èìÿ òàáëèöû & \ref{names} \\
+% |tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|tableposition|\preambleoption & \cell{äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ïîëîæåíèè ïîäïèñè òàáëèöû
+ \\(òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà)} & \ref{skips} \\
+% |tablewithin|\preambleoption & sets the table ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\
+|tablewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ òàáëèö}
+ & \ref{numbering} \\
+% |textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\
+|textfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\
+|textformat| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{formats} \\
+% |twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|twoside| & çàäà¸ò äâóñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\
+% |type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\
+|type| & çàäà¸ò òèï ïîäïèñè è~ïîìåùàåò íà÷àëî ãèïåðññûëêè & \ref{types} \\
+% |type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\
+|type*| & çàäà¸ò òîëüêî òèï ïîäïèñè & \ref{types} \\
+% |width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\
+|width| & çàäà¸ò ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\preambleoptiontext
+% \footnotetext{The option \opt{subtype} is explained in the
+% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+\footnotetext{Çíà÷åíèå îïöèè \texttt{subtype} îáúÿñíÿåòñÿ â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó
+ \package{subcaption}.}
+
+\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{%
+\begin{Note*}
+% Obsolete options are not listed here. See
+% \Ref{caption1} and
+% \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.}
+ Óñòàðåâøèå îïöèè çäåñü íå ïåðå÷èñëÿþòñÿ. Çà ñïèñêîì ýòèõ îïöèé îáðàòèòåñü ê~äîêóìåíòàöèè
+ \Ref{caption1} è~\Ref{caption2}.
+\end{Note*}}
+
+% \subsection{Commands}
+\subsection{Êîìàíäû}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Êîìàíäà & & Ðàçäåë \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
+|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
+|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionType| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+% \footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the
+% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+\footnotetext{Êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} îïèñàíà
+ â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}.}
+
+\clearpage
+% \subsection{Warnings}
+\subsection{Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
+ | or environment.|
+\Description
+% You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group,
+% or environment.
+% You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects.
+% \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}}
+ Âû ïîìåñòèëè |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, èëè
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| âíå áîêñà, ãðóïïû
+ èëè îêðóæåíèÿ.
+ Ýòî ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû.
+ \par\See{\Ref{types} è~\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |unknown to the caption package.|
+\Description
+% If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or
+% package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine
+% |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement.
+% As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+% using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|,
+% or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par
+% If you don't care about the original enhancements but would
+% like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead
+% you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+% a try and keep your fingers crossed.
+% (But you will get the next warning instead.)
+% \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+ \Thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë, ÷òî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êàêîé-ëèáî (íåèçâåñòíûé) êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè
+ ïàêåò, ðàñøèðèâøèé îïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|, ïîýòîìó äàëüíåéøåå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå
+ |\caption| ìîæåò óíè÷òîæèòü èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè.
+ Â~ðåçóëüòàòå íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè, òàêèå êàê |\caption*|, |\ContinuedFloat|,
+ èñïîëüçîâàíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà |\captionsetup|,
+ èëè îïöèé |list=| è~|hypcap=| íåâîçìîæíî.\par
+ Åñëè âàì íå íóæíû îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè è~âàæíåå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+ ïîëíûé ñïåêòð âîçìîæíîñòåé äàííîãî ïàêåòà, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+ íåïîääåðæèâàåìóþ(!) îïöèþ |compatibility=false|
+ è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå.
+ (Íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå âû ïîëó÷èòå ñëåäóþùåå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes}}
+
+\Message
+ |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
+ |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
+ |was given.|
+\Description
+% Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+% \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes.
+% But depending on the document class or other packages you use that
+% can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your
+% fingers crossed!
+ Åñëè âû áûëè ñòîëü îòâàæíû, çàäàâ îïöèþ |compatibility=|\x|false|,
+ \thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñäåëàòü âñ¸, ÷òî âû ïîòðåáóåòå.
+ Íî òàêîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîãî ïàêåòà ñîâìåñòíî ñ~òàêèì ïàêåòîì èëè êëàññîì
+ ìîæåò îòêëþ÷èòü íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè èëè ïîðîäèòü îøèáêè.
+ Èòàê, íàäåéòåñü íà ëó÷øåå!
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
+ |stopped early.|
+\Description
+% If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading
+% (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of
+% \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get
+% \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures
+% or tables.
+ Åñëè çàãðóçêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} çàâåðøèëàñü ðàíüøå ïîëîæåííîãî
+ (ïî êàêîé-ëèáî ïðè÷èíå), ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} ïàêåòîì
+ \package{caption} áóäåò îòêëþ÷åíà. Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ \package{hyperref} ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ è~íåôóíêöèîíèðóþùèå ãèïåðññûëêè íà ðèñóíêè
+ èëè òàáëèöû.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding
+% captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the
+% \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use
+% this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning.
+ \Thispackage\ ñòàðàåòñÿ êîððåêòíî ýìóëèðîâàòü êîìàíäû \KOMAScript, îòíîñÿùèåñÿ ê~ïîäïèñÿì.
+ Íî îïöèÿ êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| èç
+ \KOMAScript\ åù¸ íå ðàáîòàåò âìåñòå ñ~ýòèì ïàêåòîì,
+ ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû ðåøèòå å¸ èñïîëüçîâàòü, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.
+ \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
+\Description
+% You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines
+% |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug
+% in \thispackage.
+% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+ Íàäåþñü âû íå óâèäèòå òàêîãî ñîîáùåíèÿ, îíî ïîÿâèòñÿ â~ñëó÷àå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèé îêðóæåíèé
+ |figure| èëè |table|, íåèçâåñòíûõ äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ýòî îøèáêà ñàìîãî ïàêåòà
+ \package{caption}.
+ Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå.
+
+\Message
+ |\label before \caption ignored|
+\Description
+% Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its
+% non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated
+% at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead.
+% So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or
+% \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|).
+ Ìåòêè, |\label|, ê~ïëàâàþùèì îáúåêòàì ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê íåïëàâàþùèå îêðóæåíèÿ:
+ èíôîðìàöèÿ äëÿ ìåòêè ãåíåðèðóåòñÿ íå â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ,
+ à~ïîñëå êîìàíäû |\caption|.
+ Ïîýòîìó âû äîëæíû ïîìåñòèòü êîìàíäó |\label| ëèáî \emph{ïîñëå} òåêñòà
+ |\caption| ëèáî âíóòðè òåêñòà ïîäïèñè.
+
+\Message
+ |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
+\Description
+% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+% and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will
+% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé,
+ íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+ à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî
+ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
+\Description
+% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+% and this option list is not defined (yet), you will
+% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé,
+ íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+ à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî
+ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\iffalse
+\Message
+ |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\
+ |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\
+ |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\
+ |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.|
+\Description
+ \TODO
+\fi
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\
+ |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.|
+\Description
+% The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional
+% if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system.
+% If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
+% will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|.
+ Îïöèÿ |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| áóäåò ôóíêöèîíèðîâàòü
+ åñëè ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} èíñòàëëèðîâàí â~âàøåé ñèñòåìå \TeX{}.
+ Åñëè ïàêåòà íåò, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, è~|justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
+ áóäåò ðàáîòàòü êàê |justification=|\x|raggedright|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
+\Description
+% The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be
+% emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it
+% away.
+ Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà \package{caption2}, |ignoreLTcapwidth|, íå áóäåò ýìóëèðîâàòüñÿ
+ äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáû÷íî ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ìîæíî èãíîðèðîâàòü.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
+ |captions right.|
+\Description
+% The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it
+% is actually needed.
+% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could
+% get this warning.
+% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ Ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} ìîæåò áûòü çàãðóæåí ïàêåòîì \package{caption} åñëè ýòî
+ äåéñòâèòåëüíî íåîáõîäèìî.
+ Ïî êðàéíåé ìåðå äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'à, è~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå
+ âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ñîîáùåíèå.
+ Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
+\Description
+% If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the
+% page numbers to get the margins right.
+% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get
+% this warning.
+% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ äîêóìåíòà |twoside|, ïàêåòó íóæíî êîíòðîëèðîâàòü íóìåðàöèþ ñòðàíèö,
+ ÷òîáû ïîëó÷èòü âåðíî ðàçìåù¸ííûå ïîëÿ.
+ Äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'îì, à~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî
+ ñîîáùåíèå.
+ Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò.
+ \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+\Message
+ |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+% This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if
+% you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or
+% |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment,
+% this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption,
+% the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
+% and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|)
+% as well.\par
+% {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form
+% |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
+ Ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èíôîðìèðóåò î~ñìåøåíèè îïöèé. Íàïðèìåð,
+ âû èñïîëüçóåòå |\captionof{table}{|\ldots|}| âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|,
+ ýòî ÿâëÿåòñÿ ðåçóëüòàòîì èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îáåèõ îïöèé äëÿ ýòîé ñïåöèôè÷åñêîé ïîäïèñè:
+ äëÿ |figure| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
+ è~äëÿ |table| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[table]{|\ldots|}|).\par
+ {\small(Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ çâ¸çäíóþ ôîðìó êîìàíäû
+ |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
+ |particular \caption.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular
+% caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by
+% default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures,
+% or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure
+% or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par
+ \Thispackage\ íå íàø¸ë ïîäõîäÿùåå ìåñòî äëÿ ãèïåðññûëêè äëÿ äàííîé
+ ïîäïèñè, ïîýòîìó ïàêåò ðåøàåò èãíîðèðîâàòü íàñòðîéêè |hypcap=|\x|true| (çàäàííûå
+ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ). Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ññûëêà íà ýòó ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð, â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ,
+ èëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\ref| èëè |\autoref|) áóäåò ïðèâÿçàíà ê~ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû,
+ à~íå ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû.\par
+% This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment,
+% but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and
+% which is unknown to \thispackage.\par
+ Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó |\captionof| â~íåïëàâàþùåì îêðóæåíèè,
+ à~òàêæå ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|,
+ íåèçâåñòíîãî äàííîìó ïàêåòó.\par
+% If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a
+% |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or
+% |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning.
+ Åñëè âàì ýòî ïîäõîäèò è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàéòå êîä
+ |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| ïåðåä |\caption| èëè
+ |\captionof|, êîòîðûå ïîðîæäàþò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.
+% If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself.
+ Åñëè æå ýòî âàñ íå óñòðàèâàåò, âû ìîæåòå ïîïðîáîâàòü çàäàòü ãèïåðññûëêó, ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
+\Description
+% Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you
+% have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption|
+% (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well.
+% This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an
+% unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all.
+ Ëèáî êëàññ äîêóìåíòà íåèçâåñòåí äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ëèáî âû
+ ïîäêëþ÷èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\@makecaption|
+ (âíóòðåííÿÿ êîìàíäà, ñîçäàþùàÿ ïîäïèñè).
+ Ýòî îçíà÷àåò ÷òî \thispackage\ èçìåíèò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé â~íåæåëàòåëüíûì ñïîñîáîì,
+ èëè âîîáùå îòêàæåòñÿ ðàáîòàòü.
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} è~\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
+\Description
+% You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are
+% not used later on.
+% This can be because of a typo in \meta{type},
+% or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and
+% which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage
+% of the environment \meta{type} after this line.
+% (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*|
+% instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.)
+ Âû îïðåäåëèëè îïöèè |\captionsetup[|\meta{type}|]| êîòîðûå
+ ïîçäíåå íå èñïîëüçîâàëèñü.
+ Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè èç-çà îïå÷àòêè â~àðãóìåíòå \meta{type},
+ èëè ïîòîìó, ÷òî âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|,
+ íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ïðîñòî âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îêðóæåíèÿ
+ \meta{type} ïîñëå çàäàííûõ íàñòðîåê.\par
+ (Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü |\captionsetup*| âìåñòî
+ |\captionsetup|.)\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
+ |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
+ |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
+ |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
+\Description
+% The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well.
+% Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the
+% other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption.
+ Ïàêåò \meta{package} èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè.
+ Ðåøèòå, ÷åé èíòåðôåéñ âû ïðåäïî÷ò¸òå: \thispackage\ èëè
+ äðóãîé ïàêåò, èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ìîæåò çàäàòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+%^^A\subsection{Errors}
+\subsection{Ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
+\Description
+% If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption,
+% you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of|
+% for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't
+% use such list.
+ Åñëè âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü ÷òî-òî íåîáû÷íîå (íàïðèìåð òàáëèöó) âíóòðè ïîäïèñè,
+ âû äîëæíû çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò äëÿ êîìàíäû |\caption| èëè |\captionof|,
+ ÷òîáû ïîìåñòèòü òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå
+ òàêîé ñïèñîê.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside float.|
+\Description
+% You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or
+% a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|.
+% If this is what you want to, please use either
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or
+% |\caption|\-|of|.
+ Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà èëè
+ |longtable|. Åñëè âû äåëàåòå ýòî ñîçíàòåëüíî, çàäàéòå
+ |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| èëè |\captionof|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
+\Description
+% You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating
+% environment. % or |long|\-|table|.
+ Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\ContinuedFloat| âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.
+% If this is what you want to, please use the combination
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par
+ Åñëè âû ýòî ñäåëàëè ñîçíàòåëüíî, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìáèíàöèþ
+ |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\ContinuedFloat|.\par
+% Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not
+% working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which
+% typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter,
+% if sufficient for you.
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\ContinuedFloat| âíóòðè |longtable| (ïîêà) íå ðàáîòàåò,
+ íî, âîçìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàíèå îêðóæåíèÿ |longtable*|, êîòîðîå ñîçäà¸ò |longtable|
+ áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ íóìåðàöèè |table|, ðåøèò âàøè ïðîáëåìû.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} è~\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+% Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating
+% environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type,
+% e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure.
+ Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íå äîëæíû ïðåðûâàòüñÿ
+ îêðóæåíèåì äðóãîãî òèïà (èëè îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|),
+ íàïðèìåð òàáëèöà ìåæäó ðèñóíêîì è~åãî ïðîäîëæåíèåì.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\
+ |with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'|\\
+ |package *(right) after* the `float' package.|
+\Description
+% Please take care of the load order of packages
+% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
+% \package{float} package.
+ Áóäüòå âíèìàòåëüíû ñ~ïîðÿäêîì çàãðóçêè ïàêåòîâ, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå
+ ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì
+ \package{float}.
+ \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\
+ |with the `float' package you should use at least|\\
+ |`wrapfig' version 3.6.|
+\Description
+% Please take care of the version of the \package{wrapfig} package
+% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
+% \package{float} package.
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà âåðñèþ ïàêåòà \package{wrapfig}, êîòîðóþ âû èñïîëüçóåòå,
+ åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ýòîò ïàêåò âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì
+ \package{float}.
+ \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
+ |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
+ |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it
+% to a more recent version, at least to the one requested.
+ \Thispackage\ íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáíîâèòå åãî,
+ êàê ìèíèìóì äî òðåáóåìîé âåðñèè.
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
+\Description
+% You should never see this error.
+% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+ Âû íå äîëæíû ïîëó÷àòü òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå.
+ Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå.
+
+\Message
+ |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
+\Description
+% The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+% |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is
+% not defined.
+% \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or
+% any other floating environment defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|,
+% |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+% or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow}
+% package\cite{floatrow}.
+ Òèï ôëîòà \meta{type}, êîòîðûé âû âûáðàëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\captionsetup|\x|{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+ |\captionof|\x\marg{type} èëè |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|SubType| íå îïðåäåë¸í.
+ Ôëîò \meta{type} äîëæåí áûòü ëèáî `\texttt{figure}' èëè `\texttt{table}', èëè
+ ëþáîå äðóãîå îêðóæåíèå îïðåäåë¸ííîå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|,
+ |\newfloat|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float},
+ èëè |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+
+\Message
+ |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
+\Description
+% The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment.
+% Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular
+% |long|\-|table| environment instead.
+ Èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption| íåâîçìîæíî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table*|.
+ Ëèáî èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\caption*| äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè, ëèáî çàìåíèòå îêðóæåíèå íà
+ |longtable|.
+
+\Message
+ |Not available in compatibility mode.|
+\Description
+% The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode.
+% `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an
+% incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also
+% extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact,
+% some features of \thispackage\ are not supported.
+ Òðåáóåìàÿ íàñòðîéêà íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ â~ðåæèìå ñîâìåñòèìîñòè.
+ Òåðìèí `compatibility mode' («ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè») îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî \thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë
+ íåñîâìåñòèìûé êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ìîäèôèöèðóåò
+ êîìàíäó |\caption|. Îñòàâèâ îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè,
+ \thispackage\ îòìåíÿåò íåêîòîðûå ñâîè íàñòðîéêè.
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
+\Description
+% Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap}
+% package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.)
+ Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé, ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòàìè \package{fltpage} è~\package{sidecap}
+ ìîæíî ïîìåñòèòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäïèñü. (Ýòî òðåáîâàíèÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ.)
+
+\Message
+ |Option clash for package caption.|
+%\Or[but sometimes also]
+\Or[íî èíîãäà òàêæå]
+ |Missing \begin{document}.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package,
+% so you can't do that again specifying different options.
+% A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is
+% the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig}
+% package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the
+% \package{subfig} package.
+% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+ \Thispackage\ óæå çàãðóæåí äðóãèì ïàêåòîì \LaTeX'à,
+ è~íåëüçÿ çàãðóæàòü ïàêåò ïîâòîðíî, çàäàâ äðóãèå îïöèè.
+ Ïåðâîé ïðè÷èíîé âûçâàâøåé òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå ìîæåò áûòü ïàêåò \package{subfig};
+ è~åñëè ýòî òàê,
+ çàãðóçèòå \thispackage\ \emph{äî} ïàêåòà \package{subfig}
+ èëè îïðåäåëèòå |caption=|\x|false| ïðè çàãðóçêå
+ \package{subfig}.
+ \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.|
+\Description
+% If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an
+% optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of
+% Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list.
+% \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ, âû äîëæíû ñîçäàòü
+ äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäàõ |\caption| èëè~|\captionof| äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ èëè
+ Ñïèñêà òàáëèöû, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå ýòè ñïèñêè.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\iffalse % was removed in v3.1b
+\Message
+ |Something is going wrong here...|\\
+ |For a removal of this problem please consult the|\\
+ |caption package documentation, especially the sections|\\
+ |about the `float' and the `wrapfig' package.|
+\Description
+% Please take care of the load order of packages
+% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
+% \package{float} package. But maybe a different package tried to extent
+% the \package{float} package in a manner which is incompatible to
+% \thispackage!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{float} and \Ref{wrapfig}}
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîðÿäîê çàãðóæåííûõ ïàêåòîâ,
+ åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì
+ \package{float}. Íî âîçìîæíî êàêîé"=òî äðóãîé ïàêåò ïûòàåòñÿ ðàñøèðèòü íàñòðîéêè ïàêåòà
+ \package{float} íåèçâåñòíûì ïàêåòó \package{caption} ñïîñîáîì!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{float} è~\Ref{wrapfig}}
+\fi
+
+\Message
+ |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
+ |in the last figure or table.|
+\Description
+% It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one
+% which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command.
+% This is not supported.
+ Âîçìîæíî âû èñïîëüçîâàëè êîìàíäó |\sub|\-|caption| (èëè äðóãóþ êîìàíäó, ñîçäàþùóþ
+ ïîäïèñü ÷àñòè ðèñóíêà) áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé êîìàíäû |\caption|.
+ Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ.
+
+\Message
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with `format=hang'.|
+\Or
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
+\Description
+% A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like
+% |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format
+% (like |format=|\x|hang|).
+% Please select either another caption label separator
+% (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format
+% (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
+% \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}}
+ Ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, çàäàííûé êàê êîìàíäà |\\| (ò.\,å.
+ |labelsep=|\x|newline|) íå ìîæåò áûòü ñêîìáèíèðîâàí ñ~ôîðìàòîì ñîçäàþùèì ñòðîêó íà âåñó
+ (like |format=|\x|hang|).
+ Çàäàéòå ëèáî äðóãîé ðàçäåëèòåëü
+ (íàïðèìåð~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) ëèáî äðóãîé ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè
+ (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats} èëè~\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
+ |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
+ |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
+\Description
+% You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround
+% for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff
+% offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the
+% \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered
+% anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and
+% do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+ Âû çàäàëè îïöèþ |caption=|\x|false|. Ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ òîãî,
+ ÷òîáû íå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{caption} öåëèêîì (îñòàâèâ èçìåíåíèÿ êîìàíä
+ ïîäïèñåé, ñäåëàííûå êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèì ïàêåòîì íåòðîíóòûìè), íî ïîçâîëÿåò ðàáîòàòü
+ ïàêåòó \package{subfig}. Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ,
+ ïîýòîìó èñïîëüçóéòå ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig} è~íå çàãðóæàéòå
+ \thispackage\ âîâñå.
+ \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|)
+% with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|,
+% |on|, |1| is allowed here.
+ Âû ïûòàëèñü çàäàòü áóëåâ êëþ÷ (íàïðèìåð, |singlelinecheck=| èëè |hypcap=|)
+ ñ~íåâåðíîé îïöèåé. Òîëüêî |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| èëè |true|, |yes|,
+ |on|, |1| äîïóñêàþòñÿ â~îïöèÿõ ýòèõ êëþ÷åé.
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàãðóçèòü ôîðìàò ìåòêè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ðàçäåëèòåëü, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò âûâîäà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ôëîòîâ, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption position with an improper value.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü îïöèþ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ ïîäïèñè, êîòîðàÿ íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption style which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{style}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
+ |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
+\Description
+% % (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
+% The given package is dealing with caption skips as well.
+% Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option
+% of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way
+% would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore
+% not supported.
+ Äàííûé ïàêåò èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè.
+ Ðåøèòå, êàêèì ïàêåòîì ÷òî âû ñîáèðàåòåñü èñïîëüçîâàòü: êëþ÷ |position=|
+ ïàêåòà \package{caption} èëè ìåõàíèçì äðóãîãî ïàêåòà; èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ïàêåòîâ
+ ìîæåò ïîðîäèòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó ïîäïèñè è~ñîîòâåòñòâåííî íå ïîääåæðèâàåòñÿ.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
+ |the (current) caption package.|
+\Description
+% This error message says it all, you simply can't do that.
+% Please use only \thispackage.
+ Ýòî ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå ñêàçàëî óæå âñ¸, è~âàì ïðîñòî íåëüçÿ ýòî äåëàòü
+ [èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåòû \package{caption} è~\package{caption}2].
+ Èñïîëüçóéòå òîëüêî \thispackage.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
+
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Version history}
+\section{Èñòîðèÿ ñîçäàíèÿ âåðñèé}
+\label{history}
+
+% The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options
+% to customize the look \& feel of the captions.
+% Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and
+% \package{subfigure} packages.
+% Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option;
+% version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package.
+% Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package,
+% while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|.
+Âåðñèÿ $1.0$ áûëà íàïèñàíà â~1994~ãîäó è~ïðåäëàãàëà ìíîæåñòâî îïöèé
+äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé. Êðîìå òîãî ýòà âåðñèÿ óæå ïîääåðæèâàëà ïàêåòû
+\package{rotating} è~\package{subfigure}.
+Âåðñèÿ $1.1$ ïðåäëîæèëà îïöèþ |center|\-|last|;
+âåðñèÿ $1.2$ äîáàâèëà
+ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{float}.
+Âåðñèÿ $1.3$ ïðåäëîæèëà óëó÷øåííóþ ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{subfigure},
+òîãäà êàê âåðñèÿ $1.4$ âûøëà ñ~ïîääåðæêîé îïöèè |nooneline|.
+
+% The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of
+% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
+% without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new
+% features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable}
+% package.
+% Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package.
+% (A version $2.1$ was offered as bugfix-release in 2002.)
+Ïàêåò \package{caption2} âåðñèè $2.0$ áûë ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé ïîáî÷íîé âåðñèåé
+îñíîâíîãî ïàêåòà \package{caption}. Îí áûë îïóáëèêîâàí êàê áåòà-òåñò-âåðñèÿ
+áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé äîêóìåíòàöèè â~1995~ãîäó, òàê êàê óæå íàçðåëà íåîáõîäèìîñòü
+â~íîâûõ íàñòðîéêàõ äëÿ äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ, íàïðèìåð äëÿ \package{longtable}.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî áûëà ïðåäëîæåíà ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{subfigure}.
+(Â~âåðñèè $2.1$, íàïèñàííîé â~2002~ãîäó áûëè èñïðàâëåíèÿ îøèáîê.)
+
+% In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$
+% of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
+% Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
+% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
+% \package{caption2} package.
+% Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of
+% the user interface.
+% Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
+% \package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages
+% additionally.
+Â~2003~ãîäó ÿ âñ¸-òàêè íàø¸ë íåìíîãî âðåìåíè, äëÿ íîâîãî ðåëèçà $3.0$
+ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ñîçäàííîãî ñîâìåñòíî
+ñ~Ôðàíêîì Ìèòòåëüáàõîì (Frank Mittelbach) è~Ñòèâåíîì Êîêðåéíîì (Steven Cochran).
+Ýòà âåðñèÿ áûëà îïóáëèêîâàíà â~äåêàáðå 2003~ãîäà è~ñòàëà çàìåíîé
+ïàêåòà \package{caption2}.
+Îñíîâíûå ÷àñòè áûëè ïåðåïèñàíû, è~áûë ïðåäëîæåí íîâûé ïîëüçîâàòåëüñêèé èíòåðôåéñ.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïîÿâèëàñü ïîääåðæêà äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
+\package{listings}, \package{sidecap} è~\package{supertabular}.
+
+% While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard
+% \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book},
+% the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS,
+% \KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class
+% as well.
+Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè ñîçäàíû äëÿ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ
+\LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book},
+òåêóùàÿ âåðñèÿ $3.1$, îïóáëèêîâàííàÿ â~2007~ãîäó ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ïàêåòîâ \AmS,
+\KOMAScript, {\NTG} è~\SmF, à~òàêæå êëàññà \class{beamer}.
+% Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option,
+% the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages,
+% and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+% \package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable},
+% and \package{wrapfig} packages.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ñîçäàíà ïîääåðæêà ê~îïöèè \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel},
+ïàêåòàì \package{frenchle} è~\package{frenchpro},
+à~òàêæå ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}
+è~\package{wrapfig}.
+% New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things
+% |font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
+% |list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
+% |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|, and
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
+Áûëè ïðåäëîæåíû íîâûå êîìàíäû è~êëþ÷è, íàïðèìåð ïîìèìî ïðî÷åãî
+|font+|, |figure|\-|within| è~|table|\-|within|,
+|list| è~|list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| è~|min|\-|margin|,
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| è~%
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
+% Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
+% the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption
+% feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}.
+Â~äàëüíåéøåì áûëè äîáàâëåíû êîíòðîëü ñîâìåñòèìîñòè ñ~êëàññàìè è~ïàêåòàìè
+\see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
+ïîääåðæêà îïöèè |hypcap| \see*{\Ref{hyperref}}
+è~âîçìîæíîñòè ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ
+\see*{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}}.
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Compatibility to older versions}
+\section{Ñîâìåñòèìîñòü ñî ñòàðûìè âåðñèÿìè}
+
+\subsection{Ïàêåò \package{caption} v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
+\label{caption1}
+
+% This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options
+% and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package.
+% So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please
+% don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported
+% and can cause ugly side effects.
+Äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà ïîääåðæèâàåò ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû
+ñîçäàííûå â~âåðñèÿõ $1.0$--$1.4$ ýòîãî ïàêåòà. Ïîýòîìó íå äîëæíî âîçíèêàòü
+ïðîáëåì â~êîìïèëÿöèè ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî, ïîæàëóéñòà, íå ñìåøèâàéòå
+ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû ñ~íîâûìè. Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ
+è~ìîæåò äàòü íåïðèÿòíûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû.
+
+% Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how
+% they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage:
+Çäåñü äàí êðàòêèé îáçîð óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé è~êîìàíä è~÷åì
+îíè çàìåíåíû â~ñîâðåìåííîé âåðñèè ïàêåòà \package{caption}:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|normal| & |format=plain|\\
+|hang| & |format=hang|\\
+|isu| & |format=hang|\\
+|center| & |justification=centering|\\
+|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+%|anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
+|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
+|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
+|small| & |font=small|\\
+|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
+|large| & |font=large|\\
+|Large| & |font=Large|\\
+|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
+|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
+|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
+|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
+|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
+|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
+|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
+|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
+|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+% Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also
+% the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and
+% |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with
+% |\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to
+% change the font used for captions.
+% This mechanism was replaced by the commands
+Ïîìèìî îïöèé äëÿ íàñòðîåê íóæíîãî øðèôòà áûëè òàêæå êîìàíäû
+|\caption|\-|size|, à~òàêæå |\caption|\-|font| è~|\caption|\-|label|\-|font|
+êîòîðûå ìîãëè áûòü ïåðåîïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\renewcommand| è~ïîçâîëÿëè
+àëüòåðíàòèâíûé è~áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá èçìåíèòü øðèôò ïîäïèñåé.
+Äàííûé ìåõàíèçì çàìåí¸í íà êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad è\\
+ |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined
+
+% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with
+Óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé â~âåðñèè \version{1.x} çàäàâàëèñü ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% This was replaced by
+Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+% For example the old-style code
+Íàïðèìåð, ñòàðûé êîä
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
+\end{quote}
+% will still work fine, but should be written today as
+äî ñèõ ïîð ðàáîòàåò, íî ëó÷øå ïåðåïèñàòü åãî êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+% or
+èëè
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of
+% the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the
+% \package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the
+% caption package, too.
+% But using this option is not recommended anymore since this
+% version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way
+% for changing the captions of these floating environments:
+Òàêàÿ ýêçîòè÷åñêàÿ îïöèÿ |ruled|, êîòîðàÿ ïîçâîëÿëà ÷àñòè÷íî èñïîëüçîâàòü
+íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñè äëÿ ôëîòîâ ñ~îôîðìëåíèåì |ruled| èç ïàêåòà
+\package{float}, ýìóëèðóåòñÿ è~äàííûì ïàêåòîì òîæå.
+Íî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, ïîñêîëüêó äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà
+ïðåäëàãàåò áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé
+òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé ïëàâàþùèõ ôëîòîâ:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+% resp.
+è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, è~\Ref{float}]
+
+\subsection{Ïàêåò caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
+\label{caption2}
+
+% Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and
+% its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a
+% very different implementation design.
+% Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered.
+% For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in
+% this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2}
+% package will still compile fine.
+Õîòÿ èñïîëüçóþòñÿ îäíè è~òå æå íàñòðîéêè è~â~ïàêåòå \package{caption}
+è~â~ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé, íî ñåé÷àñ óñòàðåâøåé âåðñèè"=ïàêåòå
+\package{caption2}, ó~ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ ñîâåðøåííî ðàçíûé ìåõàíèçì èõ çàäàíèÿ.
+Ïîýòîìó ïîëíàÿ ñîâìåñòèìîñòü íåâîçìîæíà.
+Ïî ýòîé ïðè÷èíå äî ñèõ ïîð ñóùåñòâóåò ïàêåò |caption2.sty| â~äàííîì
+äèñòðèáóòèâå, è~ñòàðûå äîêóìåíòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå ïàêåò \package{caption2}
+áóäóò êîìïèëèðîâàòüñÿ.
+
+% Newly created documents should use the actual version of
+% \thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command
+Íîâûå äîêóìåíòû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü ñîâðåìåííûå âåðñèè ïàêåòà
+\package{caption}. Â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ìîæíî çàìåíèòü ñòðîêó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
+\end{quote}
+% by
+íà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+% But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get
+% error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing
+% these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2}
+% to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking
+% for help.
+Íî íåêîòîðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ, è~âû ìîæåòå
+ïîëó÷èòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ. Äàííûé ðàçäåë ïîìîæåò âàì ëèêâèäèðîâàòü
+òàêèå îøèáêè. Åñëè ó~âàñ ïðîáëåìû ïî çàìåíå ïàêåòà \package{caption2}
+íà \package{caption} íå ðàçäóìûâàéòå è~îòïðàâëÿéòå ìíå e-mail.
+
+% In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section
+% these ones will be emulated, too:
+Ïîìèìî óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé èç ïðåäûäóùåãî ðàçäåëà
+ñëåäóþùèå òàêæå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
+|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
+|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with
+Çàäàíèå âòÿæåê (ïîëåé) äëÿ ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàííûõ â~\version{2.x}
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+ |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+% This was replaced by
+Îíè ìîãóò áûòü çàìåíåíû íà
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+ |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+% Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with
+Âòÿæêà â~âåðñèè \version{2.x} çàäàâàëàñü êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+% This is now done with
+Ñåé÷àñ ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êàê
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands
+% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and
+% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on).
+% This was replaced by
+Êîíòðîëü êîðîòêîé ïîäïèñè êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ êîìàíäàìè
+|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü)
+è~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (äëÿ âêëþ÷åíèÿ êîíòðîëÿ).
+Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+% resp.
+è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|.
+\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+% The commands
+Êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
+ |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, è~|\renewcaptionstyle|
+\end{quote}
+% do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated
+% by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will
+% cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and
+% straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should
+% be able to find appropriate options and commands instead.
+íå èìåþò ïðîñòîé çàìåíû ïîýòîìó íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ
+äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà. (Èõ èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûçîâåò
+ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå.) Çàìåíà ýòîãî êîäà íå âñåãäà ïðîñòà,
+íî äîáðîñîâåñòíî ïðî÷èòàâ äàííîå ðóêîâîäñòâî, âû ñìîæåòå íàéòè
+ïîäõîäÿùèå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû çàìåíû.
+
+\iffalse
+... (some examples)
+\fi
+
+% The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a
+% replacement, too.
+% But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because
+% in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+% will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the
+% default one which is |4in|).
+Îïöèÿ |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| âåðñèè \version{2.x} òîæå íå èìååò çàìåíû.
+Íî â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ýòó îïöèþ ìîæíî îïóñòèòü, ïîòîìó ÷òî â~äàííîé
+âåðñèè ïàêåòà çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå (åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå,
+îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |4in|).
+\See{\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\subsection{Ïàêåò caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
+\label{caption3}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes
+% other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report},
+% and \class{book}.
+% Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{}
+% supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the
+% document class used.
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} íå ïîääåðæèâàë íèêàêèõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êðîìå
+ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report},
+and \class{book}.
+Â~ñòàðûõ íàñòðîéêàõ âåä¸òñÿ ðàáîòà íàä îøèáêàìè, íî~òåïåðü \thispackage{}
+ïîääåðæèâàåò áîëüøå êëàññîâ, ïîýòîìó íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé çàâèñÿò îò èñïîëüçóåìîãî
+êëàññà äîêóìåíòà.
+
+% For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption
+% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|,
+% it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document
+% classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used
+% with the \class{beamer} document class.
+Íàïðèìåð, â~òî âðåìÿ êàê â~âåðñèè $3.0$ çíà÷åíèåì êëþ÷à |justification|
+ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ÿâëÿåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied|, îíî îñòàíåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè
+ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà |ragged|\-|right| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè
+êëàññà äîêóìåíòà \class{beamer}.
+
+% %An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option
+% An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option
+% |style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|).
+Ïðîñòîé ïóòü çàäàòü «ñòàðûå» çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ \cdash--- èñïîëüçîâàòü îïöèþ
+|style=base| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà (èëè ïîçäíåå, â~êîìàíäå |\caption|\-|setup|).
+
+% Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an
+% incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong
+% incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled.
+Åù¸ îäíîé îñîáåííîñòüþ ñòàëà àâòîìàòè÷åñêàÿ ïðîâåðêà íà ñîâìåñòèìîñòü [êëàññà è~ïàêåòà]; åñëè
+îáíàðóæèâàåòñÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü, âûäà¸òñÿ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå î~íåñîâìåñòèìîñòè íåêîòîðûõ âîçìîæíîñòåé
+äàííîãî ïàêåòà ñ~êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà.
+% Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get
+% such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible
+% as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having
+% side-effects or causing problems.
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî òàêîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ïîÿâèëîñü òîëüêî â~òåêóùåé âåðñèè ïàêåòà, ïîýòîìó åñëè
+âû ïîëó÷èëè ýòî ñîîáùåíèå ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî è~ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè òàêæå íåñîâìåñòèìû,
+è~îíè óæå èìåëè ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~ìîãëè ñîçäàâàòü ïðîáëåìû.
+% So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could
+% happen, but not that they actually will happen.
+% Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances,
+% you should use it with care.
+Ýòè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ ãîâîðÿò, ÷òî \emph{ìîãóò} ïîÿâèòüñÿ ïðîáëåìû, íî ýòî íå çíà÷èò, ÷òî îíè
+íåïðåìåííî ïîÿâÿòñÿ.
+Â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå \thispackage\ èãíîðèðóÿ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå,
+áóäüòå îñòîðîæíû.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|,
+% which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package
+% (leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages
+% intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working.
+% This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option
+% to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+% %\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation}
+Ïàêåò âåðñèè \version{3.0} ïðåäëàãàë îïöèþ |caption=false|, êîòîðàÿ âêëþ÷àëà ëèøü
+÷àñòè÷íîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå âîçìîæíîñòåé ïàêåòà \package{caption} (ñîõðàíÿÿ
+íàñòðîéêè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ íåòðîíóòûìè), íî îñòàâëÿëà
+âîçìîæíîñòü ðàáîòû ïàêåòà \package{subfig}.
+Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì òåïåðü óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëüøå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ,
+ïîýòîìó çàäàâàéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig},
+è~íå çàãðóæàéòå äàííûé ïàêåò âîâñå.
+%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+\end{Note*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm}
+\selectfont
+ \bibitem{TLC2}
+ Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+ \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
+ \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+
+ \bibitem{beamer}
+ Till Tantau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}%
+ {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+ Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf}%
+ {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+ 2007-01-09
+
+ \bibitem{NTG}
+ Victor Eijkhout:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/classdoc.pdf}%
+ {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+ 3 September 1989
+
+ \bibitem{algorithms}
+ Rog\'erio Brito:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
+ June 2, 2006
+%
+\iffalse
+ \bibitem{algorithm2e}
+ Christophe Fiorio:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf}%
+ {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+\fi
+%
+ \bibitem{float}
+ Anselm Lingnau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf}%
+ {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+ 2001/11/08
+
+ \bibitem{floatflt}
+ Mats Dahlgren:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+ 1998/06/05
+
+ \bibitem{floatrow}
+ Olga Lapko:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/floatrow.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+ 2008/03/28
+
+ \bibitem{fltpage}
+ Sebastian Gross:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/fltpage.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+ 1998/11/13
+
+ \bibitem{hyperref}
+ Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf}%
+ {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+ November 12, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{hypcap}
+ Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+ 2007/04/09
+
+ \bibitem{listings}
+ Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+ 2007/02/22
+
+ \bibitem{longtable}
+ David Carlisle:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+ 2004/02/01
+
+ \bibitem{picinpar}
+ Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}%
+ {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+ July 13, 1993
+
+ \bibitem{picins}
+ Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/mpic.dvi}%
+ {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+ September~1992
+
+ \bibitem{rotating}
+ Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}%
+ {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+ 1997/09/26
+
+ \bibitem{setspace}
+ Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/}%
+ {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
+ 1 December 2000
+
+ \bibitem{sidecap}
+ Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/sidecap.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+ 2003/06/06
+
+ \bibitem{subfigure}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+ 2002/07/02
+
+ \bibitem{subfig}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+ 2005/07/05
+
+ \bibitem{supertabular}
+ Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/supertabular.pdf}%
+ {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+ 2002/07/19
+
+ \bibitem{threeparttable}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/threeparttable.sty}%
+ {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+ 2003/06/13
+
+ \bibitem{wrapfig}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}%
+% \href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty}%
+ {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+ 2003/01/31
+
+ \bibitem{xtab}
+ Peter Wilson:\\
+ \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}%
+ {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+ 2004/05/24
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx
index f29890615e5..de809f491a5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx
@@ -19,13 +19,13 @@
% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
%
% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty,
-% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex,
-% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{3663}
+% \CheckSum{3534}
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2011/09/30 v3.2c Customizing captions (AR)]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2011/11/02 v3.2d Customizing captions (AR)]
%\@ifundefined{PackageRedefines}{}{\PackageRedefines{caption}{caption}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -323,16 +323,12 @@
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added}
% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}}
% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package}
% |\caption@SetName|\marg{cmd}\marg{value}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{%
- \caption@setname{#1}{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \caption@ifundefined\languagename{}{%
- \@ifundefined{captions\languagename}{}{%
- \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname
- {\caption@setname{#1}{#2}}}}%
- \endgroup}
+\newcommand*\caption@SetName{%
+ \RequirePackage{newfloat}%
+ \newfloat@setname}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{\@namedef{#1name}{#2}}
@@ -354,6 +350,7 @@
\newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{%
\DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}%
\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareWithinOption
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -362,16 +359,19 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{%
- \caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\caption@Within{figure}{#1}}%
- \caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\caption@Within{table}{#1}}%
- \caption@For{typelist}{\caption@Within{##1}{#1}}%
- \def\caption@within@default{#1}}
-\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{\KV@caption@within{none}}
+ \RequirePackage{newfloat}%
+ \newfloatsetup{within=#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{%
+ \RequirePackage{newfloat}%
+ \newfloatsetup{without}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\caption@Within}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@Within[1]{\def\caption@type{#1}\KV@caption@DCT@within}
+\newcommand*\caption@Within{%
+ \RequirePackage{newfloat}%
+ \newfloat@setwithin}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@
% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed}
% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore}
-% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} added}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added}
% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|.
% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the
% various packages we support.
@@ -795,6 +795,7 @@
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added}
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added}
% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class}
% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support.
% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \&
% |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|.
@@ -810,6 +811,8 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifcaption@star \else
\caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}%
+ \M@gettitle{#2}%
+ \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -829,6 +832,11 @@
\caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}%
\caption@end}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \textsf{memoir} document class stuff:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{}
+\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor}
@@ -2608,23 +2616,6 @@
}{%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \iffalse
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@of}
-% If the float is defined by the float package (which means |\fst@|\meta{type}
-% is defined) we `execute' this float style, so |\@fs@iftopcapt| is set to its
-% proper value.
-% Furthermore we undo the re-definition of |\caption@setfloatcapt| which was
-% done by |\float@dostyle|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{%
-% \float@ifstyle{#2}{%
-% \float@dostyle{#2}%
-% \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone}{}%
-% \caption@settype*{#2}#1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \fi
-%
% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery}
% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added
% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}}
@@ -2722,21 +2713,6 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
-% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par
-% Checks if the given \meta{type} (e.g.~|figure|) is associated with a
-% float style (e.g.~|boxed|).
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \else
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par
@@ -2767,26 +2743,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\float@setstyle}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
-% |\float@setstyle|\marg{type}\marg{style}\par
-% Sets or changes the float style associated with \meta{type}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \providecommand*\float@setstyle[2]{%
- \expandafter\edef\csname fst@#1\endcsname{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname fs@#2\endcsname}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\float@dostyle}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/23}{This macro added}
-% |\float@dostyle|\marg{type}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \providecommand*\float@dostyle[1]{%
- \@nameuse{fst@#1}\@float@setevery{#1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added}
% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par
@@ -2809,7 +2765,6 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
}}{%
- \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{\@secondoftwo}%
\providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}%
% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package?
}
@@ -3054,14 +3009,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines FP-variant, too}
-% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/09/28}{Bugfix regarding newly defined \package{fltpage} environments}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@For{typelist}{%
- \newcounter{FP@#1C}%
- \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \begin{macrocode}
}{%
\let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined
@@ -3477,7 +3424,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added}
-% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting|,
+% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting|
% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user,
% we define it here.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3992,13 +3939,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines sideways-variant, too}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@For{typelist}{%
- \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}%
- \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \begin{macrocode}
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4105,20 +4045,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines SC-variant, too}
-% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/23}{Bugfix in definition of SC-variant}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\caption@For@SC[2]{%
- \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6)
- \newenvironment{SC#2}%
- {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}%
- \newenvironment{SC#2*}%
- {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}}%
- \@onlypreamble\caption@For@SC
- \caption@For{typelist}{%
- \expandafter\caption@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \begin{macrocode}
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4372,129 +4298,28 @@
%
% \subsubsection{The wrapfig package}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}{% ver 3.3 (Oct 12, 1999)
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
-% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par
-% (see \package{float} package support for details)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \else
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@restylewrapfloat}
-% This one redefines the |wrap#1| environment, e.g.~|wrapfigure|.
-% Our code uses |\caption@setoptions{wrapfigure}| so
-% |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}| will work.\par
-% But first we check if our redefinition was already done, this could
-% happen inside |\float@restyle| when the \package{wrapfig} support of
-% the \package{float} package was not installed successfully, so it has
-% not redefined |\wrap#1| there.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\caption@restylewrapfloat[1]{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname wrap#1\endcsname
- \caption@Error{%
- For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak
- with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak
- package *after* the `float' package}%
- \else
- \expandafter\let\csname caption@ORI@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname wrap#1\endcsname
- \@namedef{wrap#1}{\caption@wrapfloat{#1}}%
- \expandafter\let\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname wrap#1\endcsname
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@wrapfloat}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\caption@wrapfloat[1]{%
- \caption@settype*{#1}%
- \float@ifstyle{#1}{%
- \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined
- \caption@Error{%
- For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak
- with the `float' package you should use at least\MessageBreak
- `wrapfig' version 3.6}%
- \else
- \float@dostyle{#1}%
- \fi}{}%
- \caption@clearmargin
-%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}%
- \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}%
- \@nameuse{caption@ORI@wrap#1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Now we redefine the \package{wrapfig} environments we know about.\par
-% If someone has placed a |\newfloat| right between |\usepackage{wrapfig}|
-% and |\usepackage{caption}| (or loads \thispackage\ first, so all these
-% patches will be done with |\AtBeginDocument|) we have bad luck since the
-% \package{float} package do not offer a list of (re)styled floats.
-% (This would finally lead to an error in |\caption@setfloatcapt|.)
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@restylewrapfloat{figure}%
- \caption@restylewrapfloat{table}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines wrap-variant, too}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@For{typelist}{%
- \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}%
- \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}%
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined \else % wrapfig v3.6
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\float@restyle}
-% If the \package{wrapfig} package \version{3.6} is used, we patch
-% |\float@restyle| (if defined), too, so new or restyled floats will be
-% handled correctly, too.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@ifundefined\float@restyle{}{%
- \toks@=\expandafter{\float@restyle{#1}% (env may or may not be defined)
- \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}%
- \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\float@restyle##1{\the\toks@}}%
- \@tempa}% perform redefinitions
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat}
-% An additional check of the package load order:
-% If both, neither the \package{wrapfig} package nor \thispackage\ haven't
-% catch |\float@restyle|, we finally splash down at |\wrapfloat|.
+% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package
+% load order regarding the \package{float} package.
+% (|\wrap|\x|float| will usually not be used when used with re-styled floats.)
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\caption@ORI@wrapfloat\wrapfloat
- \def\wrapfloat#1{%
- \float@ifstyle{#1}{%
- \caption@Error{%
- For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak
- with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak
- package *right after* the `float' package}}{}%
- \caption@ORI@wrapfloat{#1}}%
+ \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{%
+ \def\@captype{#1}%
+ \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{%
+ \@nameuse{fst@#1}%
+ \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box
+ \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}%
+ \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi % wrapfig v3.6
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt}
-% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here.\par
% Original code:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width,
@@ -4504,18 +4329,31 @@
% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption
% \ignorespaces \fi}
% \end{verbatim}%^^A
-% Our code:
+% Our code has |\WF@captionstyhook| in addition:
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width,
\gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known
\global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}%
- \caption@start
+ \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new
\ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else
\setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption
\ignorespaces \fi}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\WF@captionstyhook}
+% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here, apply the `wrap' options etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{%
+ \let\@captype\@undefined
+ \caption@ifundefined\@float@setevery{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}%
+ \caption@settype{#1}%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins
index c68496061ae..e3edbef61d7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx,
-the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty,
-ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex,
-caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
\endpreamble
@@ -36,12 +36,14 @@ caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
\generate{\file{bicaption.sty}{\from{bicaption.dtx}{package}}}
\generate{\file{ltcaption.sty}{\from{ltcaption.dtx}{package}}}
\generate{\file{subcaption.sty}{\from{subcaption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{newfloat.sty}{\from{newfloat.dtx}{package}}}
\Msg{***********************************************************}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the files}
\Msg{* `caption.sty', `caption2.sty', 'caption3.sty',}
-\Msg{* `bicaption.sty', `ltcaption.sty', and `subcaption.sty'}
+\Msg{* `bicaption.sty', `ltcaption.sty', `subcaption.sty', and}
+\Msg{* `newfloat.sty'}
\Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx
index 946a41e7969..88b7f1fc906 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
%
% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty,
-% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex,
-% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
%
% \fi
% \CheckSum{853}
@@ -80,7 +80,6 @@
%
% \changes{v2.0}{1995/10/09}{New experimental version: Many new commands and features}
% \changes{v2.0}{1995/10/09}{Support of the longtable package added}
-% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/20}{Revised: New commands and options}
% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/26}{Adapted to version 2.1 of the subfigure package}
% \changes{v2.1a}{2003/11/12}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0}
% \changes{v2.1b}{2004/04/16}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx
index 84fe9ad6ca6..51699c2e1df 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx
@@ -19,13 +19,13 @@
% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
%
% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty,
-% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex,
-% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{4248}
+% \CheckSum{3390}
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2011/10/09 v1.4 caption3 kernel (AR)]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2011/11/01 v1.4a caption3 kernel (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Generic helpers}
@@ -3146,27 +3146,31 @@
% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added}
% |\caption@prepareslc|\par
% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised}
% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption@prepareslc{%
\let\label\caption@gobble
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\caption@footnote@ORI\footnote
- \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}%
\let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark
+ \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}%
\def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}%
- \let\@footnotetext\@gobble
+ \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\@endnotetext\@gobble}
+ \let\pagenote\caption@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{%
- \begingroup
- \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter
- \caption@footnote@ORI#1{#2}%
- \endgroup}
+ \caption@footnotemark{#1}}
\newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{%
\begingroup
\let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter
@@ -3344,559 +3348,38 @@
% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added}
% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added}
% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced as \package{newfloat} package}
% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{%
- \@testopt\@DeclareCaptionType{}}
+ \RequirePackage{newfloat}%
+ \DeclareFloatingEnvironment}
\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@DeclareCaptionType[#1]#2{%
- \def\caption@type{#2}%
- \caption@Debug{New type `#2'}%
- \newcounter{#2}\@namedef{theH#2}{}%
- \KV@caption@DCT@within\caption@within@default
- \caption@DeclareWithinOption{#2}%
- \KV@caption@DCT@placement{tbp}%
- \caption@ifundefined\c@float@type
- {\newcounter{float@type}%
- \setcounter{float@type}{\caption@ifundefined\c@figure14}}%
- {}%
- \caption@Debug{float type `#2'=\the\value{float@type}}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}%
- \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}%
- \KV@caption@DCT@fileext{lo#2}%
- \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}%
- \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}%
- \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}%
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}%
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2es\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}%
- \caption@ifundefined\l@figure
- {\@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}}%
- {\expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}%
- \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}}%
- \uppercase\expandafter{\@tempa}%
- \edef\@tempb{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\@tempa{\@cdr#2\@nil}}%
- \@tempb
- \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\@tempa
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \@tempa s}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@cons\caption@typelist{{#2}}%
- \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@DCT}{#1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\caption@DeclareTypeExt\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}{#2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@ifnextchar[\@@DeclareCaptionType\relax}
-\@onlypreamble\@DeclareCaptionType
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{%
- \KV@caption@DCT@name{#1}%
- \@ifnextchar[\@@@DeclareCaptionType\relax}
-\@onlypreamble\@@DeclareCaptionType
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{%
- \KV@caption@DCT@listname{#1}}
-\@onlypreamble\@@@DeclareCaptionType
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\DeclareFloatingEnvironment\DeclareCaptionType % alternative command name
-\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareTypeExt}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/02}{Support of the tocbasic package added}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/02}{Support of the titletoc package added}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@DeclareTypeExt[2]{%
- \caption@ifundefined\@chapter\relax\caption@PatchChapter
- \let\caption@PatchChapter\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@ifundefined{caption@ext@#1}{%
- \@namedef{caption@ext@#1}{#2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Support of \package{float} package\par
-% TODO: Needs revision
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@ifundefined\float@exts{\newtoks\float@exts}{}%
- \let\float@do=\relax
- \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{#1}}}%
- \@tempa
- \caption@ifundefined\caption@addtolists{%
- \newcommand\caption@addtolists[1]{%
- \def\float@do####1{\addtocontents{####1}{##1}}\the\float@exts}}{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Support of \package{tocbasic} package
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@ifundefined\addtotoclist{}{%
- \addtotoclist[float]{#1}%
- \setuptoc{#1}{chapteratlist}%
- \@namedef{listof#1name}{\list#2name}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Support of \package{titletoc} package
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@ifundefined\contentsuse{}{%
- \contentsuse{#2}{#1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}
-\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareTypeExt
-% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@within@default}
-% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{This macro added}
-% The default `within' value.
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ForEachType}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ForEachType|\marg{code}
+% will execute the given code for all (known) floating environments.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@within@default{%
- \caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{none}{chapter}}
-\@onlypreamble\caption@within@default
+\newcommand\caption@ForEachType[1]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment
+ {\def\@elt##1{#1}%
+ \caption@ifundefined\c@figure\@gobble\@elt{figure}%
+ \caption@ifundefined\c@table\@gobble\@elt{table}%
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}%
+ {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@listof}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/02}{Support of \cs{listoftoc} added}
-% |\caption@listof|\marg{float type}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption@ifundefined\listoftoc{%
- \newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{%
- \begingroup
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname
- \let\caption@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc
- \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{%
- \expandafter\caption@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}%
- \listoffigures
- \endgroup}%
-}{%
- \newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{%
- \expandafter\listoftoc\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@typelist}
-% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the caption types defined
-% with |\Declare|\x|Caption|\x|Type|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@typelist{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The available \meta{options} are:
-% |fileext=|\meta{file extension},
-% |listname=|\meta{list name},
-% |name=|\meta{prosa name},
-% |placement=|\meta{htbp},
-% |within=|\meta{none,chapter,section}, and
-% |without|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{caption@DCT}{fileext}{\@namedef{ext@\caption@type}{#1}}
-\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{fileext}
-\define@key{caption@DCT}{listname}{\@namedef{list\caption@type name}{#1}}
-\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{listname}
-\define@key{caption@DCT}{name}{\@namedef{\caption@type name}{#1}}
-\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{name}
-\define@key{caption@DCT}{placement}{\@namedef{fps@\caption@type}{#1}}
-\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{placement}
-\define@key{caption@DCT}{within}{%
- \caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{}{\@removefromreset\caption@type{chapter}}%
- \@removefromreset\caption@type{section}%
- \begingroup
- \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@within}{#1}%
- \endgroup}
-%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{within}
-\define@key{caption@DCT}{without}{\KV@caption@DCT@within{none}}
-%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{without}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{Bugfix 08-09-25: \texttt{within=section} fixed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{caption@within}{none}[]{%
- \caption@within{}{}}
-%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{none}
-\define@key{caption@within}{section}[]{%
- \@addtoreset\caption@type{section}%
- \caption@within{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}}
-%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{section}
-\caption@ifundefined\c@chapter{}{%
- \define@key{caption@within}{chapter}[]{%
- \@addtoreset\caption@type{chapter}%
- \caption@within{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}}
-}% \@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{chapter}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@within}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
-% |\caption@within|\marg{thecode}\marg{theHcode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@within{%
- \expandafter\caption@within@\expandafter{\caption@type}}
-%\@onlypreamble\caption@within
-\newcommand*\caption@within@[3]{%
- \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}%
- \@ifundefined{theH#1}\caption@AtBeginDocument\@firstofone
- {\global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}}}
-%\@onlypreamble\caption@within@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@removefromreset}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
-% This code was taken from the \package{remreset} package
-% which is part of the `carlisle' package bundle.
-% (Copyright 1997 David Carlisle)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{%
- \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset
- \def\@elt##1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset
- \else
- \noexpand\@elt{##1}%
- \fi}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{%
- \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@PatchChapter}
-% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{This macro added}
-% We try to patch \cs{@chapter} so \cs{caption@addtolists} will be supported.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@PatchChapter{%
- \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- % report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
- \caption@patch@chapter{report}{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
- }{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \fi
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- % book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
- \caption@patch@chapter{book}{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \if@mainmatter
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
- }{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \if@mainmatter
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \fi
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- % amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20]
- % smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF]
- \caption@patch@chapter{ams/smfbook}{%
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
- \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
- \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
- \def\@toclevel{0}%
- \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}%
- \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading
- }{%
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
- \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
- \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
- \def\@toclevel{0}%
- \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}%
- \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \fi
- \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- % scrreprt/scrbook.cls
- \caption@ifundefined\KOMAClassName{}{%
- \caption@Debug{document class `\KOMAClassName' detected}%
- \let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- % rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
- \caption@patch@chapter{rapport}{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
- }{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \fi
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
- \caption@patch@chapter{boek}{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \if@mainmatter
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
- }{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \if@mainmatter
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \fi
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- % thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).]
- \caption@patch@chapter{thesis}{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \if@mainmatter
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}
- \if@thema
- \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
- \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
- \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
- \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
- \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}
- \@afterheading
- \fi
- }{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \if@mainmatter
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}%
- \if@thema
- \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
- \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
- \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
- \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
- \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{##1}%
- \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
- \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \caption@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
- \fi
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{##2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree \else
- \caption@Debug{%
- Unsupported document class detected,\MessageBreak
- or \noexpand\@chapter was redefined by another package}%
- \fi
- \let\caption@PatchChapter\@undefined}
-%\@onlypreamble\caption@PatchChapter
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption@patch@chapter[3]{%
- \begingroup
-% \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse
- \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse
- \let\if@thema\iffalse
- \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#2}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@chapter
- \caption@Debug{document class `#1' detected}%
- \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#3}%
- \global\let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree
- \fi
- \endgroup}
-%\@onlypreamble\caption@patch@chapter
+\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{%
+ \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}%
+ \@tempa}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def \@gobblethree #1#2#3{}
+\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -3929,7 +3412,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtoreset}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromreset}
% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{This macro added}
% Like \cs{@removefromreset} from |remreset.sty|
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4093,13 +3576,18 @@
% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Patch for better hyperref support added to \package{subfig} package adaptions}
% \changes{v1.2f}{2010/01/14}{Latest patch didn't worked without hyperref; fixed}
% \changes{v1.3}{2010/12/20}{subfig package bugfixes dropped}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Bugfix 11-11-01: Test for the subfig package revised}
%
-% We have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here.
+% Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore,
+% we have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here.
+% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package here.
+% So older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and never
+% versions are expected to be adapted.
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
- \def\@tempa{\@ifstar\sf@@subref\sf@subref}%
- \ifx\subref\@tempa
- \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package 1.2 or 1.3 is loaded}%
+ \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0042ea088fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/cat.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559
+%%Creator: COREL DRAW
+%%Title: CAT.TMP
+%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992
+
+%%DocumentFonts:
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProlog
+% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------
+% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990
+/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def
+wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd
+/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def
+/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def
+/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def
+/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def
+/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def
+/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def
+/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def
+/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def
+/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def
+/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin
+pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if
+/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld
+/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd
+/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def
+/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd
+/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse
+2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll
+eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd
+/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd
+/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll
+3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat
+setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd
+pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat
+pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll
+mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll
+ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse
+5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray
+1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq
+{$c $m $y $k $t @tc setcmykcolor true}{$o $c $m $y $k $t $n @spc
+}ifelse}bd/@SCC{$ink -1 eq{$C $M $Y $K $T @tc setcmykcolor true}{
+$O $C $M $Y $K $T $N @spc}ifelse}bd/@sft{
+/$tx $tllx $pxf add dup $tllx gt{$pwid sub}if def
+/$ty $tury $pyf sub dup $tury lt{$phei add}if def}bd
+/@stb{pathbbox/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd}bd
+/@ep{{cvx exec}forall}bd/@tp{@sv/$in true def
+2 copy dup $lly le{/$in false def}if $phei sub $ury ge{/$in false def}if
+dup $urx ge{/$in false def}if $pwid add $llx le{/$in false def}if
+$in{@np 2 copy moveto $pwid 0 rlineto 0 $phei neg rlineto
+$pwid neg 0 rlineto 0 $phei rlineto clip @np
+$pn cvlit load aload pop 7 -1 roll 5 index sub
+7 -1 roll 3 index sub translate/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+@ep pop pop pop pop}{pop pop}ifelse @rs}bd/@th{@sft
+0 1 $tly 1 sub{dup $psx mul $tx add{dup $llx gt{$pwid sub}{exit}ifelse
+}loop exch $phei mul $ty exch sub 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{$pwid mul
+3 copy 3 -1 roll add exch @tp pop}for pop pop}for}bd
+/@tv{@sft 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{dup $pwid mul $tx add
+exch $psy mul $ty exch sub{dup $ury lt{$phei add}{exit}ifelse}loop
+0 1 $tly 1 sub{$phei mul 3 copy sub @tp pop}for
+pop pop}for}bd/@pf{@gs $ctm setmatrix $pm concat
+@stb @gs ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{1 setgray eofill}{
+$o 0 0 0 0 0 (Black) @spc{eofill}if}ifelse
+@gr eoclip Bburx Bbury $pm itransform/$tury xd/$turx xd
+Bbllx Bblly $pm itransform/$tlly xd/$tllx xd
+/$wid $turx $tllx sub def/$hei $tury $tlly sub def
+$wid 0 gt $hei 0 gt and{$pn cvlit load aload pop
+/$pd xd 3 -1 roll sub/$phei xd exch sub/$pwid xd
+/$tlx $wid $pwid div ceiling 1 add def/$tly $hei $phei div ceiling 1 add def
+$psx 0 eq{@tv}{@th}ifelse}if @gr @np}bd/@dlt{ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{
+/$dc $toc $tot mul $frc $frt mul dup/$c xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dm $tom $tot mul $frm $frt mul dup/$m xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dy $toy $tot mul $fry $frt mul dup/$y xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dk $tok $tot mul $frk $frt mul dup/$k xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+true}{$o $frc $frm $fry $frk $frt $frn @spc
+dup{/$frk 1 currentgray sub def}{/$frk 0 def}ifelse
+$o $toc $tom $toy $tok $tot $ton @spc dup{/$tok 1 currentgray sub def}
+{/$tok 0 def}ifelse or dup{/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$k $frk def
+/$dc 0 def/$dm 0 def/$dy 0 def/$dk $tok $frk sub $fst 1 sub div def}if
+}ifelse}bd/@ftl{1 index 4 index sub dup $pad mul dup/$pdw xd
+2 mul sub $fst div/$wid xd 2 index sub/$hei xd
+pop translate $c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+$pdw 0 translate $fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $wid $hei lineto $wid 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+$wid 0 translate $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll
+$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat $dk sub 4 1 roll
+$dy sub 4 1 roll $dm sub 4 1 roll $dc sub 4 1 roll
+ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}
+{setcmykcolor}ifelse 0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+}bd/@ftr{1 index 4 index sub dup $rox mul/$row xd
+2 div 1 index 4 index sub dup $roy mul/$roh xd
+2 div 2 copy dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt
+$row dup mul $roh dup mul add sqrt add dup/$hei xd $fst div/$wid xd
+4 index add $roh add exch 5 index add $row add
+exch translate pop pop pop pop currentflat 5 mul setflat
+$c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+$wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill 1.0 $pad 2 mul sub dup scale
+$fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}
+{setcmykcolor}ifelse $wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill
+/$hei $hei $wid sub def $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll
+$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat pop pop pop pop}bd
+/@ff{@gs @dlt{$ctm setmatrix eoclip newpath Bbllx Bblly moveto
+Bbllx Bbury lineto Bburx Bbury lineto Bburx Bblly lineto
+$fan rotate pathbbox newpath $fty 1 eq{@ftr}{@ftl}ifelse}if
+@gr @np}bd/@Pf{@sv ColorSeparationMode 0 eq $ink 3 eq or{$ctm setmatrix
+72 1000 div dup matrix scale dup concat dup Bburx exch Bbury exch itransform
+ceiling cvi/Bbury xd ceiling cvi/Bburx xd Bbllx exch Bblly exch itransform
+floor cvi/Bblly xd floor cvi/Bbllx xd $Prm aload pop
+$Psn load exec}{1 setgray eofill}ifelse @rs
+@np}bd/@ftx{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put
+@gs true charpath currentpoint $ctm setmatrix
+@@txt @gr @np moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall pop}bd
+/@sm{/$ctm $ctm currentmatrix def}bd/@lorg{$lx $ly moveto
+/$ly $ly $le sub def}bd/@ft{matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll
+$sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if $fil 1 eq{/@@txt/@pf ld @ftx}{$fil 2 eq
+{/@@txt/@ff ld @ftx}{$fil 3 eq{/@@txt/@Pf ld @ftx}{@scc
+{dup $tr exch 0 exch ashow}if pop pop}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse
+$sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if setmatrix}bd/@st{
+matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if
+@SCC{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put @gs true charpath currentpoint
+$ctm setmatrix $ptm concat stroke @gr moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall
+pop}{pop pop}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/@pt{dup length exch}bd/@te{@pt
+@lorg @ft cleartomark [}bd/@tr{@pt @lorg @st cleartomark [}bd
+/@ta{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @ft @gr @st cleartomark [}bd
+/@t@a{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @st @gr @ft cleartomark [}bd
+/g{1 exch sub/$k xd/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def
+}bd/G{1 exch sub/$K xd/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd
+/k{/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def}bd
+/K{/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd
+/x{1 exch sub/$t xd/$n xd/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$fil 0 def}bd
+/X{1 exch sub/$T xd/$N xd/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd}bd
+/d/setdash ld/i{dup 0 ne{setflat}{pop}ifelse}bd
+/j/setlinejoin ld/J/setlinecap ld/M/setmiterlimit ld
+/w/setlinewidth ld/O{/$o xd}bd/R{/$O xd}bd
+/c/curveto ld/C/c ld/v{4 -2 roll 2 copy 6 -2 roll curveto}bd
+/V/v ld/y{2 copy curveto}bd/Y/y ld/l/lineto ld
+/L/l ld/m/moveto ld/n/newpath ld/N/newpath ld
+/F{matrix currentmatrix $sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if
+$fil 1 eq{@pf}{$fil 2 eq{@ff}{$fil 3 eq{@Pf}{@scc{eofill}{@np}ifelse
+}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse $sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/f{@cp F}bd/S{matrix currentmatrix
+$ctm setmatrix $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if @SCC{$skm currentmatrix
+$ptm concat stroke setmatrix}{@np}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/s{@cp S}bd/B{@gs F @gr S}bd/b{@cp B}bd
+/W{eoclip}bd/p{/$pm xd 7{pop}repeat/$pyf xd/$pxf xd
+/$pn xd/$fil 1 def}bd/P{11{pop}repeat}bd/z{/$al xd
+/$tr xd/$le xd exch findfont exch scalefont setfont}bd
+/Z{dup type 0 type eq{/$bDir xd}if findfont
+dup maxlength 1 add dict exch dup{1 index/FID ne{3 index
+3 1 roll put}{pop pop}ifelse}forall pop dup dup/Encoding get
+256 array copy dup/$fe xd/Encoding exch put
+dup/Fontname 3 index put 3 -1 roll dup length 0 ne{0 exch{
+dup type 0 type eq{exch pop}{$fe exch 2 index exch put
+1 add}ifelse}forall pop}if definefont pop}bd
+/e{@sm concat [/t{@te}def}bd/r{@sm concat [/t{@tr}def}bd
+/o{@sm concat [/t{pop}def}bd/a{@sm concat [/t{@ta}def}bd
+/t{@te}def/T{cleartomark @np/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def
+$ctm setmatrix/$ttm matrix def}bd/u{}bd/U{}bd
+/A{pop}bd/H{/$h true def}bd/h{@cp H}bd/q/@gs ld
+/Q/@gr ld/E{5 array astore exch cvlit exch def}bd
+/`{}bd/~{}bd/@{}bd/&{}bd/CorelDrawRencodeVect [
+16#80/grave/circumflex/tilde/dotlessi/florin/quotedblleft/quotedblright/guilsinglleft
+16#88/guilsinglright/fi/fl/dagger/daggerdbl/endash/periodcentered/breve
+16#90/quotedblbase/ellipsis/perthousand/trademark/Pt/fractionbar
+16#98/divide 16#a1/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/bar/section
+16#a8/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/emdash/registered/overbar
+16#b0/ring/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/bullet
+16#b8/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown
+16#c0/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla
+16#c8/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis
+16#d0/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/OE
+16#d8/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls
+16#e0/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla
+16#e8/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis
+16#f0/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/oe
+16#f8/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis
+] def/@cc{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}bd
+/@ii{concat 3 index 3 index m 3 index 1 index l
+2 copy l 1 index 3 index l 3 index 3 index l
+clip pop pop pop pop}bd/@E{/Bbury xd/Bburx xd
+/Bblly xd/Bbllx xd}bd/@c{@cp}bd/@p{/$fil 1 def
+/$pm xd/$psy xd/$psx xd/$pyf xd/$pxf xd/$pn xd}bd
+/@P{/$fil 3 def/$Psn xd array astore/$Prm xd}bd
+/@k{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd/$fty xd/$fan xd
+$fty 1 eq{/$fan 0 def}if/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd
+/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd/$frn _ def/$frt 1 def/$ton _ def/$tot 1 def
+}bd/@x{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd
+/$fty xd/$fan xd 1 exch sub/$tot xd/$ton xd/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd
+1 exch sub/$frt xd/$frn xd/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd}bd
+/@i{@sm @gs @ii 5 index 1 ne{@gs 1 g F @gr}if
+1 eq 5 index 1 eq and{@gs $ctm setmatrix F @gr}if
+@np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$bts xd
+/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def
+$bts 1 eq{@SCC/$frg xd}{1 G @SCC/$frg xd}ifelse
+$frg{$SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if $llx $lly translate
+$urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale $wid $hei abs
+$bts 1 eq{false}{$bts}ifelse [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0
+$hei 0 gt{$hei}{0}ifelse]/@cc load $bts 1 eq{imagemask}{image}ifelse
+$SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if}{$hei{@cc pop}repeat}ifelse
+@gr $ctm setmatrix}def/@M {@sv}bd/@N{/@cc{}def
+12 -1 roll neg 12 1 roll @i @rs}bd/@I{@sm @gs
+@ii @np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$ncl xd
+/$bts xd/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul $ncl mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def
+$llx $lly translate $urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale
+$wid $hei $bts [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 $hei]/@cc load
+false $ncl colorimage @gr $ctm setmatrix}bd
+/@t{/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$stm $stm currentmatrix def
+3 1 roll translate $ttm concat 1 exch t $stm setmatrix}def
+/@n{/$ttm exch matrix rotate def}bd/@z{ exch findfont exch scalefont setfont
+}bd/@s{}bd/@l{}bd/@B{@gs S @gr F}bd/@b{@cp @B}bd
+/@a{@sm concat [/t{@t@a}def}bd/@w{5 2 roll dup/$pan xd
+matrix rotate/$ptm xd matrix scale $ptm dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd
+1 eq{$ptm exch dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd}{pop}ifelse
+1 w}bd/@g{1 eq dup/$sdf xd{/$scp xd/$sca xd
+/$scf xd}if}bd/@G{1 eq dup/$SDF xd{/$SCP xd
+/$SCA xd/$SCF xd}if}bd/@D{3 copy @ss/$dsp xd
+/$dsa xd/$dsf xd}bd/@j{@sv @np}bind def/@J{@rs}bind def
+/@sep{/ColorSeparationMode where{pop}{/ColorSeparationMode 0 def
+/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse ColorSeparationMode 0 eq
+{/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}if/CurrentInkName where{pop}{
+/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse CurrentInkName (Composite) eq{/$ink -1 def}
+{CurrentInkName (Cyan) eq{/$ink 0 def} {CurrentInkName (Magenta) eq{/$ink 1 def}
+{CurrentInkName (Yellow) eq{/$ink 2 def} {CurrentInkName (Black) eq{/$ink 3 def}
+{/$ink 4 def}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}bd
+@sep/@whi{@gs -72000 dup moveto -72000 72000 lineto
+72000 dup lineto 72000 -72000 lineto closepath 1 setgray fill
+@gr}bd/@neg{ [{1 exch sub}/exec cvx currenttransfer/exec cvx] cvx settransfer
+@whi}bd/@reg{[] 0 d 0 setgray .3 setlinewidth
+2 copy 5.4 0 360 arc closepath 2 copy moveto 9 0 rlineto
+2 copy moveto -9 0 rlineto 2 copy moveto 0 9 rlineto
+moveto 0 -9 rlineto stroke}bd/leftbracket{(\050)}def
+/rightbracket{(\051)}def
+
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+11.4737 setmiterlimit
+1.00 setflat
+/$fst 128 def
+
+%%EndSetup
+@sv
+/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+u
+%%Note: Object
+45.22 528.19 78.98 558.14 @E
+0 J 0 j [] 0 d 0 R 0 @G
+0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 K
+1.01 1.01 0.00 [1.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.00000 0.00000 0.00000] 0 @w
+%%CURV 106
+73.30 539.78 m
+73.08 538.42 72.22 537.26 71.78 536.33 C
+72.79 534.67 73.73 531.43 74.81 530.64 C
+74.59 530.64 77.04 528.84 73.87 529.06 C
+73.08 529.34 73.08 530.93 70.20 533.81 C
+69.70 533.74 70.56 530.57 71.50 529.63 c
+73.15 528.19 70.27 528.55 70.13 528.62 C
+68.98 529.34 68.62 534.60 67.03 536.26 c
+66.24 537.19 65.16 536.98 64.30 536.90 C
+63.22 536.62 60.62 537.19 60.55 534.02 C
+60.62 532.66 62.14 530.21 62.86 529.78 c
+65.30 528.41 62.06 528.34 61.70 528.77 C
+61.13 529.34 60.19 530.64 59.26 531.65 C
+57.74 532.44 56.38 533.66 56.02 534.96 C
+54.94 534.74 53.86 534.17 53.64 533.23 C
+53.42 532.22 53.86 531.58 54.86 530.14 C
+56.02 529.85 56.38 529.27 56.02 528.98 c
+55.87 528.84 53.71 528.62 53.57 528.91 C
+52.70 529.49 51.70 531.86 51.19 533.16 c
+50.90 533.88 49.97 535.82 51.55 537.77 C
+51.98 538.49 51.91 539.86 51.77 540.65 c
+51.55 541.94 51.55 542.74 52.42 544.46 C
+49.75 546.77 45.22 551.23 49.61 557.14 C
+50.11 557.64 51.55 558.14 50.76 556.27 C
+49.82 553.68 46.66 551.45 53.42 546.19 C
+54.50 546.91 58.97 546.48 60.48 546.19 c
+64.66 545.33 65.52 545.33 68.40 546.05 C
+68.76 546.19 68.83 547.99 70.34 549.22 C
+70.06 550.15 72.00 551.45 72.22 552.53 C
+72.65 553.39 73.66 550.73 73.66 550.66 C
+73.58 551.23 74.66 552.31 74.81 552.96 C
+75.74 553.25 75.10 550.94 75.89 549.50 c
+76.32 548.93 76.68 549.07 77.11 547.70 C
+77.47 546.34 78.98 545.18 76.54 543.89 c
+75.17 543.17 74.59 543.31 73.58 542.88 C
+73.58 542.23 73.51 540.79 73.30 539.78 c
+@c
+S
+U
+@rs
+%%Trailer
+ end
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a38bfcb75df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/elephant.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2
+%%Creator:Adobe Illustrator(TM) 1.1 0000000000
+%%For:
+%%Title:elephant.ps
+%%CreationDate:25/4/88 7:57 pm
+%%DocumentProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+%%DocumentSuppliedProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+%%DocumentFonts:Courier
+%%BoundingBox: 40 -505 507 -87
+%%TemplateBox:0 -720 576 0
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProcSet:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+% Copyright (C) 1987 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
+% All Rights Reserved.
+% Adobe Illustrator is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
+/Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 dup 100 dict def load begin
+/Version 0 def
+/Revision 0 def
+% definition operators
+/bdef {bind def} bind def
+/ldef {load def} bdef
+/xdef {exch def} bdef
+% graphic state operators
+/_K {3 index add neg dup 0 lt {pop 0} if 3 1 roll} bdef
+/_k /setcmybcolor where
+{/setcmybcolor get} {{1 sub 4 1 roll _K _K _K setrgbcolor pop} bind} ifelse def
+/g {/_b xdef /p {_b setgray} def} bdef
+/G {/_B xdef /P {_B setgray} def} bdef
+/k {/_b xdef /_y xdef /_m xdef /_c xdef /p {_c _m _y _b _k} def} bdef
+/K {/_B xdef /_Y xdef /_M xdef /_C xdef /P {_C _M _Y _B _k} def} bdef
+/d /setdash ldef
+/_i currentflat def
+/i {dup 0 eq {pop _i} if setflat} bdef
+/j /setlinejoin ldef
+/J /setlinecap ldef
+/M /setmiterlimit ldef
+/w /setlinewidth ldef
+% path construction operators
+/_R {.25 sub round .25 add} bdef
+/_r {transform _R exch _R exch itransform} bdef
+/c {_r curveto} bdef
+/C /c ldef
+/v {currentpoint 6 2 roll _r curveto} bdef
+/V /v ldef
+/y {_r 2 copy curveto} bdef
+/Y /y ldef
+/l {_r lineto} bdef
+/L /l ldef
+/m {_r moveto} bdef
+% error operators
+/_e [] def
+/_E {_e length 0 ne {gsave 0 g 0 G 0 i 0 J 0 j 1 w 10 M [] 0 d
+/Courier 20 0 0 1 z [0.966 0.259 -0.259 0.966
+_e 0 get _e 2 get add 2 div _e 1 get _e 3 get add 2 div] e _f t T grestore} if} bdef
+/_fill {{fill} stopped
+{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't fill, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef
+/_stroke {{stroke} stopped
+{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't stroke, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef
+% path painting operators
+/n /newpath ldef
+/N /n ldef
+/F {p _fill} bdef
+/f {closepath F} bdef
+/S {P _stroke} bdef
+/s {closepath S} bdef
+/B {gsave F grestore S} bdef
+/b {closepath B} bdef
+% text block construction and painting operators
+/_s /ashow ldef
+/_S {(?) exch {2 copy 0 exch put pop dup false charpath currentpoint _g setmatrix
+_stroke _G setmatrix moveto 3 copy pop rmoveto} forall pop pop pop n} bdef
+/_A {_a moveto _t exch 0 exch} bdef
+/_L {0 _l neg translate _G currentmatrix pop} bdef
+/_w {dup stringwidth exch 3 -1 roll length 1 sub _t mul add exch} bdef
+/_z [{0 0} bind {dup _w exch neg 2 div exch neg 2 div} bind {dup _w exch neg exch neg} bind] def
+/z {_z exch get /_a xdef /_t xdef /_l xdef exch findfont exch scalefont setfont} bdef
+/_g matrix def
+/_G matrix def
+/_D {_g currentmatrix pop gsave concat _G currentmatrix pop} bdef
+/e {_D p /t {_A _s _L} def} bdef
+/r {_D P /t {_A _S _L} def} bdef
+/a {_D /t {dup p _A _s P _A _S _L} def} bdef
+/o {_D /t {pop _L} def} bdef
+/T {grestore} bdef
+% group construction operators
+/u {} bdef
+/U {} bdef
+% font construction operators
+/Z {findfont begin currentdict dup length dict begin
+{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall /FontName exch def dup length 0 ne
+{/Encoding Encoding 256 array copy def 0 exch {dup type /nametype eq
+{Encoding 2 index 2 index put pop 1 add} {exch pop} ifelse} forall} if pop
+currentdict dup end end /FontName get exch definefont pop} bdef
+end
+%%EndProcSet
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 begin
+n
+%%EndSetup
+0 g
+0 G
+1 i
+0 J
+0 j
+0.7 w
+10 M
+[]0 d
+%%Note:
+90.632 -245.419 m
+86.134 -229.425 95.131 -228.926 96.63 -221.429 c
+98.129 -213.932 107.126 -212.932 109.125 -202.936 c
+111.124 -192.94 119.121 -183.944 125.618 -176.947 c
+132.116 -169.949 146.61 -163.952 156.106 -168.45 c
+165.602 -172.948 169.102 -174.947 178.598 -176.447 c
+188.094 -177.946 195.591 -179.945 208.086 -176.947 c
+220.581 -173.948 226.578 -171.949 237.074 -172.948 c
+247.569 -173.948 277.557 -172.948 290.052 -171.949 c
+302.547 -170.949 335.034 -171.449 345.53 -171.449 c
+356.026 -171.449 374.019 -177.446 388.012 -182.444 c
+402.006 -187.442 426.996 -197.438 439.491 -204.435 c
+451.986 -211.433 469.979 -230.425 479.476 -238.422 c
+488.972 -246.418 497.969 -243.42 499.968 -278.905 c
+501.967 -314.39 499.968 -334.882 498.968 -346.377 c
+497.969 -357.872 492.971 -371.367 491.971 -382.862 c
+490.971 -394.358 490.971 -399.356 490.971 -410.851 c
+490.971 -422.346 490.971 -433.342 492.471 -442.338 c
+493.97 -451.336 494.47 -457.333 494.97 -461.332 c
+495.47 -465.33 491.971 -464.83 489.472 -465.83 c
+486.973 -466.829 483.474 -462.331 481.975 -458.333 c
+480.476 -454.334 481.475 -444.837 481.475 -441.339 c
+481.475 -437.84 483.474 -434.841 483.974 -427.844 c
+484.474 -420.847 485.474 -386.861 482.975 -378.364 c
+480.476 -369.868 484.974 -364.37 485.973 -354.374 c
+486.973 -344.378 491.971 -311.391 489.972 -308.392 c
+487.973 -305.394 484.474 -327.885 478.475 -333.882 c
+472.478 -339.88 471.478 -346.377 471.478 -351.875 c
+471.478 -357.373 467.48 -363.37 464.981 -365.869 c
+462.482 -368.368 461.982 -374.366 457.984 -380.863 c
+453.985 -387.36 450.987 -394.857 450.487 -402.854 c
+449.987 -410.851 451.486 -436.341 450.487 -440.839 c
+449.487 -445.337 447.988 -447.836 446.988 -448.836 c
+445.989 -449.835 451.486 -448.336 451.486 -453.835 c
+451.486 -459.332 449.987 -459.832 449.487 -468.329 c
+448.987 -476.825 447.488 -479.324 447.488 -484.322 c
+447.488 -489.32 447.488 -495.318 445.489 -495.818 c
+443.49 -496.317 437.492 -498.317 433.494 -498.816 c
+429.495 -499.316 420.999 -499.816 419.999 -499.316 c
+419 -498.816 419.499 -495.318 420.999 -494.318 c
+422.498 -493.319 424.746 -490.011 y
+417.5 -495.818 415.501 -496.817 v
+413.502 -497.817 410.003 -499.816 407.004 -499.316 c
+404.006 -498.816 402.506 -498.317 401.507 -496.817 c
+400.507 -495.318 397.508 -496.817 394.509 -494.818 c
+391.511 -492.819 392.01 -490.82 393.01 -489.32 c
+394.01 -487.821 399.507 -482.323 y
+394.01 -483.323 392.51 -483.323 v
+391.011 -483.323 377.017 -484.322 374.019 -484.322 c
+371.02 -484.322 364.023 -485.322 363.023 -484.822 c
+362.024 -484.322 361.024 -483.323 361.024 -482.823 c
+361.024 -482.323 356.526 -482.823 356.026 -482.823 c
+355.526 -482.823 353.027 -480.324 353.527 -479.324 c
+354.027 -478.325 357.525 -473.327 359.525 -471.827 c
+361.524 -470.328 365.022 -466.329 368.021 -465.33 c
+371.02 -464.33 371.52 -459.832 373.019 -457.333 c
+374.518 -454.834 375.018 -451.336 375.518 -447.836 c
+376.018 -444.337 377.017 -433.342 377.017 -427.844 c
+377.017 -422.346 379.516 -406.353 382.015 -399.356 c
+384.514 -392.358 386.514 -386.861 385.514 -381.363 c
+384.514 -375.865 381.016 -368.368 381.016 -366.369 c
+381.016 -364.37 381.016 -358.872 y
+377.517 -358.872 371.02 -361.371 v
+364.523 -363.87 348.529 -368.368 342.531 -367.369 c
+336.534 -366.369 308.044 -365.369 306.545 -362.371 c
+305.046 -359.372 289.552 -353.374 289.052 -352.874 c
+288.552 -352.375 288.052 -359.872 289.552 -367.369 c
+291.051 -374.866 292.551 -382.362 294.55 -389.36 c
+296.549 -396.357 298.548 -425.345 300.048 -433.842 c
+301.547 -442.338 307.545 -449.335 310.044 -453.335 c
+312.542 -457.333 313.542 -460.332 313.042 -464.83 c
+312.542 -469.328 311.043 -475.326 310.543 -477.825 c
+310.044 -480.324 306.045 -484.322 303.046 -483.822 c
+300.048 -483.323 291.051 -480.824 289.552 -481.323 c
+288.052 -481.823 285.054 -485.322 284.054 -485.822 c
+283.055 -486.321 277.557 -486.321 274.558 -487.321 c
+271.559 -488.321 263.063 -489.82 261.563 -488.321 c
+260.064 -486.821 262.063 -493.319 249.568 -491.319 c
+246.078 -490.761 239.072 -491.819 235.075 -492.819 c
+231.077 -493.818 224.579 -492.319 224.079 -492.319 c
+223.58 -492.319 215.583 -491.819 214.083 -490.82 c
+212.584 -489.82 204.087 -489.82 204.087 -487.321 c
+204.087 -484.822 208.586 -482.823 211.085 -480.324 c
+213.584 -477.825 220.581 -472.827 221.081 -470.328 c
+221.58 -467.829 221.081 -461.332 221.081 -458.333 c
+221.081 -455.334 219.081 -449.335 217.082 -445.337 c
+215.083 -441.339 213.584 -427.344 213.084 -424.845 c
+212.584 -422.346 214.583 -415.349 213.584 -413.35 c
+212.584 -411.351 210.085 -398.356 209.085 -395.357 c
+208.086 -392.358 206.087 -385.361 205.587 -379.364 c
+205.087 -373.366 202.088 -354.874 201.089 -351.875 c
+200.089 -348.876 198.59 -335.881 199.089 -331.883 c
+199.589 -327.885 192.092 -314.89 191.592 -312.391 c
+191.093 -309.892 188.594 -305.394 188.594 -300.895 c
+188.594 -296.397 184.096 -294.898 181.597 -294.898 c
+179.098 -294.898 170.101 -291.899 169.102 -290.899 c
+168.102 -289.9 159.105 -293.398 155.606 -293.898 c
+152.107 -294.398 140.112 -296.897 139.613 -296.397 c
+139.113 -295.897 135.114 -303.894 134.615 -306.393 c
+134.115 -308.892 132.615 -313.39 131.116 -313.89 c
+129.617 -314.39 126.118 -318.888 126.118 -320.388 c
+126.118 -321.887 122.12 -317.889 y
+122.12 -312.391 121.62 -308.392 v
+121.12 -304.394 124.619 -300.895 125.118 -298.396 c
+125.618 -295.897 131.116 -287.901 130.616 -286.401 c
+130.116 -284.902 128.131 -286.36 125.118 -288.4 c
+121.244 -291.026 118.121 -310.392 115.622 -313.39 c
+113.123 -316.389 106.626 -331.383 105.126 -333.882 c
+103.627 -336.381 103.127 -363.87 102.128 -372.866 c
+101.128 -381.863 103.127 -397.356 104.627 -401.355 c
+106.126 -405.353 107.625 -409.352 106.626 -409.851 c
+105.626 -410.351 112.623 -403.354 118.121 -403.854 c
+123.619 -404.354 130.616 -408.352 131.616 -413.85 c
+132.615 -419.348 131.116 -428.844 127.617 -431.343 c
+124.119 -433.842 110.624 -436.341 108.125 -433.842 c
+105.626 -431.343 94.631 -427.844 90.632 -418.848 c
+89.333 -415.924 80.137 -391.859 79.637 -384.861 c
+79.202 -378.776 76.514 -369.619 76.638 -367.868 c
+76.673 -367.37 64.143 -379.364 61.644 -380.863 c
+59.145 -382.362 50.149 -389.859 48.15 -387.86 c
+46.15 -385.861 50.649 -383.362 52.148 -381.363 c
+53.647 -379.364 61.144 -372.866 63.143 -371.367 c
+65.143 -369.868 55.147 -374.866 51.148 -375.365 c
+47.15 -375.865 45.151 -373.866 46.15 -373.366 c
+47.15 -372.866 57.146 -368.368 62.144 -364.87 c
+67.142 -361.371 74.139 -355.873 74.639 -353.374 c
+75.139 -350.875 74.139 -326.885 73.139 -319.888 c
+72.14 -312.891 77.138 -296.397 77.638 -287.401 c
+78.137 -278.405 82.136 -267.91 84.135 -262.412 c
+86.134 -256.914 90.824 -246.099 90.632 -245.419 c
+s
+262.063 -478.325 m
+263.562 -474.326 271.059 -469.828 272.559 -467.829 c
+274.058 -465.83 274.558 -460.332 272.559 -457.833 c
+270.56 -455.334 267.561 -446.836 266.561 -444.837 c
+265.562 -442.838 264.562 -437.34 263.562 -433.842 c
+262.563 -430.343 262.063 -423.846 261.063 -421.347 c
+260.064 -418.848 257.065 -412.35 256.565 -411.351 c
+256.065 -410.351 254.066 -418.848 254.066 -422.346 c
+254.066 -425.845 257.565 -430.343 257.565 -433.842 c
+257.565 -437.34 258.065 -439.839 257.065 -443.338 c
+256.065 -446.836 254.566 -450.836 255.066 -455.334 c
+255.566 -459.832 256.565 -465.33 258.065 -468.828 c
+259.564 -472.327 261.814 -478.986 262.063 -478.325 c
+s
+114.374 -421.846 m
+114.123 -422.846 117.122 -422.597 118.621 -421.846 c
+120.12 -421.098 121.371 -418.848 119.871 -417.348 c
+118.372 -415.849 117.405 -416.194 116.122 -416.6 c
+113.748 -417.348 114.509 -421.305 114.374 -421.846 c
+s
+121.871 -294.148 m
+119.372 -291.65 119.121 -289.4 y
+108.789 -290.299 108.625 -293.898 v
+107.625 -315.889 64.143 -370.867 63.143 -371.367 c
+S
+76.638 -367.868 m
+83.635 -362.371 105.126 -333.382 105.126 -333.882 c
+S
+164.602 -189.442 m
+172.1 -193.44 172.6 -194.939 178.098 -194.939 c
+183.596 -194.939 186.595 -191.441 191.592 -197.438 c
+196.59 -203.436 198.59 -210.433 199.589 -217.43 c
+200.589 -224.427 198.59 -229.425 194.591 -232.924 c
+190.593 -236.422 194.091 -240.921 192.592 -242.42 c
+191.093 -243.919 190.593 -248.418 190.593 -250.417 c
+190.593 -252.416 182.845 -253.666 181.346 -254.665 c
+179.846 -255.665 174.635 -263.779 173.849 -263.162 c
+166.852 -257.664 168.351 -252.416 165.853 -250.417 c
+163.354 -248.418 158.605 -239.921 157.105 -238.921 c
+155.606 -237.922 148.021 -233.866 148.021 -231.367 c
+148.021 -228.868 149.109 -219.166 148.609 -216.667 c
+148.109 -214.168 152.107 -209.433 152.107 -208.434 c
+S
+159.781 -179.035 m
+164.485 -180.211 169.189 -181.975 172.717 -182.563 c
+176.245 -183.151 185.653 -186.091 188.593 -187.267 c
+191.533 -188.443 198.001 -193.735 199.765 -197.263 c
+201.529 -200.791 202.117 -206.671 202.705 -209.023 c
+203.293 -211.375 203.293 -219.607 202.117 -221.371 c
+200.941 -223.135 197.413 -231.955 196.237 -232.543 c
+S
+108.097 -233.86 m
+112.167 -236.446 116.296 -237.525 120.179 -236.971 c
+125.831 -236.166 128.942 -227.524 129.27 -225.841 c
+S
+109.73 -237.489 m
+111.163 -238.845 115.233 -241.43 117.92 -241.079 c
+120.607 -240.727 123.178 -240.834 125.479 -238.64 c
+127.339 -236.869 130.379 -228.116 130.528 -226.81 c
+S
+108.46 -230.129 m
+110.117 -226.085 113.633 -223.711 115.101 -223.019 c
+120.739 -220.367 127.21 -223.619 127.234 -224.548 c
+S
+108.8 -230.633 m
+111.01 -231.549 112.29 -232.49 113.598 -232.64 c
+116.814 -233.01 120.042 -233.379 122.149 -230.779 c
+123.23 -229.447 123.643 -229.297 125.175 -227.488 c
+126.707 -225.678 126.557 -225.264 127.234 -224.548 c
+S
+u
+117.144 -223.904 m
+118.708 -223.335 120.422 -224.096 120.972 -225.607 c
+121.522 -227.117 120.699 -228.804 119.135 -229.373 c
+117.57 -229.943 115.856 -229.179 115.307 -227.669 c
+114.757 -226.159 115.58 -224.472 117.144 -223.904 c
+f
+118.14 -226.638 m
+F
+U
+129.952 -224.71 m
+130.389 -223.353 131.426 -223.641 129.289 -222.158 c
+128.199 -221.4 122.082 -217.838 119.797 -218.137 c
+117.44 -218.445 114.876 -219.824 113.16 -222.044 c
+S
+109.974 -231.066 m
+110.638 -229.885 111.271 -230.044 110.638 -229.885 c
+110.188 -229.77 109.038 -229.138 y
+S
+125.118 -288.4 m
+132.615 -282.903 135.114 -282.903 138.113 -276.906 c
+141.112 -270.909 139.613 -259.413 137.613 -255.915 c
+135.614 -252.416 133.615 -244.919 y
+S
+128.971 -242.98 m
+126.971 -247.478 124.472 -253.975 120.973 -255.475 c
+117.474 -256.974 111.477 -257.974 109.478 -258.473 c
+S
+129.823 -220.573 m
+126.834 -218.203 123.007 -214.64 121.267 -214.609 c
+119.528 -214.578 116.234 -213.677 113.623 -215.785 c
+111.96 -217.128 108.602 -222.181 107.962 -223.343 c
+S
+73.139 -317.889 m
+82.136 -309.392 94.631 -316.389 y
+S
+74.139 -305.394 m
+77.638 -301.395 78.137 -298.396 85.135 -299.396 c
+92.132 -300.396 97.13 -303.894 97.63 -303.894 c
+S
+74.139 -331.883 m
+77.138 -329.384 83.635 -327.385 85.135 -327.885 c
+86.634 -328.384 92.632 -329.884 y
+S
+74.639 -345.877 m
+76.638 -343.878 83.635 -343.878 y
+S
+77.138 -371.367 m
+80.137 -369.368 86.01 -366.119 90.008 -366.869 c
+92.204 -367.28 99.629 -370.867 y
+S
+79.512 -382.114 m
+82.011 -380.614 89.633 -374.866 96.63 -380.863 c
+S
+83.635 -399.356 m
+92.383 -389.611 99.129 -397.356 y
+S
+86.885 -408.603 m
+93.131 -400.355 101.628 -407.352 y
+S
+89.384 -414.6 m
+94.631 -407.852 104.127 -413.35 y
+S
+93.631 -423.597 m
+94.631 -420.598 104.378 -417.848 104.627 -417.848 c
+S
+106.877 -420.347 m
+103.127 -423.097 102.128 -429.594 y
+S
+117.872 -422.097 m
+116.873 -431.343 124.869 -432.093 y
+S
+112.375 -420.847 m
+106.877 -427.844 114.374 -434.841 y
+S
+120.371 -419.348 m
+125.118 -425.596 131.616 -419.099 y
+S
+119.871 -417.348 m
+127.118 -416.6 124.619 -406.104 y
+S
+118.372 -416.349 m
+123.119 -408.603 114.374 -404.354 y
+S
+116.122 -416.6 m
+114.874 -409.103 106.126 -410.351 106.626 -409.851 c
+106.877 -409.602 103.878 -416.849 105.377 -420.347 c
+108.125 -413.85 114.374 -421.846 v
+114.528 -422.044 109.876 -419.598 105.377 -420.347 c
+S
+114.623 -418.848 m
+111.875 -411.851 104.878 -415.1 105.126 -415.1 c
+S
+74.639 -356.373 m
+74.763 -354.498 74.639 -353.374 v
+S
+81.012 -390.235 m
+83.511 -388.735 91.132 -382.987 98.129 -388.984 c
+S
+95.506 -346.127 m
+95.881 -346.127 99.629 -347.377 y
+S
+77.388 -352.75 m
+76.388 -352.125 74.639 -352.874 74.639 -352.75 c
+S
+89.384 -353.998 m
+91.507 -353.75 97.88 -356.249 y
+S
+78.137 -279.904 m
+84.135 -277.405 89.133 -276.406 94.131 -277.905 c
+99.129 -279.405 107.126 -285.402 y
+S
+83.635 -265.411 m
+88.133 -262.412 95.131 -262.912 99.629 -263.412 c
+104.127 -263.911 113.623 -270.909 y
+121.62 -276.406 l
+S
+77.388 -352.75 m
+S
+74.639 -352.75 m
+S
+256.565 -411.351 m
+262.563 -398.856 259.564 -384.362 261.563 -374.866 c
+263.562 -365.369 263.063 -354.374 267.561 -348.376 c
+272.059 -342.379 281.555 -321.387 283.554 -314.89 c
+285.553 -308.392 276.057 -271.908 273.059 -264.911 c
+270.06 -257.914 265.562 -248.917 264.562 -244.419 c
+263.562 -239.921 261.563 -225.927 263.562 -221.928 c
+S
+1 w
+291.198 -93.775 m
+S
+0.7 w
+289.052 -352.874 m
+284.554 -343.878 266.561 -350.875 y
+S
+242.394 -491.555 m
+242.394 -488.056 239.469 -483.145 238.221 -482.896 c
+236.972 -482.645 231.474 -483.645 231.474 -483.896 c
+231.474 -484.145 228.225 -480.897 226.976 -479.898 c
+225.726 -478.898 221.727 -480.146 220.728 -480.646 c
+219.728 -481.146 217.229 -479.398 216.729 -478.898 c
+216.23 -478.398 212.951 -478.957 212.701 -479.207 c
+S
+219.728 -480.397 m
+220.479 -483.896 212.701 -490.085 y
+S
+231.474 -483.896 m
+231.723 -486.395 224.079 -492.319 y
+S
+261.872 -477.736 m
+264.621 -485.233 260.622 -487.483 y
+S
+284.054 -485.822 m
+280.556 -485.572 268.369 -482.734 267.869 -481.485 c
+267.37 -480.235 262.622 -480.486 y
+S
+288.552 -482.073 m
+285.054 -478.075 279.806 -473.826 278.057 -473.826 c
+276.307 -473.826 268.854 -481.809 268.854 -481.559 c
+S
+269.06 -470.828 m
+272.559 -470.328 275.807 -475.076 y
+S
+358.525 -473.327 m
+362.272 -472.577 366.271 -474.326 367.27 -475.576 c
+368.27 -476.825 361.524 -482.823 361.024 -482.823 c
+S
+367.374 -474.988 m
+369.623 -474.237 372.622 -474.988 374.371 -476.236 c
+376.121 -477.487 379.869 -483.484 y
+S
+390.275 -261.943 m
+380.278 -279.436 357.347 -332.502 384.015 -355.373 c
+398.54 -367.832 399.507 -387.86 404.505 -393.358 c
+409.503 -398.856 405.005 -410.351 406.005 -416.849 c
+407.004 -423.346 410.003 -429.843 410.003 -439.839 c
+410.003 -449.835 408.004 -460.832 408.504 -465.33 c
+409.004 -469.828 405.005 -475.826 404.006 -477.825 c
+403.006 -479.824 398.008 -483.323 y
+403.506 -482.823 407.504 -486.821 407.755 -487.071 c
+408.004 -487.321 401.007 -496.067 y
+S
+407.269 -487.071 m
+415.017 -483.821 423.513 -490.319 y
+432.259 -485.321 441.006 -497.067 y
+S
+381.016 -358.872 m
+382.337 -358.961 385.277 -357.197 y
+S
+489.972 -308.392 m
+491.998 -302.514 496.114 -294.87 496.114 -293.106 c
+S
+490.234 -445.397 m
+490.234 -453.629 493.762 -464.213 y
+S
+487.882 -446.573 m
+487.882 -450.101 489.299 -465.683 489.472 -465.83 c
+S
+484.942 -443.045 m
+483.178 -447.749 484.354 -461.273 y
+S
+421.439 -452.453 m
+431.435 -455.981 446.668 -448.747 446.988 -448.836 c
+S
+376.163 -444.221 m
+383.219 -451.277 401.447 -451.277 y
+S
+377.927 -423.641 m
+382.043 -426.581 397.331 -425.993 y
+S
+406.739 -407.765 m
+417.323 -418.349 438.491 -410.117 y
+S
+370.871 -461.861 m
+376.163 -468.917 397.331 -471.857 y
+S
+409.679 -434.225 m
+416.735 -440.693 439.079 -431.285 y
+S
+406.739 -396.593 m
+414.383 -398.945 433.787 -391.301 y
+S
+448.487 -477.737 m
+430.847 -486.557 412.031 -479.501 y
+S
+312.072 -455.981 m
+306.78 -462.449 281.496 -464.213 y
+S
+300.048 -433.842 m
+295.608 -439.517 276.792 -439.517 y
+S
+295.608 -395.417 m
+290.904 -392.477 263.856 -397.769 y
+S
+297.96 -413.057 m
+293.844 -417.173 268.56 -420.113 y
+S
+291.492 -374.249 m
+287.376 -372.485 261.623 -374.307 261.563 -374.866 c
+S
+250.92 -424.229 m
+247.392 -444.221 217.993 -435.401 y
+S
+253.272 -430.109 m
+250.92 -448.337 223.285 -454.217 y
+S
+256.8 -461.861 m
+245.04 -473.033 225.637 -468.329 y
+S
+213.584 -413.35 m
+220.933 -420.701 239.16 -413.645 y
+S
+236.809 -380.129 m
+232.693 -386.597 205.645 -383.657 y
+S
+238.572 -389.537 m
+245.04 -387.185 260.328 -394.829 y
+S
+237.985 -371.897 m
+240.924 -370.133 261.504 -378.365 y
+S
+237.985 -358.961 m
+235.045 -362.489 202.705 -361.901 y
+S
+199.177 -335.442 m
+215.641 -344.262 248.568 -327.21 y
+S
+192.709 -314.274 m
+201.529 -306.63 238.572 -311.334 y
+S
+149.785 -246.655 m
+158.605 -263.707 138.025 -287.814 y
+S
+160.957 -258.415 m
+166.837 -267.823 146.257 -288.402 y
+S
+174.481 -270.763 m
+178.597 -277.818 167.425 -290.166 y
+S
+191.533 -259.591 m
+200.353 -270.175 183.889 -294.87 y
+S
+206.233 -247.243 m
+212.113 -269.587 187.418 -299.865 188.594 -300.895 c
+S
+159.193 -201.379 m
+162.133 -207.259 161.545 -215.491 161.545 -217.255 c
+161.545 -219.019 153.313 -227.251 153.901 -230.779 c
+S
+237.985 -176.095 m
+244.452 -180.799 251.508 -187.855 254.448 -192.559 c
+257.388 -197.263 253.861 -213.37 253.566 -214.431 c
+251.359 -222.372 242.571 -252.416 244.57 -262.412 c
+246.569 -272.408 251.567 -282.403 252.567 -295.398 c
+253.566 -308.392 253.566 -320.388 246.569 -331.383 c
+239.572 -342.379 236.574 -357.373 237.574 -368.368 c
+238.572 -379.364 235.575 -404.354 245.57 -422.346 c
+S
+457.895 -360.725 m
+464.951 -348.378 464.363 -327.798 469.067 -315.45 c
+473.77 -303.102 477.886 -295.458 477.298 -278.994 c
+476.71 -262.531 473.77 -263.119 y
+S
+410.267 -370.133 m
+402.035 -357.197 396.155 -340.734 394.979 -328.974 c
+394.151 -320.699 409.091 -287.814 y
+S
+u
+116.786 -223.328 m
+119.079 -222.493 121.637 -223.74 122.502 -226.115 c
+123.365 -228.487 122.208 -231.089 119.915 -231.922 c
+117.621 -232.757 115.064 -231.51 114.199 -229.135 c
+113.335 -226.763 114.493 -224.163 116.786 -223.328 c
+s
+118.351 -227.626 m
+S
+U
+118.294 -232.651 m
+116.002 -233.016 113.653 -232.151 112.636 -230.643 c
+111.618 -229.137 111.9 -227.548 112.377 -226.28 c
+112.854 -225.01 114.424 -223.735 114.926 -223.396 c
+115.428 -223.057 118.062 -222.269 119.178 -222.397 c
+122.279 -222.753 123.831 -224.223 124.232 -225.328 c
+124.635 -226.433 124.862 -227.915 124.723 -227.965 c
+S
+%%Trailer
+_E end
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx
index 10a1deb075b..d38526a7adc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
%
% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty,
-% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex,
-% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
%
% \fi
% \CheckSum{347}
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\CaptionTextFont}
+% \begin{macro}{\CaptionLabelSeparator}
% \changes{v1.3}{2011/09/12}{This macro added}
% Additionally, we define |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator| which is predefined as colon.
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..297145ab348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/newfloat.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,1548 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `newfloat.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{1199}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{newfloat.drv}%
+ [2011/11/06 v1.0 This package offers a command for defining new floating environments]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=48pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+% \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, newfloat},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage{newfloat}
+%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{newfloat.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+% \let\package\puresf
+% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{newfloat} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{newfloat} package}
+%
+% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}}
+% \newcommand*\x{\discretionary{-}{}{}}
+% \newcommand*\xx{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+%
+% \setlength\leftmargini{1.5em}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{newfloat.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \GetFileInfo{newfloat.sty}
+%
+% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A
+% {The newfloat package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \centering
+% This package offers the command
+% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| for defining new floating environments
+% which behave like |figure| and |table|.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Loading the package}
+%
+% First of all you need to include this package into your document with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{newfloat}|
+% \end{quote}
+% where \meta{options} are one or more of
+% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{\,}l}
+% |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad\\
+% |chapterlistsgap=| & \meta{value}
+% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
+%
+% The ``within'' counter specifies the counter which will be used to reset
+% the counter of the floating environments |figure| and |table| .
+% (Furthermore this setting will be used as default setting for
+% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|.)
+%
+% So for example |within=chapter| will give you a numbering scheme
+% \meta{chapter}.\meta{x} for floating environments,
+% while |within=section| will give you a numbering scheme
+% \meta{chapter}.\meta{section}.\meta{x}, or \meta{section}.\meta{x}
+% if the document class does not offer |\chapter|.
+% |within=none| will result in a continuous numbering throughout the document,
+% i.e.~the numbering scheme will be simply \meta{x}.
+%
+% The option |chapterlistsgap=|\meta{value} sets the amount of the
+% vertical gap inserted into the ``List of Figure'', ``List of Tables'',
+% and all lists created with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|
+% when a new chapter will be started.
+% The default value is |10pt|.
+% (This option will only be available if the document class used offer
+% the usage of chapters, e.g.~the |book| or |report| document class.)
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Both options can be changed later on, too, by using the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newfloatsetup|\meta{options}\quad,
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% After loading \thispackage\ you can define your own floating environments with
+% \begin{quote}
+% \iffalse
+% \setlength{\leftmargin}{6cm}
+% \fi
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\oarg{options}\marg{type}%
+% \iffalse
+% \oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+% \fi
+% \end{quote}
+% where \meta{options} are one or more of
+% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{\,}l}
+% |fileext=| & \meta{file extension}\\
+% |listname=| & \meta{list name}\\
+% |name=| & \meta{prosa name}\\
+% |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}}\\
+% |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\\
+% |chapterlistsgaps=| & \texttt{on} \emph{or} \texttt{off}
+% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
+%
+% If no \meta{options} are given,
+% ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file extension} for the list,
+% ``List of \meta{name}s'' as \meta{list name}.
+% ``\meta{name}'' as \meta{name} (but with the first letter capitalized),
+% ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier,
+% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter},
+% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering.
+%
+% The default value of the |chapterlistsgaps=| option depends on the
+% ``within'' setting, it is set to |on| if |chapter| or |section| is selected,
+% otherwise it is set to |off|.
+% (This option will only be available if the document class used offer
+% the usage of chapters, e.g.~the |book| or |report| document class.)
+%
+% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|
+% resp.~|\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|es|,
+% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
+%
+% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called
+% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined additionally, same for |sideways|\meta{type}
+% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package),
+% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package).
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% So for example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment{diagram}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will define a new floating environment called |diagram|,
+% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name
+% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name
+% ``List of Diagrams''.
+% The list could be typeset with |\list|\x|of|\x|diagrams|.
+% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FP|\x|diagram|,
+% |sideways|\x|diagram|, |SC|\x|diagram|, and |wrap|\x|diagram| will be defined additionally.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Another example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[|\\
+% | fileext=lox,|\\
+% | listname={List of Matrixes},|\\
+% | name=Matrix,|\\
+% | placement=p,|\\
+% | within=section,|\\
+% | chapterlistsgaps=off,|\\
+% | ]{matrix}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will define a new floating environment called |matrix| with the given settings.
+% Please note that names which contain spaces needs to be enclosed in curly braces.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{SetupFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% While |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment| will create new floating environments,
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment|\marg{floating environment}\marg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% will change the settings of existing ones, i.e. either |figure| or |table|,
+% or a one created with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|,
+% or a one created with |\new|\x|float| offered by the \package{float} package,
+% or a one created with |\new|\x|float| offered by the \package{memoir} document class,
+% or a one created with |\Declare|\x|New|\x|Float|\x|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package,
+% or \ldots
+%
+% The \meta{options} are the same as the options for
+% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|,
+% but one should avoid changing the file extension
+% of existing floating environments,
+% i.e.~using the |fileext=| option within |\Setup|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|
+% is usually a very bad idea.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment{lstlisting}{chapterlistsgaps=off}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will switch off the chapter lists gaps for |lstlisting| environments
+% offered by the \package{listings} package.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{ForEachFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment|\meta{code with \#1}
+% \end{quote}
+% will execute the given \meta{code} for all known floating environments,
+% and for ones defined with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| later on.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% So for example the \package{subcaption} packages uses
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% for initializing itself for all floating environments which are
+% known to \thispackage.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% There is also a starred variant |\For|\x|Each|\x|Floating|\x|Environment*|
+% which will execute the given code for already existing floating environments
+% only, i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment*{\typeout{#1}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will typeout the names of all already known floating environments to the terminal
+% and log file.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+%
+% \bibitem{memoir}
+% Peter Wilson:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/memoir}%
+% {\emph{The Memoir Class for Configurable Typesetting}},\\
+% 2011/03/06
+%
+% \bibitem{NTGclasses}
+% Victor Eijkhout:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+% \mbox{3~September~1989}
+%
+% \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+% 2007-01-09
+%
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+% 2001/11/08
+%
+% \bibitem{fltpage}
+% Sebastian Gross:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+% 1998/11/13
+%
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+% 1997/09/26
+%
+% \bibitem{sidecap}
+% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
+% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+% 2003/06/06
+%
+% \bibitem{wrapfig}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
+% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+% 2003/01/31
+%
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/30}{First release as \package{newfloat} package,
+% outsourced from the \package{caption3} package and revised}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The Implementation}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{newfloat}[2011/10/30 v1.0 Defining new floating environments (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@Info}
+% |\newfloat@Info|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@Info[1]{%
+ \PackageInfo{newfloat}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@Error}
+% |\newfloat@Error|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@Error[1]{%
+ \PackageError{newfloat}{#1}\newfloat@eh}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@eh{%
+ If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
+ at the documentation of the `newfloat' package.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Using the keyval package}
+%
+% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareFloatingEnvironment}
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareFloatingEnvironment{%
+ \@testopt\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment{}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment[#1]#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First of all, we set |\newfloat@Type| to the type name\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@Info{New float `#2' with options `#1'}%
+ \edef\newfloat@Type{\def\noexpand\newfloat@Type{\@car#2\@nil}}%
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\newfloat@Type}%
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\newfloat@Type{\@cdr#2\@nil}}%
+ \@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define a counter with the same name as the floating environment
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcounter{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set |\ftype@|\meta{type} which contains the type number for floats of type \meta{type}\par
+% (See also \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/32359/2574})
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdefined\c@float@type % from float package
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}%
+ \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}%
+ \else\ifdefined\c@newflo@tctr % from memoir document class
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\c@newflo@tctr}%
+ \advance\c@newflo@tctr \c@newflo@tctr
+ \else
+ \ifdefined\newfloat@ftype \else
+ \newcount\newfloat@ftype
+ \newfloat@ftype=8\relax
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\newfloat@ftype}%
+ \advance\newfloat@ftype\newfloat@ftype
+ \fi\fi
+ \newfloat@Info{float type `#2'=\@nameuse{ftype@#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define |\fnum@|\meta{type}, a macro to generate the figure number for a caption
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define |\|\meta{type}|name| used by |\fnum@|\meta{type} as \meta{type},
+% but with first letter capitalized
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\newfloat@Type
+ \@namedef{fleg#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}}% legend naming (memoir)
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Legend name in ToC (memoir document class)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{flegtoc#2}##1{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the floating environment
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}%
+ \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the listing command |\listof|\meta{type}(|e|)|s|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\newfloat@listof{#2}}%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2es\endcsname{\newfloat@listof{#2}}%
+ \ifdefined\l@figure
+ \expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure
+ \else
+ \@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \newfloat@Type s}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set default parameters
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@setplacement{#2}{tbp}%
+ \newfloat@setfileext{#2}{lo#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Apply given options
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@setoptions*{#2}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Announce the new floating environment to other packages
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expandtwoargs\newfloat@announce{#2}{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Apply the last two optional arguments for setting names
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setname\relax}
+\@onlypreamble\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\newfloat@DFE@setname[#1]{%
+ \KV@@newfloat@name{#1}%
+ \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setlistname\relax}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\newfloat@DFE@setlistname[#1]{%
+ \KV@@newfloat@listname{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setlistname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@listof}
+% |\newfloat@listof|\marg{float type} typesets the list
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@listof[1]{%
+ \ifcsname listoftoc\endcsname
+ \expandafter\listoftoc\expandafter{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}%
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname
+ \let\newfloat@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc
+ \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{%
+ \expandafter\newfloat@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}%
+ \listoffigures
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setoptions}
+% |\newfloat@setoptions*|\marg{environment}\marg{options}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setoptions{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\newfloat@@setoptions\@firstofone}%
+ {\newfloat@@setoptions\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@setoptions[3]{%
+ \let\newfloat@within@value\@undefined
+ \let\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined
+ #1{\KV@@newfloat@within\newfloat@within@default}% set default value
+ \def\newfloat@type{#2}%
+ \setkeys{@newfloat}{#3}%
+ \ifx\newfloat@within@value\@undefined \else
+ \newfloat@setoption{within}\newfloat@within@value
+ \fi
+ \ifx\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined \else
+ \newfloat@setoption{chapterlistsgaps}\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@within@default}
+% The default `within' value.
+% This one will be used if no option |within=|\meta{counter} is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@within@default{%
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname chapter\else none\fi}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@within@default
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setoption}
+% |\newfloat@setoption|\marg{option name}{options}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setoption[1]{%
+ \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname newfloat@set#1\endcsname\newfloat@type}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The available \meta{options} are:
+% |fileext=|\meta{file extension},
+% |listname=|\meta{list name},
+% |name=|\meta{prosa name},
+% |placement=|\meta{htbp},
+% |within=|\meta{none,chapter,section}, and
+% |without|.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setfileext}
+% |\newfloat@setfileext|\marg{environment}\marg{file extension}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setfileext[2]{%
+ \@namedef{ext@#1}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{fileext}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{fileext}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setlistname}
+% |\newfloat@setlistname|\marg{environment}\marg{list name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setlistname[2]{%
+ \@namedef{list#1name}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{listname}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{listname}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setname}
+% |\newfloat@setname|\marg{environment}\marg{name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setname[2]{%
+ \newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}%
+ \begingroup
+ \ifcsname languagename\endcsname
+ \ifcsname captions\languagename\endcsname
+ \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname
+ {\newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup}
+%\AtBeginDocument{\let\newfloat@setname\newfloat@@setname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@setname[2]{%
+ \@namedef{#1name}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{name}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{name}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setplacement}
+% |\newfloat@setplacement|\marg{environment}\marg{float placement}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setplacement[2]{%
+ \@namedef{fps@#1}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{placement}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{placement}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setwithin}
+% |\newfloat@setwithin|\marg{environment}\marg{counter}\par
+% setup the counter for working ``within'' a given counter.
+% Furthermore the chapters lists gap will be switched on
+% (if counter $=$ |chapter|) or off (otherwise).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithin[2]{%
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname
+ \@removefromreset{#1}{chapter}%
+ \fi
+ \@removefromreset{#1}{section}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \def\@tempa{none}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@tempb{none}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname
+ \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{}{}%
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{chapter}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}%
+ \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}%
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}%
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{section}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{section}%
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}%
+ \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}%
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\thesection.}{\theHsection.}%
+ \else
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `within'}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@setwithin[3]{%
+ \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}%
+ \global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{within}{%
+ \def\newfloat@within@value{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setwithout}
+% |\newfloat@setwithout|\marg{environment}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithout[1]{%
+ \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{none}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{without}[]{%
+ \def\newfloat@within@value{none}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps}
+% |\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps|\marg{environment}\marg{on/off}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps[2]{%
+ \edef\@tempa{#2}%
+ \def\@tempb{off}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{on}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}%
+ \else
+ \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `chapterlistsgaps'}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{chapterlistsgaps}{%
+ \def\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@removefromreset}
+% This code was taken from the \package{remreset} package
+% which is part of the `carlisle' package bundle.
+% (Copyright 1997 David Carlisle)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset
+ \else
+ \noexpand\@elt{##1}%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{%
+ \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@announce}
+% |\newfloat@announce|\marg{environment name}\marg{list file extension}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@announce[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}%
+ \@cons\newfloat@@list{{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{newfloat@ext@#2}{%
+ \@namedef{newfloat@ext@#2}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of \package{memoir} document class
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsname c@lofdepth\endcsname
+ \@ifundefined{c@#2depth}{%
+ \newcounter{#2depth}%
+ \setcounter{#2depth}{1}%
+ }{}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of \package{tocbasic} package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsname addtotoclist\endcsname
+ \addtotoclist[float]{#2}%
+ \@namedef{listof#2name}{\@nameuse{list#1name}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of \package{titletoc} package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsname contentsuse\endcsname
+ \contentsuse{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@hook{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@announce
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@@list}
+% |\newfloat@@list| is an \cs{@elt}-list containing the floating environments defined
+% with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment| only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@list{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{\cs{SetupFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SetupFloatingEnvironment}
+% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment|\marg{environment}\marg{options}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\SetupFloatingEnvironment[1]{%
+ \newfloat@addtolist{#1}%
+ \newfloat@setoptions{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{\cs{ForEachFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ForEachFloatingEnvironment}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment|\marg{code}
+% will execute the given code for each floating environment.
+% The starred variant will only work for already existing environment,
+% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@gobble}%
+ {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@iden}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment[2]{%
+ \def\@elt##1{#2}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ #1{\newfloat@addtohook{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{%
+ \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}%
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{The list of floating environments}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@list}
+% |\newfloat@list| is an \cs{@elt}-list containing the already existising floating
+% environments as well the ones defined with |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@list{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@addtolist}
+% |\newfloat@addtolist|\marg{environment}
+% adds an environment to the list of floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@addtolist[1]{%
+ \newfloat@ifinlist{#1}{}{%
+ \ifcsname ext@#1\endcsname
+ \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}%
+ \@namedef{newfloat@ext@\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}%
+ \else
+ \newfloat@Error{`#1' does not seem to be a floating environment}%
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@ifinlist}
+% |\newfloat@ifinlist|\marg{environment}\marg{yes code}\marg{no code}
+% tests if an environment is an element of the list of floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@ifinlist[1]{%
+ \let\next\@secondoftwo
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist
+ \global\let\next\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \endgroup
+ \next}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Add |figure| and |table| to the list of floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname ext@figure\endcsname
+ \newfloat@addtolist{figure}
+\fi
+\ifcsname ext@table\endcsname
+ \newfloat@addtolist{table}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Chapter lists gaps}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap}
+% The amount of the chapter lists gap, the default one is |10pt|.
+% (This command is already defined in \KOMAScript.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@addchapterlistsgap}
+% |\@addchapterlistsgap|\marg{float type}\marg{file extension}\par
+% will add the chapter lists gap for the given float type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgap[2]{%
+ \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on
+ \@@addchapterlistsgap{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@@addchapterlistsgap[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{% only once per extension
+ \@namedef{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{}%
+ \@@@addchapterlistsgap{#2}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@@@addchapterlistsgap[1]{%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@addchapterlistsgaps}
+% |\@addchapterlistsgaps|\par
+% will add the chapter lists gaps for all floating environments in |\newfloat@list|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgaps{%
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\@addchapterlistsgap{##1}{\@nameuse{ext@##1}}}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \let\@elt\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap@off}
+% |\@chapterlistsgap@off|\marg{float type}\par
+% switches the chapter lists gap off for the given float type.
+% Since \KOMAScript{} (still) supports |\float@exts| we need to handle
+% this locally, too, even if |\unsettoc| is offered by the \package{tocbasic} package.
+% (Otherwise our handling could be moved into the |\else| branch.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@off[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@gobble
+ \ifcsname unsettoc\endcsname
+ \@expandtwoargs\unsettoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap@on}
+% |\@chapterlistsgap@off|\marg{float type}\par
+% switches the chapter lists gap on for the given float type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@on[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@iden
+ \ifcsname setuptoc\endcsname
+ \@expandtwoargs\setuptoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Global options}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{chapterlistsgap=}
+% The |chapterlistsgap=| option sets the vertical skip added to each list when
+% starting a new chapter.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{chapterlistsgap}{%
+ \renewcommand*\@chapterlistsgap{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{within=}
+% The |within=| option redefines the default value and modifies all
+% existing floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{within}{%
+ \def\newfloat@within@default{#1}% set new default value
+ \def\@elt##1{\newfloat@setwithin{##1}{#1}}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \let\@elt\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{without}[]{%
+ \KV@newfloat@within{none}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{figurename=}
+% \begin{macro}{listfigurename=}
+% \begin{macro}{figurewithin=}
+% We define these options not only for |figure| but for all existing floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@elt#1{%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{#1name}{%
+ \newfloat@setname{#1}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{list#1name}{%
+ \newfloat@setname{list#1}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{#1within}{%
+ \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{#1without}[]{%
+ \newfloat@setwithout{#1}}%
+}%
+\newfloat@list
+\let\@elt\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Process the package options:
+% We use |\setkeys| here instead of |\ProcessOptions|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@tempc\relax
+\@expandtwoargs\setkeys{newfloat}{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
+\AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloatsetup}
+% |\newfloatsetup|\marg{options}
+% sets global options after loading the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloatsetup{\setkeys{newfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Patching \cs{chapter}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@replace@chapter}
+% |\newfloat@replace@chapter|\marg{original code}\marg{replacement code}\par
+% tries to patch |\@chapter| so |\@add|\x|chapter|\x|lists|\x|gaps| will be supported.
+% It checks for |\Hy@org@chapter|, too, since the original code will be stored here
+% if the \package{hyperref} package was loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newfloat@replace@chapter[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse
+ \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse
+ \let\if@thema\iffalse
+ \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@chapter
+ \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#2}%
+ \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo
+ \else\ifx\@tempa\Hy@org@chapter
+ \gdef\Hy@org@chapter[##1]##2{#2}%
+ \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo
+ \fi\fi
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname \else
+ \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{Standard \LaTeX{} document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20]
+% smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{%
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
+ \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
+ \def\@toclevel{0}%
+ \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}%
+ \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading
+}{%
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
+ \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
+ \def\@toclevel{0}%
+ \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}%
+ \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes}
+%
+% If a \KOMAScript{} document class or the \package{tocbasic} package is used
+% we don't need to patch anything.
+% Instead we use |\setup|\x|toc| and |\un|\x|set|\x|toc| to setup the
+% chapters gap in |\@chapter|\x|lists|\x|gap@on| and |\@chapter|\x|lists|\x|gap@off|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{tocbasic}{%
+ \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{memoir document classes}
+%
+% If the \package{memoir} document class is used,
+% replacing |\insert|\x|chapter|\x|space| by |\@add|\x|chapter|\x|lists|\x|gaps| is sufficient.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname insertchapterspace\endcsname
+ \renewcommand*\insertchapterspace{\@addchapterlistsgaps}
+ \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{NTG document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The thesis document class}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}
+ \if@thema
+ \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
+ \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}%
+ \if@thema
+ \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
+ \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{Compatibility warning}
+%
+% If we were not able to patch |\@chapter| a warning message is issued
+% since we are not able to support chapter lists gaps then.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\newfloat@replace@chapter\@gobbletwo \else
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{newfloat}{%
+ Unsupported document class, or\MessageBreak
+ \noexpand\@chapter was already redefined by another package}
+ \newfloat@Info{\string\@chapter\space=\space\meaning\@chapter}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Support of other packages}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@ForEachNew}
+% |\newfloat@ForEachNew|\oarg{command}\marg{code}
+% will execute the given code for every floating environment defined with
+% |\Declare|\x|Floating|\x|Environment|.
+% This will be done |\At|\x|Begin|\x|Document| so the affected package could be loaded
+% after \thispackage.
+% (If a \meta{command} is given this will only be done if \meta{command} is
+% defined.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newfloat@ForEachNew[2][newfloat@@list]{%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifcsname#1\endcsname
+ \def\@elt##1{#2}%
+ \newfloat@@list
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ \fi}}%
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@ForEachNew
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{float}}
+%
+% If the \package{float} package is used we fill up |\float@exts| with our file
+% extensions, too. Since this list will be used for inserting chapters gaps
+% we only add the ones which are configured for chapters gaps on.
+%% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@ForEachNew[float@exts]{%
+ \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on
+ \let\float@do=\relax
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}}%
+ \@tempa}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{fltpage}}
+%
+% We define a FP-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@ForEachNew[FPfigure]{%
+ \newcounter{FP@#1C}%
+ \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{listings}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting}
+% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lst|\x|listing|
+% but we needed it when |Setup|\x|Floating|\x|Environment{lst|\x|listing}{|\ldots|}|
+% will be done by the end user, we define it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{rotating}}
+%
+% We define a sideways-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@ForEachNew[sidewaysfigure]{%
+ \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}%
+ \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{sidecap}}
+%
+% We define a SC-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@For@SC[2]{%
+ \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6)
+ \newenvironment{SC#2}%
+ {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}%
+ \newenvironment{SC#2*}%
+ {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@For@SC
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@ForEachNew[SCfigure]{%
+ \expandafter\newfloat@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{wrapfig}}
+%
+% We define a wrap-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@ForEachNew[wrapfigure]{%
+ \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx
index 9727cbd4b57..4ca7b6c55f5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx
@@ -19,13 +19,13 @@
% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
%
% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, bicaption.sty,
-% ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex,
-% caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{149}
+% \CheckSum{143}
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}
% \end{quote}
% For the environments |figure| \& |table| (and all the ones
-% defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|) this will be done automatically
+% defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|) this will be done automatically
% by this package, but for others (e.g.~defined with |\newfloat| offered by the
% \package{float} package or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
% \package{floatrow} package) this has to be done manually.
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
% \subsection{Identification}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2011/09/12 v1.1b Sub-captions (AR)]
+\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2011/10/30 v1.1c Sub-captions (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Initial code}
@@ -935,12 +935,11 @@
%
% \subsection{Main code}
%
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2011/10/30}{Adapted to the newfloat package}
% We call |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| for |figure|, |table|,
-% and every caption type declared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| here.
+% and each caption type declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| here.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption@ifundefined\c@figure{}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{figure}}
-\caption@ifundefined\c@table{}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{table}}
-\caption@For{typelist}{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}
+\caption@ForEachType{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \pagebreak[3]
@@ -993,7 +992,7 @@
% |\setcaptionsubtype| as first contents line.
% It will be defined using the helper macro |\caption@For{sub|\-|type|\-|list}|
% offered by the \package{caption} kernel, so for every caption type
-% declared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| a corresponding `sub' environment
+% declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| a corresponding `sub' environment
% will be defined automatically.
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption@For{subtypelist}{%